XPDR/DME

TCAS/ADS-B/TIS
Test Set
IFR 6000
Operation Manual
Issue 8

EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled

technology or technical data under the jurisdiction of the Export
Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR 730-774. It cannot be
transferred to any foreign third party without the specific prior
approval of the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry
and Security BIS). Violations of these regulations are punishable by
fine, imprisonment, or both.
 OPERATION MANUAL

XPDR/DME/TCAS/ADS-B/TIS
TEST SET
IFR 6000

PUBLISHED BY
Aeroflex

COPYRIGHT  Aeroflex 2010

A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . N o p a r t o f t h i s p u b l i c a t i o n ma y b e r e p r o d u c e d , s t o r e d i n a r e t r i e v a l s y s t e m, o r
t r a n s mi t t e d i n a n y f o r m o r b y a n y me a n s , e l e c t r o n i c , me c h a n i c a l , p h o t o c o p y i n g , r e c o r d i n g o r
otherwise without the prior permission of the publisher.

Original Printing Mar 2005

Issue 2 Sep 2005
Issue 3 Nov 2005
Issue 4 Jan 2006
Issue 5 Aug 2007
Issue 6 Dec 2007
Issue 7 Dec 2009
Issue 8 Nov 2010

1 0 2 0 0 W e s t Y o r k / W i c h i t a , K a n s a s 6 7 2 1 5 U . S . A . / ( 3 1 6 ) 5 2 2 -4 9 8 1 / F A X ( 3 1 6 ) 5 2 4 - 2 6 2 3

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Cable Statement:
F o r c o n t i n u e d E M C c o m p l i a n c e , a l l e x t e r n a l c a b l e s mu s t b e d o u b l e s h i e l d e d .
F o r c o n t i n u e d E M C c o m p l i a n c e , a l l e x t e r n a l c a b l e s mu s t b e 3 me t e r s o r l e s s i n l e n g t h .

Nomenclature Statement:
I n t h i s ma n u a l T e s t S e t o r U n i t r e f e r s t o t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 X P D R / D ME / T C A S / A D S - B / T I S B T e s t S e t .

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SA F ET Y F I RS T : T O A L L O P ER AT IO N S P ER SO NN EL
REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. THIS UNIT CONTAINS NO
OPERATOR SERVICEABLE PARTS.
WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT.
CASE, COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL
Opening the Case Assembly exposes the operator to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or
equipment damage. Do not operate this Test Set with the Case Assembly open.
SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL
This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards, that may exist when
operating or servicing this equipment.
CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN
EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E.G., FIRE).
WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS

CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. (This symbol refers to

specific CAUTIONS represented on the unit and clarified in the text.)

AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with AC or

DC voltage.

DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with DC voltage.

AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with AC or

alternating voltage.

EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION

Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock.
USE OF PROBES
Check the specifications for the maximum voltage, current and power ratings of any connector on the Test
Set before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. Be sure the terminal device performs within
these specifications before using it for measurement, to prevent electrical shock or damage to the
equipment.
POWER CORDS
Power cords must not be frayed, broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment.
USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY
Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings.
INTERNAL BATTERY
This unit contains a Lithium Ion Battery, serviceable only by a qualified technician.
CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO
COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION
AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL
MILES. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS
IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND SHOULD TAKE NECESSARY
PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID POTENTIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFERENCE PROBLEMS.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

The Declaration of Conformity Certificate included with

the Unit should remain with the Unit.

Aeroflex recommends the operator reproduce a copy

of the Declaration of Conformity Certificate to be
stored with the Operation Manual for future reference.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

T AB L E O F CO NT E NT S
Title Chapter/Section
Title Page / Copyright Page
S t a t e me n t s
Safety Page
Declaration of Conformity
Table of Contents
Introduction
Service Upon Receipt of Material

Chapter 1
Section 1 - Description and Quick Start 1-1
Section 2 - Operation 1-2
Section 3 - Specifications 1-3
Section 4 - Shipping 1-4
Section 5 - Storage 1-5

Appendix A - Connector Pin-Out Tables

Appendix B - Metric/British Imperial Conversion Table with Nautical Distance Conversions
Appendix C - Factory/Power Up Presets
Appendix D - Abbreviations
Appendix E - Breakout Box
Appendix F - Transponder Configurations
Appendix G - Mode S Address Blocks (Product Specific List)
Appendix H - M o d e S A d d r e s s B l o c k s ( C o mp l e t e L i s t )
Appendix I - Signal Formats
Appendix J - Standard Accessories
Appendix K - Target Acquisition Time Probability Table
Index
Battery/Fuse Instructions

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

INT RO D UC TIO N
T h i s ma n u a l c o n t a i n s o p e r a t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s f o r t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 . I t i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m me n d e d t h a t
p e r s o n n e l b e t h o r o u g h l y f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h i s ma n u a l b e f o r e a t t e mp t i n g t o o p e r a t e t h i s
e q u i p me n t .
Refer all servicing of unit to qualified technical personnel.
ORGANIZATION
T h i s ma n u a l i s d i v i d e d i n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g C h a p t e r s a n d S e c t i o n s :
CHAPTER 1 - OPERATION
Section 1 - D E S C R I P T I O N a n d Q u i c k S t a r t ( f o r o p e r a t o r s f a mi l i a r w i t h a v i o n i c s s y s t e ms )
Section 2 - OPERATION (installation, description of controls, connectors and indicators,
performance evaluation and operating procedures)
Section 3 - SPECIFICATIONS
Section 4 - SHIPPING
Section 5 - STORAGE

INTRODUCTION
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

INTRODUCTION
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

CH AP T ER O N E
IF R 6 0 00 X PD R/ D M E/ T CA S /A D S- B /T I S /T I S- B T E ST S ET
O P E RAT IO N MA NU AL
TAB LE O F CO NT E NT S

Title Chapter/Section/Subject Page

SECTION 1 - DESCRIPTION 1-1
1. General Description and Capabilities 1-1-1 1
1.1 Description 1-1-1 1
1.2 Functional Capabilities 1-1-1 1
1.3 Regulatory Responsibilities 1-1-1 2
2. Quick Start 1-1-2 1
2.1 Controls 1-1-2 1
2.2 General Setup 1-1-2 2
2.3 XPDR Setup Over the Air 1-1-2 2
2.4 XPDR Setup Direct Connect 1-1-2 4
2.5 Antenna Coupler Connect 1-1-2 5
2.6 XPDR Testing 1-1-2 5
2.6.1 ADS-B/GICB Testing 1-1-2 6
2.6.2 ADS-B MON 1-1-2 7
2.6.3 ADS-B GEN 1-1-2 8
2.6.4 GICB 1-1-2 8
2.7 DME Setup Antenna 1-1-2 9
2.8 DME Setup Direct Connect 1-1-2 9
2.9 DME Testing 1-1-2 10
2.10 TCAS Setup Antenna 1-1-2 10
2.11 TCAS Testing 1-1-2 11
2.12 TIS Setup Antenna 1-1-2 12
2.13 TIS Setup Direct Connect 1-1-2 13
2.14 TIS Testing 1-1-2 14

SECTION 2 - OPERATION 1-2

1. Installation 1-2-1 1
1.1 General 1-2-1 1
1.2 Battery Operation 1-2-1 1
1.3 Battery Charging 1-2-1 1
1.4 Safety Precautions 1-2-1 1
1.4.1 Complying with Instructions 1-2-1 1
1.4.2 Grounding Power Cord 1-2-1 1
1.4.3 Operating Safety 1-2-1 1
1.5 AC Power Requirements 1-2-1 2
1.6 Battery Recharging 1-2-1 2
1.7 External Cleaning 1-2-1 3
2. Controls, Connectors and Indicators 1-2-2 1
3. Performance Evaluation 1-2-3 1
3.1 General 1-2-3 1
3.2 Self Test 1-2-3 1
4. Operating Procedures 1-2-4 1
4.1 General 1-2-4 1
4.2 Start-Up 1-2-4 2

1-TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

T AB L E O F CO NT E NT S ( co nt )

Title Chapter/Section/Subject Page

SECTION 2 – OPERATION (cont) 1-2

4.3 XPDR (Transponder) 1-2-4 2
4.3.1 Configurations 1-2-4 2
4.3.2 Setup 1-2-4 3
4.3.3 Auto Test 1-2-4 8
4.3.4 Test List 1-2-4 10
4.3.5 Altitude Encoder 1-2-4 28
4.3.6 Direct Connect Procedure 1-2-4 29
4.3.7 Antenna Coupler Procedure 1-2-4 29
4.3.8 “Over the Air” Ground Test 1-2-4 30
4.3.9 “Over the Air” Simulated Altitude Test 1-2-4 30
4.4 DME 1-2-4 31
4.4.1 Setup 1-2-4 32
4.5 TCAS Mode 1-2-4 35
4.5.1 TCAS Operation Concept 1-2-4 35
4.5.2 TCAS Testing 1-2-4 38
4.5.3 TCAS Setup 1-2-4 38
4.5.4 TCAS Screen 1-2-4 42
4.5.5 Setup-Scenario Data Screen 1-2-4 45
4.5.6 Monitor Screens 1-2-4 47
4.5.6.1 S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r 1-2-4 47
4.5.6.2 Broadcast Monitor 1-2-4 49
4.5.6.3 ATCRBS 1-2-4 51
4.5.7 Recommended Test Procedure 1-2-4 54
4.6 ADS-B General 1-2-4 56
4. 6. 1 AD S- B /G IC B M o des 1- 2 - 4 56
4. 6. 2 S et up AD S- B 1- 2 - 4 56
4. 6. 3 AD S- B /G IC B M A IN 1- 2 - 4 58
4. 6. 4 AD S- B MO N 1- 2 - 4 58
4. 6. 5 AD S- B G EN 1- 2 - 4 68
4. 6. 6 G IC B G e n er al 1- 2 - 4 76
4. 6. 7 G IC B M o de 1- 2 - 4 76
4. 7 TI S G e ner a l 1- 2 - 4 97
4. 7. 1 T I S M od e 1- 2 - 4 97
4. 7. 2 T I S S et u p 1- 2 - 4 97
4. 8 Directional Antenna 1-2-4 101
4. 9 Br eak o ut Box 1- 2 - 4 10 5

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS 1-3

SECTION 4 - SHIPPING 1-4

1. Shipping Test Sets 1-4-1 1
1.1 I n f o r ma t i o n 1-4-1 1
1.2 Repacking Procedure 1-4-1 1

SECTION 5 - STORAGE 1-5

1-TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

LI ST O F IL L U ST R AT I O N S

Title Chapter/Section/Subject Page

Controls 1-1-2 1
Soft Keys 1-1-2 1
DATA Keys 1-1-2 1
General Setup Screen 1-1-2 2
Antenna Mounting 1-1-2 2
R a mp T e s t i n g 1-1-2 3
XPDR SETUP Screen 1-1-2 3
XPDR CONFIG Screen 1-1-2 5
XPDR AUTO Test Screen 1-1-2 5
XPDR Test List Screen 1-1-2 6
ADS-B/GICB SETUP Screen 1-1-2 6
ADS-B/GICB MAIN Menu 1-1-2 7
ADS-B GEN List Screen 1-1-2 7
ADS-B MON List Screen 1-1-2 7
ADS-B MON BDS Screen Example 1-1-2 7
GICB List Screen 1-1-2 8
GICB BDS Screen Example 1-1-2 8
SETUP-DME Screen 1-1-2 9
DME Test Screen 1-1-2 10
SETUP TCAS Screen 1-1-2 10
TCAS Test Screen 1-1-2 11
SETUP TIS Screen 1-1-2 12
TIS Test Screen 1-1-2 14
Battery Recharging 1-2-1 2
IFR 6015 Front Panel 1-2-2 1
Directional Antenna 1-2-2 6
Breakout Box, Front View 1-2-2 6
Breakout Box, Top View 1-2-2 7
Breakout Box, Bottom View 1-2-2 7
XPDR Auto Test Screen 1-2-4 2
Configurations List Screen 1-2-4 2
XPDR Information Screen 1-2-4 3
Setup XPDR Screen 1-2-4 3
Setup General Screen 1-2-4 6
Setup Test Data Screen 1-2-4 6
Confirm Screen 1-2-4 6
Setup Store Name Screen 1-2-4 7
Auto Test Screen Test Running 1-2-4 8
Auto Test Screen PASS 1-2-4 8
ATCRS Class B Auto Test Screen 1-2-4 10
Generic ATCRBS Auto Test Screen 1-2-4 10
XPDR Test List Mode S 1-2-4 11
XPDR Test List ATCRBS 1-2-4 11
XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test Screen 1-2-4 11
XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test Screen 1-2-4 12
Power and Frequency (Mode S) Test Screen 1-2-4 13
Power and Frequency (ATCRBS) Test Screen 1-2-4 13
XPDR - S All Call Test Screen 1-2-4 15
XPDR - S Reply Timing Test Screen 1-2-4 16
XPDR - S Reply Test Screen 1-2-4 17
UF0 Test Screen 1-2-4 18
UF4 Test Screen 1-2-4 19
UF5 Test Screen 1-2-4 19

1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

L I ST O F ILL U ST R AT I O N S ( co n t )

Title Chapter/Section/Subject Page

UF11 Test Screen 1-2-4 20
UF11 FAIL Test Screen 1-2-4 20
UF16 Test Screen 1-2-4 21
UF20 Test Screen 1-2-4 21
UF21 Test Screen PASS 1-2-4 22
UF21 Test Screen, NOT RUN 1-2-4 23
UF24 Test Screen 1-2-4 23
X P D R E l e me n t a r y S u r v e i l l a n c e 1 T e s t Screen 1-2-4 24
X P D R E l e me n t a r y S u r v e i l l a n c e 2 T e s t Screen 1-2-4 25
Enhanced Surveillance Test Screen 1-2-4 26
Altitude Encoder Test Screen, Source Encoder 1-2-4 28
Altitude Encoder Test Screen, Source XPDR 1-2-4 28
DME Screen 1-2-4 31
Setup DME Screen 1-2-4 32
Calibration Screen 1-2-4 34
RS232 Screen 1-2-4 34
TCAS Protection Volume 1-2-4 35
Typical TCAS II Display 1-2-4 37
Setup - TCAS Screen 1-2-4 38
TCAS Reply Parameters Screen 1-2-4 40
T C A S S c r e e n ( Mo d e S ) 1-2-4 42
TCAS Screen (ATCRBS) 1-2-4 42
Setup Scenario Screen 1-2-4 45
S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n 1-2-4 45
Confirm Screen 1-2-4 46
Setup TCAS Scenario Screen 1-2-4 46
TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen 1-2-4 47
TCAS Broadcast Monitor Screen 1-2-4 49
W h i s p e r - S h o u t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n 1-2-4 51
R e c o m me n d e d T e s t L o c a t i o n s 1-2-4 54
Setup ADS-B Screen 1-2-4 56
Setup Test Data Screen 1-2-4 57
Confirm Screen 1-2-4 57
S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n 1-2-4 57
A D S - B / G I C B Ma i n M e n u 1-2-4 58
ADS-B MON List Screen 1-2-4 58
ADS-B MON BDS 0,5 Screen 1-2-4 59
ADS-B MON BDS 0,6 Screen 1-2-4 60
ADS-B MON BDS 0,8 Screen 1-2-4 61
ADS-B MON BDS 0,9 Screen 1-2-4 62
ADS-B MON BDS 0,A Screen 1-2-4 63
ADS-B MON BDS 6,1 Screen 1-2-4 64
ADS-B MON BDS 6,2 Screen 1-2-4 64
ADS-B MON BDS 6,3/6,5 Screen 1-2-4 66
ADS-B GEN List Screen 1-2-4 68
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,5 Screen 1-2-4 68
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,6 Screen 1-2-4 70
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,8 Screen 1-2-4 71
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,9 Screen 1-2-4 72
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,A Screen 1-2-4 73
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,1 Screen 1-2-4 74
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,2 Screen 1-2-4 74
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,5 Screen 1-2-4 76
GICB List Screen, 1-12 1-2-4 78
GICB List Screen, 13-24 1-2-4 78

1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

L I ST O F IL L U ST R AT I O N S ( co n t )

Title Chapter/Section/Subject Page

GICB List Screen, 16-27 1-2-4 78
GICB BDS 0,5 Screen 1-2-4 80
GICB BDS 0,6 Screen 1-2-4 81
GICB BDS 0,7 Screen 1-2-4 82
GICB BDS 0,8 Screen 1-2-4 82
GICB BDS 0,9 Screen 1-2-4 83
GICB BDS 1,0 Screen 1-2-4 85
GICB BDS 1,7 Screen 1-2-4 86
GICB BDS 1,8 Screen 1-2-4 86
GICB BDS 1,9 Screen 1-2-4 86
GICB BDS 1,A Screen 1-2-4 86
GICB BDS 1,B Screen 1-2-4 87
GICB BDS 1,C Screen 1-2-4 87
GICB BDS 1,D Screen 1-2-4 88
GICB BDS 1,E Screen 1-2-4 88
GICB BDS 1,F Screen 1-2-4 88
GICB BDS 2,0 Screen 1-2-4 89
GICB BDS 2,1 Screen 1-2-4 89
GICB BDS 3,0 Screen 1-2-4 90
GICB BDS 4,0 Screen 1-2-4 91
GICB BDS 4,1 Screen 1-2-4 92
GICB BDS 4,2 Screen 1-2-4 92
GICB BDS 4,3 Screen 1-2-4 93
GICB BDS 5,0 Screen 1-2-4 93
GICB BDS 6,0 Screen 1-2-4 94
GICB BDS 6,1 Screen 1-2-4 95
GICB BDS 6,2 Screen 1-2-4 95
GICB BDS 6,5 Screen 1-2-4 97
Setup TIS Screen 1-2-4 99
TIS Operation Screen 1-2-4 101
TIS Display Example 1-2-4 101
TIS Operation Flow Chart 1-2-4 102
Directional Antenna Mounted on Test Set 1-2-4 103
Hand Held Directional Antenna 1-2-4 103
T r i p o d Mo u n t e d D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a 1-2-4 103
Mo d e S C o v e r a g e W i t h i n 1 2 n m i S i mu l a t e R a n g e 1-2-4 104
TCAS 6015 Effective Test Coverage 1-2-4 104
Suggested Layout to Reduce Multipath Errors 1-2-4 105
R a mp T e s t i n g 1-2-4 106
IFR 6015 with Breakout Box 1-2-4 107
Repacking Procedure 1-4-1 1

1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

L I ST O F T A BL E S

Title Chapter/Section/Subject Page

Test Identifier Symbols 1-2-4 9
C o m mo n U s a g e G I C B B D S 1-2-4 25
Protection Volume Parameters Versus Altitude 1-2-4 35
SL: Field Valid Data 1-2-4 40
CA: Field Valid Data 1-2-4 41
RI: Field (Acquisition) Valid Data 1-2-4 41
RI: Field (Tracking) Valid Data 1-2-4 41
RAC: Field Valid Data 1-2-4 41
ARA: Field Valid Data 1-2-4 42
CVC: Field Display Data 1-2-4 48
VRC: Field Display Data 1-2-4 48
CHC: Field Display Data 1-2-4 48
HRC: Field Display Data 1-2-4 48
ESB: Field Display Data 1-2-4 49
ARA=Field Valid Data 1-2-4 50
RAC=Field Valid Data 1-2-4 51
GICB Supported BDS Registers 1-2-4 77

1-LIST OF TABLES
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1-LIST OF TABLES
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

S ER V IC E U PO N R EC EI P T O F MAT E RI AL
Unpacking
S p e c i a l - d e s i g n p a c k i n g m a t e r i a l i n s i d e t h i s s h i p p i n g c a r t o n p r o v i d e s ma x i mu m p r o t e c t i o n f o r t h e
I F R 6 0 0 0 . A v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e c a r t o n a n d p a c k i n g ma t e r i a l d u r i n g e q u i p me n t u n p a c k i n g . U s e t h e
following steps for unpacking the IFR 6000.
 Cut and remove the sealing tape on the carton top and open the carton.
 G r a s p t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 t r a n s i t c a s e f i r ml y , w h i l e r e s t r a i n i n g t h e s h i p p i n g c a r t o n , a n d l i f t t h e
equipment and packing material vertically.
 Place the IFR 6000 transit case and end cap packing on a suitable flat, clean and dry surface.
 R e mo v e t h e p r o t e c t i v e p l a s t i c b a g f r o m t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 t r a n s i t c a s e .
 P l a c e p r o t e c t i v e p l a s t i c b a g a n d e n d c a p p a c k i n g ma t e r i a l i n s i d e s h i p p i n g c a r t o n .
 Store the shipping carton for future use should the IFR 6000 need to be returned.
Checking Unpacked Equipment
 I n s p e c t t h e e q u i p m e n t f o r d a m a g e i n c u r r e d d u r i n g s h i p me n t . I f t h e e q u i p me n t h a s b e e n
d a ma g e d , r e p o r t t h e d a m a g e t o A e r o f l e x .
 C h e c k t h e e q u i p m e n t a g a i n s t t h e p a c k i n g s l i p t o s e e i f t h e s h i p me n t i s c o mp l e t e . R e p o r t a l l
discrepancies to Aeroflex.

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY

IFR 6000 72425 1
POWER SUPPLY 67366 1
ANTENNA 64579 1
BREAKOUT BOX 64580 1
ANTENNA SHIELD 64749 1
12 IN. COAXIAL CABLE 62401 1
72 IN. COAXIAL CABLE 62402 1
5 A FUSE 56080 1
TRANSIT CASE 10241 1
POWER CORD 62302 1
(US ONLY)
POWER CORD 64020 1
(EUROPEAN)
OPERATION MANUAL 6670 1
(CD-ROM)
GETTING STARTED 6096 1
MANUAL (PAPER)
IFR 6000 with Standard Accessories

ACCESSORIES PART NUMBER QTY

UC-584 Universal 86931 1
Antenna Coupler

A nt en n a C ou p le r

1-SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIALS

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1 - S E R V I C E U P O N R E C E I P T O F MA T E R I A L S
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SECTION 1 - DESCRIPTION
1. G E N ER AL D E SC RI PT I O N AN D CA P AB ILI TI E S
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITIES
The IFR 6000 has the following features
and capabilities:
F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e s :
X P D R , D M E , T C A S I a n d I I , A D S - B MO N ,
ADS-B GICB, ADS-B GEN and TIS.
 XPDR Auto Test provides a full FAR Part
4 3 A p p e n d i x F t e s t . A l l n o r ma l u s e r
v e r i f i e d p a r a me t e r s a r e d i s p l a y e d o n o n e
screen.
 P a r a me t r i c t e s t s i n c l u d e E R P , MT L , P u l s e
Widths and Spacings.
 S e p a r a t e s c r e e n s f o r d i s p l a y o f p r i ma r y
E l e me n t a r y a n d E n h a n c e d S u r v e i l l a n c e
p a r a me t e r s .
 P r e d e t e r mi n e d u s e r s e l e c t a b l e X P D R
config files allow different classes of
A T C R B S a n d Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r t o b e
tested.
 A l t i t u d e E n c o d e r s c r e e n f o r mo n i t o r i n g
e n c o d i n g a l t i me t e r g r e y c o d e .
 X P D R a n d D ME S e t u p s c r e e n s p r o v i d e
u s e r d e f i n e d o p e r a t i o n p a r a me t e r s .
 S i n g l e D ME t e s t s c r e e n p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l
The IFR 6000 is a precision simulator that o v e r D ME F r e q u e n c y / C h a n n e l , R a n g e ,
enables one person to functionality test Rate, RF level, % Reply, Squitter, Ident
airborne transponder (XPDR) modes A/C/S, and Echo. UUT frequency, ERP, PRF
d i s t a n c e m e a s u r i n g e q u i p m e n t ( D M E ) s y s t e ms , P1/P2 width and Spacing are also
TCAS I and II and ADS-B equipped displayed.
transponders and 1090 MHz emitters.  LCD Display with automatic light sensing
The Test Set contains built-in signal i l l u mi n a t i o n c o n t r o l
generators and modulators for XPDR and  Internal Battery allowing six hours
selected DME frequencies. For ramp operation before recharge.
operation, the RF output is coupled to the
airborne equipment by a lightweight directional  A u t o ma t i c p o w e r s h u t d o w n a f t e r
antenna that may be mounted on the Test Set a p p r o x i ma t e l y 1 5 mi n u t e s o f n o n - u s e w h e n
or tripod. For bench operation, coaxial cables ac power is not connected.
are required between the Test Set and UUT.  C o mp a c t s i z e a n d l i g h t w e i g h t f o r o n e
person operation.

1-1-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

1.3 REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES

Effective April 6, 1987, the Federal Aviation
A d mi n i s t r a t i o n ( F A A ) h a s r e q u i r e d c e r t a i n
t e s t s b e p e r f o r me d o n t r a n s p o n d e r s , b o t h
conventional ATCRBS and Mode S. In
preparation for the installation of new air
traffic control radar facilities, the FAA
r e q u i r e d n e w me a s u r e m e n t s t o b e p e r f o r m e d
on existing transponders and instituted
required tests for Mode S transponders.
FAR (Federal Aviation Regulations) Part 43,
Ma i n t e n a n c e , P r e v e n t i v e M a i n t e n a n c e ,
Rebuilding and Alteration section has been
mo d i f i e d t o r e f l e c t c u r r e n t t e c h n o l o g i e s a n d
i mp r o v e me n t s . A e r o f l e x h a s m e t a l l F A A
r e q u i r e me n t s a n d r e c o m m e n d s t h a t t h e u s e r
of this type of equipment review the
appropriate FAR, or contact the manufacturer
of their particular model of transponder to
ensure that proper procedures are followed.
Eurocontrol and the JAA have also
incorporated new regulations for Mode S
Elementary and Enhanced Surveillance.
T h e s e r e q u i r e me n t s i n c l u d e S e l e c t i v e
Identifiers for high-density traffic areas and
b e c a me ma n d a t o r y i n M a y , 2 0 0 3 f o r
Elementary Surveillance and March, 2005 for
Enhanced Surveillance.
The IFR 6000 has the capability to thoroughly
test these new functions to comply with
u p c o mi n g r e q u i r e m e n t s . F o r f u r t h e r
i n f o r ma t i o n r e g a r d i n g t h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s ,
visit www.eurocontrol.int/.

1-1-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2. Q UI CK ST A RT
CTRS: Adjusts display contrast.
The Quick Start is for operators who are
f a mi l i a r w i t h a v i o n i c s s y s t e m s / t e s t e q u i p me n t BKLT: Adjusts display backlight.
and want to use the IFR 6000 before reading R A N G E  : I n c r e a s e s D ME r a n g e a n d T C A S
t h e c o mp l e t e O p e r a t i o n M a n u a l . R e f e r t o start range.
para 1-2-4.1 for detailed operation RANGE : Decreases DME range and TCAS
instructions. start range.
2.1 CONTROLS RATE : Increases DME and TCAS rate.
R A T E  : D e c r e a s e s D ME a n d T C A S r a t e .
F R E Q : F r e q u e n c y / c h a n n e l s e l e c t i o n f o r D ME
Mo d e o n l y .
R F L V L : R F l e v e l s e t t i n g f o r D M E Mo d e
only.
XPDR: Selects XPDR, ADS-B/GICB and ALT
ENCODER screens.
D M E : S e l e c t s D ME s c r e e n .
TCAS: Selects TCAS and TIS screens.
SETUP: Displays the setup screens
a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e s e l e c t e d f u n c t i o n a l mo d e .
SOFT KEYS: Five Application dependent
k e y s p r o v i d e t e s t s p e c i f i c i n f o r ma t i o n a n d
mo v e me n t b e t w e e n t e s t s c r e e n s .

Turns Test Set ON or OFF.

POWER: Indicator illuminates when Test Set DATA KEYS

is operational.
 DATA KEY: Selects or slews data.
CHARGE: Indicator illuminates to show
battery charge status;  DATA KEY: Selects or slews data.
 D A T A K E Y : Mo v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e l e f t i n
a data field.
Yellow Charging
 D A T A K E Y : Mo v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e r i g h t
Flashing Yellow Faulty battery in a data field.
Green Fully charged

NOTE: Operates when External DC Power

Supply is connected.
INTERR: Indicator illuminates when Test Set
is interrogating (XPDR Mode) or receiving
interrogations (DME Mode).
REPLY: Indicator illuminates when Test Set
is receiving replies (XPDR Mode) or replying
to interrogations (DME Mode).

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.2 GENERAL SETUP 2.3 XPDR SETUP ANTENNA

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

1. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to 1. R e f e r t o 1 - 1 - 2 , F i g u r e 1 . Mo u n t

power the Test Set On. Directional Antenna on Test Set and
position friction hinge so Directional
2. Press SETUP Control Key to display Antenna is as shown. Connect short
setup screens. Continue pressing RF coaxial cable between Antenna
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP- Connector and Test Set ANT
GENERAL Screen. Use NEXT PARAM Connector.
and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select
each parameter.

SET UP- G ENERAL BAT 2.5 Hr

PWR DOWN: 10 MINS

ERP UNITS:dBm UNITS:FEET

REMOTE OPERATION:RS232

PREV NEXT H/W

PARAM PARAM TOOLS INFO
T

3. Select PWR: Set to preferred power

d o w n t i me o u t .
4. Select ERP UNITS: Set to preferred
ERP units.
5. Select UNITS: Set to preferred units.

A n t e n n a Mo u n t i n g
Figure 1

2. Refer to 1-1-2, Figure 2. Position Test

S e t ≤ 5 0 f t ( 1 5 . 2 4 m) f r o m a n d i n l i n e o f
sight with top/bottom antenna.
3. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft
for weight off wheels.
4. Press POWER Key to power up the Test
Set.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

R a mp T e s t i n g
Figure 2

SETUP-XPDR BAT 2.5 Hr

5. Press SETUP Control Key to display
setup screens. Continue pressing ANTENNA: BOTTOM RF PORT:ANTENNA
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP-
XPDR Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and ANT RANGE ANT HEIGHT
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each TOP: 50.0 m 10.0 m
BOTTOM: 50.0 m 0.0 m
parameter.
ANT CABLE LEN: 6 FT ANT GAIN (dBi)
ANT CABLE LOSS: 1.8 dB 1.03 GHz: 7.1
COUPLER LOSS: 0.8 dB 1.09 GHz: 6.1
UUT ADDRESS:AUTO
MANUAL AA:123456 PWR LIM: FAR 43
DIVERSITY TEST:ON CHECK CAP: YES

PREV NEXT TEST

PARAM PARAM DIAG DATA

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.4 XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
6. Select ANTENNA: Set to TOP or 1. Connect long RF coaxial cable between
BOTTOM depending on which aircraft the aircraft antenna feeder cable and
antenna Test Set is pointing towards. Test Set RF I/O Connector.
7. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. 2. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft
for weight off wheels.
8. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range
from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT 3. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to
Antenna. power the Test Set.
9. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup Press SETUP Control Key to display
height from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT setup screens. Continue pressing
Antenna. SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP-
XPDR Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and
10. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each
loss found on cable.
p a r a me t e r .
11. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): set 1.03 GHz
4. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT
and 1.09 GHz antenna gain to figures
CONNECT.
ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a
5. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to loss
12. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
found on cable.
NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set 6. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
to MANUAL and enter in
MA N U A L A D D R E S S . M o d e S NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set
all-calls do not work when the to MANUAL and enter in
aircraft is on the ground. MANUAL ADDRESS. Mode S
all-calls do not work when the
13. Select DIVERSITY: Set to OFF.
aircraft is on the ground.
T T

NOTE: To run diversity test set 7. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON.

DIVERSITY to ON and install
boot to bottom/top antenna. 8.
T Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. T

14. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES.

T T
9.
T S e l e c t P W R L I M: S e t t o F A R 4 3 . T

15. Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43.

T T

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.5 XPDR SETUP ANTENNA COUPLER 2.6 XPDR TESTING

CONNECT
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Connect Antenna Coupler to Aircraft 1 , P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o
Antenna. XPDR Auto Test Screen.
• Place Coupler over the antenna, XPDR – CONF IG SCREEN BAT 2.5 Hr
guiding antenna into the slot on
the bottom of the coupler.
1 GENERIC ATCRBS
• Push Coupler firmly against the 2 ATCRBS CLASS A
aircraft skin until the black 3 ATCRBS CLASS B
4 GENERIC MODE S
rubber gasket on the rim of the
5 MODE S CLASS A
coupler is completely depressed 6 MODE S CLASS B
tightly against the aircraft. 7 MODE S CL B OPT FREQ
8 MODE S CL B OPT PWR
• Lock coupler into place by
pushing white lever on the side
of the coupler into a down and
locked position.
NOTE: Coupler must be tightly pressed
and locked in place for Test INFO RETURN
Set to function correctly.
Coupler will lock into place
when the black rubber gasket
is not completely depressed 2. Press CONFIG Soft Key to display
against the aircraft, but the XPDR CONFIG Screen. Use Data Keys
Test Set will not measure to select configuration file. Press
functions accurately. RETURN Soft Key to confirm selection.
2. Connect long RF coaxial cable between NOTE:
T If transponder class is not
the Antenna Coupler and Test Set RF known, select GENERIC
I/O Connector. ATCRBS or GENERIC MODE S
configuration file.
3. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft
for weight off wheels.
XPDR - AUTO TEST P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr
4. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to
power the Test Set. CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S LEVEL =4
Press SETUP Control Key to display ANTENNA: BOTTOM
setup screens. Continue pressing REPLIES = A, C, S FREQ = 1090.12 MHZ
TOP ERP = 57.1 dBm MTL = -74.0 dBm
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP- BOT ERP = 56.0 dBm MTL = -73.1 dBmT RP
XPDR Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and A CODE = 1234 ID C ALT = 100 ,000 ft
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each S CODE = 1234 ID S ALT = 10 0,000 ft
T AIL = N12345 DF17 = DETECTED
parameter.
FLIG HT ID = BA23 4 AA=AC3421(53032041)
5. Select RF PORT: Select DIR FS = 3 – ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND
W/COUPLER VS = ON GND COUNTRY = USA

6. Select CPL CABLE LOSS: Set to loss

found on cable. RUN TEST SELECT
TEST LIST CONFIG ANT
7. Select COUPLER LOSS: Set to loss
found on coupler.
8. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set
to MANUAL and enter in
MANUAL ADDRESS. Mode S
all-calls do not work when the
aircraft is on the ground.
9. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON.
10. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES.
T T

11. Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43.

T T

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.6.1 ADS-B/GICB TESTING

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
3. To run a complete FAR Part 43 1. Perform XPDR SETUP ANTENNA
Appendix F Test, press RUN TEST Soft procedure or XPDR SETUP DIRECT
Key to start Auto Test. When Auto Test CONNECT procedure.
c o mp l e t e s , a P A S S o r F A I L i n d i c a t i o n 2. Press SETUP Key until SETUP XPDR
is displayed at the top of the screen. screen is displayed.
4 . Mo s t U U T p a r a m e t e r s r e q u i r i n g u s e r 3. Press ADS-B SETUP Soft Key to display
verification are displayed on the Auto ADS-B/GICB Setup Screen. Use NEXT
Test Screen. PARAM and PREV PARAM a fntdKFeS
V SS oT

y sd ti o
scretes: To verify
5. VS and FS discretes: To verify status,
T T s e l e c t e a c h p a r a me t e r .
ensure UUT is in airborne state prior to
running test. Run test and confirm that SETUP-ADSB BAT 2.5 Hr
VS and FS fields indicate IN AIR.
Place UUT in ground state, repeat test POS DECODE:GLOBAL
and confirm VS and FS fields indicate L AT : 38 25 35 N
LONG : 126 35 35 W
ON GROUND.
6. TAIL and COUNTRY: Displays the
ADSB GEN :DF17
country decoded from the Mode S ADSB MON:DF17
discrete address. GICB :DF20
NOTE: If the country selected has not
adopted an encoding scheme,
only the country is displayed.
7. FLIGHT ID: UUT must have a valid
TEST PREV NEXT
source of Flight ID (internal or external DATA PARAM PARAM RETURN
to the UUT) to display data.
8. Press TEST LIST Soft Key to display
c o mp l e t e A u t o T e s t L i s t . U s e D a t a 4. Select POS DECODE: Set to GLOBAL
Keys to select desired test. Press to use global CPR algorithm for latitude
SELECT Soft Key to display selected a n d l o n g i t u d e d e c o d i n g o r s i mu l a t i o n .
test. Set to LOCAL to use local CPR
algorithm for latitude and longitude
XPDR – TEST LIST BAT 2.5 Hr decoding or simulation. POS DECODE
is for BDS 0,5 and BDS 0,6.
1 AC/DECDR/SLS - PASS 5. Select LAT: Enter local latitude in
2 A/C F1/F2 SPACE/WIDTH - PASS
3 POWER/FREQ - PASS d e g r e e s , mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s .
4 S ALL-CALL - PASS 6. Select LONG: Enter local longitude in
5 S RPLY TIMING - PASS
6 S RPLY - PASS
d e g r e e s , mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s .
7 UF0 - PASS 7. Select ADS-B GEN: Set DF17 or DF18
8 UF4 - PASS extended squitters to be generated.
9 UF5 - PASS
10 UF11 - PASS 8. S e l e c t A D S - B MO N : S e t D F 1 7 o r D F 1 8
11 UF16 - PASS e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r s t o b e mo n i t o r e d .
12 UF20 - PASS
9. Select GICB: Set DF20 or DF21 to be
SELECT NEXT requested with GICB protocol.
TEST PAGE RETURN

9. Press RETURN Soft Key to display Auto

Test Screen.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2. 6. 2 A D S - B M O N
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Press XPDR Mode Key until ADS- Use Data Keys to select specific BDS and
B/GICB MAIN menu is displayed. press BDS DATA soft key to display
selected BDS screen. Refer to ADS-B MON
ADS-B/GICB MAIN BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS screen example.

ADS-B MON BDS 0,5 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr

BDS=0,5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=DEFAULT
L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W
PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC
SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO
BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft
GNSS ALT = N/A

ADSB ADSB
MON GEN GICB

2. Press the ADS-B MON Soft Key to RUN PREV NEXT

TEST TEST TEST RETURN
display the ADS-B MON list screen.

ADS-B MON DF17 BAT 2.5 Hr

1 0,5 AIRBORNE POS - AVAIL
2 0,6 SURFACE POS - NOT CAP
3 0,8 IDENT & CAT - AVAIL
4 . P r e s s R e t u r n s o f t k e y t o r e t u r n t o A D S-
4 0,9 AIRBORNE VEL - AVAIL B MON list screen or press PREV TEST
5 6,1 A/ C ST AT US - AVAIL or NEXT TEST soft keys to select
6 6,2 T ARG ST AT E - AVAIL specific ADS-B MON BDS screens.
7 6,5 A/ C O P ST AT US - NO SQTR
8 0,A TEST MSG - AVAIL

RUN BDS
TEST DATA RETURN

3. Press RUN TEST soft key to start test.

When a specific extended squitter BDS
is captured, AVAIL will be displayed to
the right of the BDS name.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.6.3 ADS-B GEN 2.6.4 GICB

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Press XPDR Mode Key until ADS- 1 . P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y u n t i l A D S -
B / G I C B Ma i n M e n u i s d i s p l a y e d . B / G I C B Ma i n Me n u i s d i s p l a y e d .
2. Pres ADSB GEN to display the ADSB
GEN List Screen. GICB DF20 BAT 2.5 Hr

1 0,5 AIRBORNE POS - AVAIL

ADS-B MON DF17 BAT 2.5 Hr 2 0,6 SURFACE POS - NOT CAP
3 0,7 SQT R ST AT US - AVAIL
1 0,5 AIRBORNE POS - DISABL ED 4 0,8 IDENT & CAT - AVAIL
2 0,6 SURFACE POS - DISABL ED
5 0,9 AIRBORNE VEL - AVAIL
3 0,8 IDENT & CAT - DISABL ED 6 1,0 DAT A L NK CAP - AVAIL
4 0,9 AIRBORNE VEL - DISABL ED
7 1,7 COM GICB CAP - AVAIL
5 6,1 A/ C ST AT US - DISABL ED 8 1,8 SPEC SERV CAP #1 - AVAIL
6 6,2 T ARG ST AT E - DISABL ED
9 1,9 SPEC SERV CAP #2 - AVAIL
7 6,5 A/ C O P ST AT US - DISABL ED 10 1,A SPEC SERV CAP #3 - AVAIL
8 0,A TEST MSG - DISABL ED 11 1,B SPEC SERV CAP #4 - AVAIL
12 1,C SPEC SERV CAP #5 - AVAIL

RUN BDS PREV NEXT

TEST DATA PAGE PAGE RETURN

RUN BDS STORE BDS

TEST DATA DATA ON RETURN
2. Press GICB Soft Key to display the
GICB List Screen.
3. Press BDS ON Soft Key to enable
3. Press RUN TEST soft key to start test.
selected test list items.
When a BDS is available, AVAIL will be
4. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test. displayed to the right of the BDS name.
5. Press BDS DATA to enter selected test.
GICB BDS 0,5 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=0,5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=00000000000000
L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W
PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC
SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO
BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft
GNSS ALT = N/A

RUN PREV NEXT

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.7 DME SETUP ANTENNA 2.8 DME SETUP DIRECT CONNECT

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Refer to 1-1-2, Figure 1. Mount 1. Connect long RF coaxial cable between
Directional Antenna on Test Set and t h e a i r c r a f t D ME a n t e n n a f e e d e r c a b l e
position friction hinge so Directional and Test Set RF I/O Connector.
Antenna is as shown. Connect short
RF coaxial cable between Antenna 2. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to
Connector and Test Set ANT power the Test Set On.
Connector. 3. Press SETUP Control Key to display
setup screens. Continue pressing
2. Position Test Set at ≤50 ft (15.24 m)
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP-
from and in line of sight with DME
DME Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and
antenna.
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each
3. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to p a r a me t e r .
power the Test Set On.
4. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT
4. Press SETUP Control Key to display CONNECT.
setup screens. Continue pressing
5. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to loss
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP-
found on cable.
DME Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each
parameter.

SETUP – DME BAT 2.5 Hr

RF PORT : DIRECT CONNECT

ANT RANGE : -

ANT GAIN (dBI)

IDENT TONE : IFR 0.96 GHz :7.5
DIR CABLE LEN: 25 FT 1.03 GHz :7.1
DIR CABLE LOSS: 4.5 dB 1.09 GHz :6.1
COUPLER LOSS: 0.8 dB 1.15 GHz :5.0
MAX RANGE: 200.00 nm 1.15 GHz :5.0
1.22 GHz :2.8

PREV NEXT
PARAM PARAM DIAG

5. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA.

6. Select ANT RANGE: Set to line of sight
distance from IFR 6000 antenna and
UUT antenna.
7. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable
found on cable.
8. Select ANT GAIN: Set to gains found
on supplied antenna.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 9
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.9 DME SETUP ANTENNA COUPLER 2.10 DME TESTING

CONNECT
STEP PROCEDURE
STEP PROCEDURE
1 . P r e s s D ME Mo d e S e l e c t K e y t o d i s p l a y
1. Connect Antenna Coupler to Aircraft D M E Mo d e T e s t S c r e e n . A l l D ME t e s t
Antenna. data is displayed on this screen.
• Place Coupler over the antenna, DME BAT 2.5 Hr
guiding antenna into the slot on
the bottom of the coupler.
VOR : 108.00 MHz RFLVL : -2 dBm
• Push Coupler firmly against the FREQ : 978 MHz RATE : 10 kts OUT
aircraft skin until the black CHAN : 17X RANGE : 0.00 nm
rubber gasket on the rim of the % REPLY: 100 ECHO :OFF
coupler is completely depressed SQTR : ON IDENT: ON
tightly against the aircraft.
TX FREQ = MHZ ERP= dBm
• Lock coupler into place by P1 WIDTH = us PRF= Hz
pushing white lever on the side P2 WIDTH = us
of the coupler into a down and P1-P2 = us( )
UUTLVL = -38.2 dBm
locked position.
RUN PREV NEXT STOP
TEST PARAM PARAM RATE IN/OUT
NOTE: Coupler must be tightly pressed
and locked in place for Test
Set to function correctly.
2. Select VOR/FREQ/CHAN: Set to
Coupler will lock into place frequency of DME unit.
when the black rubber gasket
3. Select UUT LVL: Set to desired level.
is not completely depressed
against the aircraft, but the 4. Select RATE: Set to 300 kts OUT.
Test Set will not measure 5 . S e l e c t R A N G E : S e t t o 0 . 0 0 n m.
functions accurately. 6. Select % REPLY: Set to 100.
7. Select ECHO: Set to OFF.
2. Connect long RF coaxial cable between 8. Select SQTR: Set to ON.
the Antenna Coupler and Test Set RF
I/O Connector. 9. Select IDENT: Set to ON.
3. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to 10. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.
power the Test Set On. NOTE: U U T p a r a me t e r s a r e mo d i f i a b l e
4. Press SETUP Control Key to display while test is running.
setup screens. Continue pressing 11. Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test.
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP- L a s t U U T p a r a me t e r s a r e r e t a i n e d o n
DME Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and display.
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each
p a r a me t e r .
5. Select RF PORT: Set to DIR
W/COUPLER.
6. Select CPL CABLE LOSS: Set to loss
found on cable.
7. Select COUPLER LOSS: Set to loss
found on coupler.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 10
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.11 TCAS SETUP ANTENNA

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

1. Refer to 1-1-2, Figure 1. Mount 9. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable
Directional Antenna on Test Set and loss found on cable.
position friction hinge so Directional 10. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): Set 1.03 GHz
Antenna is as shown. Connect short and 1.09 GHz antenna gain to figures
RF coaxial cable between Antenna ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d D i r e c t i o n a l
Connector and Test Set ANT Antenna.
Connector.
11. Select SQUITTERS: Set to ON.
2. Position Test Set at Forward Sector
11. Select ALT REPORTING: Set to ON.
Test Location, ≤50 ft (15.24 m) from
and in line of sight with TCAS top 12. Select DISPLAYED ALT: Set to
antenna. RELATIVE.
3. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to 13. Select TEST SET AA: Set to A92493.
power the Test Set On. NOTE:
T TEST SET AA needs to be
4. Press SETUP Control Key to display different than the surrounding
setup screens. Continue pressing aircraft.
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP-
TCAS Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each
parameter.

SETUP-TCAS BAT 2.5 Hr

RF PORT: ANTENNA
ANT RANGE : 12 ft
ANT HEIGHT : 1 ft
UUT ADDRESS:AUTO
MANUAL AA:000000
DIR CABLE LOSS:1.3 dB
ANT CABLE:USER DEFINED
ANT CABLE LOSS: 0.1 dB
ANT GAIN(dBi)
SQUITTERS: ON 1.03 GHz: 7.1
ALT REPORTING: ON 1.09 GHz: 6.1
DISPLAYED ALT:RELATIVE
TEST SET AA:A92493
REPLY PREV NEXT STORE/
PARAM PARAM PARAM DIAG RECALL

5. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA.

6. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range
from antenna.
7. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup
height from antenna.
8. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground, set
to MANUAL and enter in
M A N U A L A D D R E S S . Mo d e S
all-calls do not work when the
aircraft is on the ground.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 11
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.12 TCAS TESTING

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Press TCAS Mode Select Key to display 13. Verify UUT visual and audio operation:
TCAS Test Screen.
NOTE: Verify Traffic Advisory at
T CAS BAT 2.5 Hr 4 0 s e c u n t i l e n c o u n t e r t i me .
SCENARIO: 0-CUSTOM  Verify Resolution Advisory at 25
T CAS T YPE:T CAS II %R E PLY: 100 s e c u n t i l e n c o u n t e r t i me
INTRUDER TYPE:MODE S
RANGE ST ART : 8.00 nm STOP: --  Verify TCAS bearing reads
RANGE RAT E : 300 kts 0° (±15°).
ALT ST ART : +20 0 ft STOP: --
ALT RAT E : CONVERGE : ON NOTE: I f R a d i o A l t i me t e r A l t i t u d e i s
UUT ALT : 31200 ft AL T DET ECT : ON below 500 ft, RA’s are
FREQ= 1030.000 MHz ERP= 57.0 dBm inhibited.
RANGE= 8.00 nm IN ALT= +200 ft 
T CAS ST AT US= T RACKING NOTE: T C A S I s y s t e ms d o n o t i s s u e
ST AT US= NON-T HREAT ENCOUNTER= 0:00
RA’s.
14. Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test.
RUN PREV NEXT STORE/
TEST PARAM PARAM MON RECALL

2. Select SENARIO: Set to CUSTOM.

3. Select TCAS TYPE: Set to TCAS II.
NOTE: If testing a TCAS I system set
to TCAS I.
4. Select % REPLY: Set to 100.
5. Select INTRUDER TYPE: Set to
ATCRBS or Mode S.
6. Select RANGE START: Set to 8 nm.
7. Select RANGE RATE: Set to 300 kts.
8. Select ALT START: Set to +200 ft.
9. Select CONVERGE: Set to ON.
10. Select ALT DETECT: Set to ON.
11. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.
12. Verify TCAS STATUS displays
AQUIRING and then TRACKING. When
TRACKING is annunciated, an intruder
should be displayed on the TCAS
display.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 12
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.13 TIS SETUP ANTENNA

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

1. Refer to 1-1-2, Figure 1. Mount 10. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): set 1.03 GHz
Directional Antenna on Test Set and and 1.09 GHz antenna gain to figures
position friction hinge so Directional ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d D i r e c t i o n a l
Antenna is as shown. Connect short Antenna.
RF coaxial cable between Antenna 11. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
Connector and Test Set ANT NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground, set
Connector. to MANUAL and enter MANUAL
2. P o s i t i o n T e s t S e t ≤ 5 0 f t ( 1 5 . 2 4 m) f r o m ADDRESS. Mode S all-calls
and in line of sight with top/bottom do not work when the aircraft
antenna. is on the ground.
3. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft
for weight off wheels.
4. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to
power the Test Set On.

SETUP-TIS BAT 2.5 Hr

RF PORT:DIRECT CONNECT
ANT RANGE: 12 ft
HEIGHT: 12 ft

ANT GAIN (dBi)

DIR CABLE LOSS:1.3 dB 1.03 GHz: 7.1
ANT CABLE:USER DEFINED 1.09 GHz: 6.1
ANT CABLE LOSS:1.3 dB
UUT ADDRESS:AUTO
MANUAL AA:123456

PREV NEXT
PARAM PARAM

5. Press SETUP Control Key to display

setup screens. Press SETUP Control
Key to display SETUP-TIS Screen. Use
NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft
Keys to select each parameter.
6. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA.
7. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range
from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT
Antenna.
8. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup
height from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT
Antenna.
9. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable
loss found on cable.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 13
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2.14 TIS SETUP DIRECT CONNECT 2.15 TIS TESTING

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Connect long RF coaxial cable between 1 . P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y u n t i l T I S T e s t
aircraft antenna feeder cable and Test Screen is displayed.
Set RF I/O Connector.
T IS BAT 2.5 Hr
2. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft
for weight off wheels.
T ARG ET S:5 UUT HDG:180 deg
3. Power Up: Press POWER Key to power 1 2 3 4 5
the Test Set. BRG(deg) : 120 90 234 182 23
RNG(nm) : 6.00 4.00 3.00 2.00 1.00
4. Press SETUP Control Key to display ALT (ft) : 3500 2000 1000 500 0
setup screens. Press SETUP Control ALT RAT E:CL IMB L EVEL L EVEL CL IMB L EVEL
HDG(deg) : 234 178 56 22 0
Key until SETUP-TIS Screen is T RAFF IC : PRO X PRO X PRO X PROX TRFC
displayed. Use NEXT PARAM and
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each ADDR=3 AC421 (16542041) N12345
p a r a me t e r . TSCR= 5 TSDR= 1 ALT =126700 ft
T IS ST AT US=CO NNECT ING INFO=0000
5. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT
CONNECT.
RUN PREV NEXT
6. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set cable TEST PARAM PARAM
loss to cable loss found on cable.
7. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
2. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM
Soft Keys to select each of the
f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s :
TARGETS: Sets the number of
s i mu l a t e d t a r g e t s 0 t o 5 .
UUT HDG: Provides entry for UUT
Heading in degrees. This orientates the
target bearings with respect to UUT
(aircraft) heading.
BRG: Sets target bearing relative to
UUT (aircraft) in degrees
RNG: Sets targets range relative to
U U T ( a i r c r a f t ) i n n a u t i c a l mi l e s .
ALT: Sets target altitude relative to
UUT (aircraft) in feet.
ALT RATE: Sets Altitude Rate
annunciation on TIS display.
HDG: Sets target Heading in degrees.
TRAFFIC: Sets target traffic status on
TIS display.
3. Press RUN Soft Key to start test.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 14
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE

4. TIS display shows the selected target

parameters in accordance with the
selections:
TIS STATUS field indicates TIS
connection status.
ADDR indicates UUT Aircraft Address.
ALT UUT field displays UUT aircraft
altitude.
TSCR field indicates number of TIS
connects requested from UUT.
TSDR field indicates number of TIS
0disconnects requested from UUT.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 15
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

T HI S P AG E INT E NTI O NA L L Y L EF T BL A N K.

1-1-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 16
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SECTION 2 - OPERATION
1. IN ST AL L AT I O N
1.1 GENERAL 1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The IFR 6000 is powered by an internal T h e f o l l o w i n g s a f e t y p r e c a u t i o n s mu s t b e
Lithium Ion battery pack. The Test Set is observed during installation and operation.
supplied with an external DC Power Supply A e r o f l e x a s s u me s n o l i a b i l i t y f o r f a i l u r e t o
that enables the operator to recharge the c o mp l y w i t h a n y s a f e t y p r e c a u t i o n o u t l i n e d i n
battery when connected to AC power. t h i s ma n u a l .
NOTE: The IFR 6000 can operate
1.4.1 Complying with Instructions
continuously on AC power via the DC
Power Supply, for servicing and/or Installation/operating personnel should not
bench tests. a t t e mp t t o i n s t a l l o r o p e r a t e t h e I F R 6 0 0 0
Refer to 1-2-2, Figure 2 for location of without reading and complying with
controls, connectors or indicators. i n s t r u c t i o n s c o n t a i n e d i n t h i s ma n u a l . A l l
p r o c e d u r e s c o n t a i n e d i n t h i s ma n u a l mu s t b e
1.2 BATTERY OPERATION p e r f o r me d i n e x a c t s e q u e n c e a n d ma n n e r
The internal battery is equipped to power the described.
IFR 6000 for six hours of continuous use, after 1.4.2 Grounding Power Cord
w h i c h t i me , t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 b a t t e r y n e e d s
r e c h a r g i n g . B a t t e r y O p e r a t i o n T i m e R e ma i n i n g WARNING: DO NOT USE A THREE-PRONG
(in Hours) is displayed on all screens. TO TWO-PRONG ADAPTER
T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 c o n t a i n s a n a u t o m a t i c t i me - o u t PLUG. DOING SO CREATES A
to conserve power. If a key is not pressed SHOCK HAZARD BETWEEN THE
within a 5 to 20 minute time period, the Test CHASSIS AND ELECTRICAL
Set shuts Off (only when using battery power). GROUND.
The Power Down Time may be set in the Setup For AC operation, the AC Line Cable,
Screen. connected to the DC Power Supply, is
equipped with standard three-prong plug and
1.3 BATTERY CHARGING mu s t b e c o n n e c t e d t o a p r o p e r l y g r o u n d e d
The battery charger operates whenever DC three-prong receptacle that is easily
power (11 to 32 Vdc) is applied to the Test Set a c c e s s i b l e . I t i s t h e c u s t o me r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
with the supplied DC Power Supply or a to:
suitable DC power source. When charging, the  Have a qualified electrician check
battery reaches a 100% charge in receptacle(s) for proper grounding.
a p p r o x i ma t e l y f o u r h o u r s . T h e i n t e r n a l b a t t e r y  Replace any standard two-prong
charger allows the battery to charge between a receptacle(s) with properly grounded three-
t e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e o f 5 ° t o 4 0 ° C . T h e I F R prong receptacle(s).
6000 can operate, connected to an external
DC source, outside the battery charging 1.4.3 Operating Safety
t e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e ( 5 ° t o 4 0 ° C ) .
Due to potential for electrical shock within the
The battery should be charged every three T e s t S e t , t h e C a s e A s s e mb l y mu s t b e c l o s e d
mo n t h s ( m i n i m u m ) o r d i s c o n n e c t e d f o r l o n g when the Test Set is connected to an external
term inactive storage periods of more than power source.
s i x mo n t h s . T h e B a t t e r y m u s t b e r e m o v e d
B a t t e r y r e p l a c e me n t , f u s e r e p l a c e me n t a n d
w h e n c o n d i t i o n s s u r r o u n d i n g t h e Te s t S e t a r e
i n t e r n a l a d j u s t me n t s mu s t o n l y b e p e r f o r me d
<-20°C or >60°C. by qualified service technicians.

1-2-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

1.5 AC POWER REQUIREMENTS 1.6 BATTERY RECHARGING

The DC Power Supply, supplied with the Refer to 1-2-1, Figure 1.

IFR 6000, operates over a voltage range of STEP PROCEDURE
100 to 250 VAC at 47 to 63 Hz.
1. Connect AC Line Cable to either:
The battery charger operates whenever DC
power (11 to 32 Vdc) is applied to the Test Set  AC PWR Connector on the DC Power
with the supplied DC Power Supply or a Supply and an appropriate AC power
suitable DC power source. When charging, the source
battery reaches an 100% charge in  Suitable DC power source
a p p r o x i ma t e l y f o u r h o u r s . T h e B a t t e r y 2. Connect the DC Power Supply to the DC
C h a r g i n g t e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e i s 5 ° t o 4 0 ° C , POWER Connector on the IFR 6000.
controlled by an internal battery charger.
3. V e r i f y t h e C H A R G E I n d i c a t o r i l l u mi n a t e s
yellow.
4. Allow four hours for battery charge or
u n t i l t h e C H A R G E I n d i c a t o r i l l u mi n a t e s
green.
NOTE: If the CHARGE Indicator flashes
yellow and/or the battery fails
to accept a charge and the
IFR 6000 does not operate on
battery power, the battery,
serviceable only by a qualified
technician, requires
r e p l a c e me n t . R e f e r t o
Battery/Voltage Instructions.

Battery Recharging
Figure 1

1-2-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

1.7 EXTERNAL CLEANING

The following procedure contains routine
instructions for cleaning the outside of the
Test Set.
CAUTION: DISCONNECT POWER FROM
TEST SET TO AVOID POSSIBLE
DAMAGE TO ELECTRONIC
CIRCUITS.
STEP PROCEDURE
1. Clean front panel buttons and display
face with soft lint-free cloth. If dirt is
difficult to remove, dampen cloth with
water and a mild liquid detergent.
2. Remove grease, fungus and ground-in
dirt from surfaces with soft lint-free cloth
dampened (not soaked) with isopropyl
alcohol.
3. Remove dust and dirt from connectors
with soft-bristled brush.
4. Cover connectors, not in use, with
suitable dust cover to prevent tarnishing
of connector contacts.
5. Clean cables with soft lint-free cloth.
6. Paint exposed metal surface to avoid
corrosion.

1-2-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1-2-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2. CO NT RO L S , CO N N EC T O R S AN D IN DI CA TO RS

IFR 6000 Front Panel

Figure 1

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

N U ME R I C A L L O C A T I O N L I S T A L P H A B E T I C A L L O C A T I ON L I S T
1. SYNC Connector ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector 37
2. VIDEO Connector ANT Connector 30
3. DC POWER Connector AUX IN Connector 38
4. RF I/O Connector AUX OUT Connector 1 31
5. Test Set ANT Connector AUX OUT Connector 2 32
6. R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r AUX OUT Connector 3 33
7. Display AUX OUT Connector 4 34
8. Mu l t i - F u n c t i o n S o f t K e y s BACKLIGHT Key 19
9. X P D R Mo d e S e l e c t K e y CHARGE Indicator 21
10. T C A S Mo d e S e l e c t K e y CONTRAST Key 25
11. D M E Mo d e S e l e c t K e y DC POWER Connector 3
12. SETUP Select Key D E C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y 26
13. FREQ Select Key RF LEVEL Key 14
14. RF LVL Key Display 7
15. RATE INCREMENT Key D M E Mo d e S e l e c t K e y 11
16. RANGE INCREMENT Key FREQ Select Key 13
17. RATE DECREMENT Key I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y 29
18. R A N G E D E C R E ME N T K e y INTERR Indicator 23
19. BACKLIGHT Key Mu l t i - F u n c t i o n S o f t K e y s 8
20. POWER Key POWER Indicator 22
21. CHARGE Indicator POWER Key 20
22. POWER Indicator R A N G E D E C R E ME N T K e y 18
23. INTERR Indicator RANGE INCREMENT Key 16
24. REPLY Indicator R A T E D E C R E ME N T K e y 17
25. CONTRAST Key RATE INCREMENT Key 15
26. DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r 6
27. SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r 40
28. SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key REPLY Indicator 24
29. I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y RF I/O Connector 4
30. ANT Connector RS-232 Connector 39
31. AUX OUT Connector 1 SETUP Select Key 12
32. AUX OUT Connector 2 SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key 27
33. AUX OUT Connector 3 SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key 28
34. AUX OUT Connector 4 SYNC Connector 1
35. USB HOST Connector T C A S Mo d e S e l e c t K e y 10
36. USB DEVICE Connector Test Set ANT Connector 5
37. Altitude Encoder Connector USB DEVICE Connector 36
38. AUX IN Connector USB HOST Connector 35
39. RS-232 Connector VIDEO Connector 2
40. REMOTE Connector X P D R Mo d e K e y 9

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

1. SYNC Connector 11. DME MODE Select Key

BNC type connector provides S e l e c t s D ME T e s t S c r e e n .
oscilloscope SYNC pulse for each 12. SETUP Key
interrogation. D i s p l a y s t h e S E T U P Me n u .
2. VIDEO Connector 13. FREQ Select Key
BNC type connector provides S e l e c t s D ME F r e q u e n c y a s V O R
interrogation and reply pulses. Paired, TACAN Channel or MHz.
3. DC POWER Connector 14. RF LVL Key
Circular Type Connector (2.5 mm D M E mo d e f u n c t i o n o n l y . S e l e c t s D M E
center, 5.5 mm outer diameter, center range reply and squitter RF level.
positive) used for battery charging or
operation of Test Set. 15. RATE INCREMENT Key
4. RF I/O Connector I n c r e me n t s D ME o r T C A S r a n g e r a t e .
CAUTION: MAXIMUM INPUT TO THE 16. RANGE INCREMENT Key
RF I/O CONNECTOR MUST I n c r e me n t s D ME o r T C A S r a n g e .
NOT EXCEED 5 KW PEAK 1 7 . R A T E D E C R E ME N T K e y
OR 30 W AVERAGE.
D e c r e me n t s D M E o r T C A S r a n g e r a t e .
TNC Type connector used for direct
1 8 . R A N G E D E C R E ME N T K e y
connection to UUT antenna connector.
D e c r e me n t s D M E o r T C A S r a n g e .
5. Test Set ANT Connector
19. BACKLIGHT Key
TNC Type Connector used for
connection to the IFR 6000 directional Displays/exits the Backlight Adjust
antenna for over the air testing. Field.
6. REMOTE Connector I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y o r
D E C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y ma y
Type HD DB44 Connector used for
be used to adjust the Backlight
r e mo t e o p e r a t i o n a n d s o f t w a r e
Intensity.
upgrades. Contains RS-232, USB Host
and USB Peripheral connections The IFR 6000 powers up with the
(altitude encoder inputs and SYNC Backlight set to the setting of the
outputs). previous session.
7. Display (LCD) BAT 2.5 Hr
3 8 c h a r a c t e r s b y 1 6 l i n e s f o r ma i n
screen display with Soft Key boxes at
the bottom of the screen.
8. Mu l t i - F u n c t i o n S o f t K e y s
Legends for the five soft keys are
displayed in boxes at the bottom of the
Display (LCD) screen.
9. XPDR MODE Select Key
Selects Transponder Auto Test Screen.
10. TCAS MODE Select Key BACKLIGHT = 73, HIT BKLT TO EXIT

Selects TCAS Auto Test Screen.

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

20. POWER Key 2 6 . D E C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y
Powers the IFR 6000 ON and OFF. D e c r e me n t s d a t a i n s l e w a b l e f i e l d s ,
21. CHARGE Indicator such as RF LVL. This Key also selects
data in fields that have fixed functions,
I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n e x t e r n a l D C p o w e r i s such as ECHO and SQUITTER.
applied for Bench Operation or Battery
charging. 27. SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key
CHARGE Indicator is yellow when the Mo v e s t h e s l e w c u r s o r t o w a r d t h e MS B
battery is charging, flashing yellow ( Mo s t S i g n i f i c a n t B i t ) o f t h e d a t a f i e l d .
when the battery needs replacing and Example: W h e n D ME o r T C A S r a n g e
green when the battery is fully charged. is selected, the slew cursor
22. POWER Indicator c a n b e mo v e d f r o m t h e
1.0 nm unit to the 10 nm,
I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 i s 0.1 nm or 0.01 nm unit.
operational.
28. SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key
23. INTERR Indicator
T h i s K e y mo v e s t h e s l e w c u r s o r t o w a r d
I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n T e s t S e t i s g e n e r a t i n g the LSB (Least Significant Bit) of the
an interrogation signal (XPDR Mode) or data field.
receives an Interrogation (TCAS Mode)
signal. Example: W h e n D ME o r T C A S r a n g e
is selected, the slew cursor
24. REPLY Indicator
c a n b e mo v e d f r o m t h e
I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n t h e T e s t S e t r e c e i v e s 1.0 nm unit to the 10 nm,
a valid reply signal (XPDR Mode) or 0.1 nm or 0.01 nm unit.
generates a reply (TCAS Mode) signal.
2 9 . I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y
25. CONTRAST Key
I n c r e me n t s d a t a i n s l e w a b l e f i e l d s ,
Displays/exits the Contrast Adjust such as RF LVL. This Key also selects
Field. data in fields that have fixed functions,
The INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key or such as ECHO and SQUITTER.
the DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key 30. ANT Connector
ma y b e u s e d t o a d j u s t t h e C o n t r a s t .
TNC Type Connector used for
BAT 2.5 Hr connection to the IFR 6000 for over the
air testing.
31. AUX OUT Connector 1
ATCRBS interrogation trigger used for
calibration.
32. AUX OUT Connector 2
ATCRBS interrogation trigger used for
calibration.
33. AUX OUT Connector 3
Not Used
CONTRAST = 31, HIT CTRS TO EXIT 34. AUX OUT Connector 4
Not Used

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ITEM DESCRIPTION 38. AUX IN Connector

Not Used
35. USB HOST Connector
39. RS-232 Connector
USB Jump Drive interface for software
update and test data dump (not active Used for remote control interface,
in first release). s o f t w a r e u p d a t e a n d t e s t d a t a d u mp .
36. USB DEVICE Connector 4 0 . R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r
Remote Control Interface. Used to interface with the IFR 6000.
37. ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector
Interface for external encoding
altimeter.

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Directional Antenna
Figure 2

Breakout Box - Front View

Figure 3

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Breakout Box - Top View

Figure 4

Breakout Box - Bottom View

Figure 5

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1-2-2
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

3 . P ER FO R M AN C E E VA LUA TIO N
3.1 GENERAL
STEP PROCEDURE
The IFR 6000 is equipped with a Self Test for
quick performance evaluation. An 3. If the self test does not detect any
abbreviated Self Test is run at Power-Up. failed functions in the test set, the
The full Self Test is initiated manually. XPDR AUTO TEST Screen will appear.
Refer to 1-2-2, Figure 1 for location of XPDR-AUTO TEST BAT 2.5 Hr
P AS S
controls, connectors and indicators.
3.2 START-UP SELF TEST CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S LEVEL=4
ANTENNA: BOTTOM
STEP PROCEDURE REPL IES =A, C, S FREQ =1090.12 MHZ
TOP ERP =57.1 dBm MTL =-74.0 dBm
1. Press the POWER Key to power the BOT ERP =56.0 dBm MTL =-73.1 dBm
Test Set On. The Aeroflex Logo Screen A CODE =1234 C ALT =35000 ft
will appear, followed by the POWER-UP S CODE =1234 S ALT =3500 0 ft
SELF TEST Screen. T AIL =N12345 DF17 DETECTED=NO
FLT ID =AA-50 AA=AC3421(53032041)
FS=5–NO AL ERT SPI IN AIR
POWER-UP SELF TEST
VS=IN AIR COUNTRY=United States

RUN TEST SELECT

TEST LIST CONFIG ANT
PERFORMING POWER ON SELF TEST

PLEASE WAIT . . .

[ ******** ]

2. If the self test fails, the SETUP SELF

TEST Screen automatically appears.
The SETUP SELF TEST Screen will
indicate which functions have failed
or passed the test.

SETUP – SELF TEST BAT 2.5 Hr

CF RAM _ PASS PPC COM _ PASS

CF FL _ PASS PPC RAM _
CF CPLD _ PASS PPC FL _
NVR BAT _ PASS PPC RMT _ PASS
USB _ PASS KEYPAD _ PASS
FPGA _ PASS BAT _ FAIL 0006
CFPPC FL _ PASS RF LO _ PASS
RTC _ RF LOOP _ PASS
EEPROM _ PASS RF VIDEO _

DISCONNECT ALL CABLES BEFORE RUNNING

CONT

1-2-3
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

3.3 MA N U A L S E L F T E S T
STEP PROCEDURE
STEP PROCEDURE
3. Press SELF TEST Soft Key to display
1. Press SETUP Key until the Setup- the Self Test Screen.
General Screen is displayed.
SETUP – SELF TEST BAT 2.5 Hr
SETUP – GENERAL BAT 2.5 Hr

CF RAM _ PPC COM _

PWR DOWN : 10 mins CF FL _ PPC RAM _
CF CPLD _ PPC FL _
ERP UNITS : dBm UNITS : FEET NVR BAT _ PPC RMT _
USB _ KEYPAD _
REMOTE OPERATION : RS232 FPGA _ BAT _
CFPPC FL _ RF I/F _
RTC _ RF MOD _
EEPROM _

DISCONNECT ALL CABLES BEFORE RUNNING

RUN DUMP
PREV NEXT H/W TEST INFO RETURN
PARAM PARAM TOOLS INFO

4. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to initiate

2. Press H/W TOOLS Soft Key to display the Self Test.
the Hardware Tools Screen.
5. V e r i f y t h a t a l l t h e mo d u l e s / a s s e mb l i e s
SETUP – HARDWARE TOOLS BAT 2.5 Hr pass the Self Test. If the Self Test
indicates a failure, contact Aeroflex for
S/N 103009999 a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r ma t i o n :
MULTI-FUNCTION BOARD REV 0 AEROFLEX
RF BOARD REV 0 10200 West York
CPU BOARD REV 0 Wichita, KS 67215 U.S.A.
Phone: (800) 835-2350
FAX: (316) 524-2623
EMAIL: service@aeroflex.com
AEROFLEX INTL LTD
U n i t s 1 4 / 1 5 Mo n k s B r o o k I n d u s t r i a l
Park,
SELF School Close
RS232 TEST CAL RETURN
C h a n d l e r s F o r d , H a mp s h i r e
England A053 4RA
P ho n e: 44- 2 3 80- 2 73 7 22
FA X : 44- 2 3 80- 2 54 0 15

1-2-3
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4. O P E RAT ING PR O C ED UR E S
4.1 GENERAL
This section contains operating instructions ADS-B provides flight line test capability for
for the IFR 6000. The IFR 6000 tests r e c e i v i n g , d e c o d i n g a n d d i s p l a y i n g f u l l D O-
A T C R B S / M O D E S T r a n s p o n d e r s , D ME , 2 6 0 / A D F 1 7 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r t r a n s mi s s i o n s
TCAS, ADS-B, TIS and TIS-B. The IFR 6000 f r o m Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s o r D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d
replaces the IFR ATC-600A, ATC-601 and s q u i t t e r s f r o m 1 0 9 0 M H z e mi t t e r s . C a p a b i l i t y
TCAS-201. t o g e n e r a t e f u l l D O- 2 6 0 / A D F 1 7 / 1 8 e x t e n d e d
s q u i t t e r t r a n s mi s s i o n s f o r t e s t i n g A D S - B
General procedures identify the controls, r e c e i v e r s i s p r o v i d e d . A G I C B mo d e d e c o d e s
connectors, indicators and display screens and displays all Enhanced Surveillance BDS
used in individual test modes. For specific register contents.
Unit Under Test (UUT) Procedures, refer to
the UUT Manual. NOTE: ADS-B operates as an XPDR
s u b mo d e .
Refer to 1-2-2, Figure 2 for location of
controls, connectors and indicators. NOTE: NUCp (DO-260) is not supported.
The IFR 6000 Test Set provides NIC/NAC/SIL (DO-260/A) is
ATCRBS/Mode S Transponder and DME Test supported.
capability as standard modes. D M E MO D E
Software options available are:
D M E Mo d e p r o v i d e s f l i g h t l i n e t e s t c a p a b i l i t y
 TCAS I, II, TIS (Traffic Information f o r D i s t a n c e Me a s u r i n g E q u i p me n t
S e r v i c e ) a n d T I S - B ( T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n I n t e r r o g a t o r s . A l l p a r a m e t e r s n o r ma l l y
Service Broadcast). r e q u i r e d f o r D ME t e s t i n g a r e d i s p l a y e d o n
 ADS-B (DO-260/A) and GICB extracted o n e ma i n s c r e e n . U U T i n t e r r o g a t i o n
D A P ’ s ( D o w n l i n k e d A i r c r a f t P a r a me t e r s ) . p a r a me t e r s a r e c l e a r l y d i s p l a y e d i n
T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 u s e s f o u r f u n c t i o n a l mo d e s : c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h T e s t S e t r e p l y p a r a me t e r s .

XPDR MODE T C A S MO D E

X P D R Mo d e p r o v i d e s f l i g h t l i n e t e s t T C A S Mo d e p r o v i d e s f l i g h t l i n e t e s t c a p a b i l i t y
capability for ATCRBS and Mode S f o r T C A S I a n d I I . A T C R B S a n d Mo d e S
transponders using an Auto Test, a series of i n t r u d e r s a r e s i mu l a t e d , a l l o w i n g t h e
tests displayed over several screens. All g e n e r a t i o n o f p r o x i mi t y , T A a n d R A f l i g h t
data normally required to verify transponder deck annunciations. TCAS Interrogator
operation in accordance with FAR 91.413, p a r a me t r i c me a s u r e me n t s a r e d i s p l a y e d .
Part 43, Appendix F, is displayed on one TIS Provides a five aircraft static flight
ma i n A u t o T e s t S c r e e n . s i mu l a t i o n , u s i n g t h e C o m m A p r o t o c o l , t o
Different classes of transponders are tested t e s t t h e T I S ( T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e ) .
to built-in test limits by selection of TIS-B provides a five aircraft static flight
configuration files. If the class of s i mu l a t i o n , u s i n g D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r
transponder is unknown, generic broadcasts, for testing TIS-B (Traffic
configuration files are provided for ATCRBS I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e B r o a d c a s t ) s y s t e ms .
a n d Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s t h a t a p p l y t h e NOTE: TIS and TIS-B operate as TCAS sub
widest system limits. mo d e s .
Mo d e S T r a n s p o n d e r l e v e l i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y
d e t e r mi n e d . E u r o p e a n E n h a n c e d NOTE: TIS-B is not provided in the second
Surveillance test capability allows decode release of the TCAS option.
and display of GICB derived BDS register SETUP MODE
contents (primary parameters only).
S E T U P Mo d e f u n c t i o n s e t s v a r i o u s
p a r a me t e r s u s e d i n t e s t i n g , c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d
me mo r y s t o r a g e f o r e a c h f u n c t i o n a l mo d e .

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.2 START-UP 4.3.1 CONFIGURATIONS

Press POWER Key. Start-Up Screen appears Press CONFIG Soft Key to display CONFIG
on the DISPLAY. XPDR-Auto Test Screen List. Use DATA Keys to select the desired
with blank data fields always displays on configuration. Press RETURN Soft Key to
Power-up. display XPDR Auto Test Screen.
4.3 XPDR (TRANSPONDER)
XPDR - CONF IG BAT 2.5 Hr
P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o s e l e c t X P D R
F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . X P D R A u t o T e s t S c r e e n i s 1 GENERIC ATCRBS
displayed 2 ATCRBS CLASS A
3 ATCRBS CLASS B
XPDR-AUTO TEST P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr 4 GENERIC MODE S
5 MODE S CLASS A
6 MODE S CLASS B
CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S LEVEL=4 7 MODE S CL B OPT FREQ
ANTENNA: BOTTOM 8 MODE S CL B OPT PWR
REPL IES =A, C, S FREQ =1090.12 MHZ
TOP ERP =57.1 dBm MTL =-74.0 dBm
BOT ERP =56.0 dBm MTL =-73.1 dBm
A CODE =1234 C ALT =35000 ft
S CODE =1234 S ALT =3500 0 ft
T AIL =N12345 DF17 DETECTED=NO
FLT ID =AA-50 AA=AC3421(53032041) INFO RETURN
FS=5–NO AL ERT SPI IN AIR
VS=IN AIR COUNTRY=United States Configurations List Screen
Figure 2
RUN TEST SELECT Eight predefined Configurations are provided
TEST LIST CONFIG ANT
t o d e t e r mi n e t h e P A S S / F A I L l i mi t s a p p l i e d t o
XPDR Auto Test Screen E R P , F r e q u e n c y a n d MT L me a s u r e me n t s .
Figure 1 C o n f i g u r a t i o n s a r e n a me d b y c l a s s a n d
option. Refer to Appendix F for predefined
There are two versions of the Auto Test Configuration details
Screen, one for ATCRBS transponders and
o n e f o r Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s . T h e n u m b e r o f NOTE: Transponder class and option
additional screens displayed by the Test List identification are found on the
feature depends on the configuration transponder’s TSO label.
selected. 1. GENERIC ATCRBS: Tests ATCRBS
transponders, specifically when the
class of the transponder is unknown.
2. ATCRBS CLASS A: Tests ATCRBS
Class A transponders.
3. ATCRBS CLASS B: Tests ATCRBS
Class B transponders.
4. GENERIC MODE S: Tests Mode S
transponders, specifically when the
class of the transponder is unknown.
5. MODE S CLASS A: Tests Mode S
Class A transponders.
6. MODE S CLASS B: Tests Mode S
Class B transponders.
7. MO D E S C L B O P T F R E Q : T e s t s Mo d e
S Class B transponders equipped with
Class A frequency tolerance option.
8. MODE S CL B OPT PWR: Tests Mode S
Class B transponders equipped with
Class A power option.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.3.2 SETUP
NOTE: Level detection is automatic when SETUP XPDR
running a test. S e t u p X P D R S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s
Press INFO Soft Key to display XPDR INFO w h i c h d e t e r mi n e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
Screen. XPDR INFO Screen displays the o f t h e X P D R F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . U n l e s s
PASS/FAIL limits for selected Configuration. otherwise stated, last used values are
retained on Power-up.
XPDR – INFO BAT 2.5 Hr NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n
before conducting test operations.
CONFIG = GENERIC MODE S LEVEL = ?
SETUP-XPDR BAT 2.5 Hr
T EST PARAMET RICS
ANTENNA: BOTTOM RF PORT:ANTENNA
T RANSMIT T ER PO WER 48.5 - 57.0 dBm
RECEIVER MTL -74 +/- 3 dBm ANT RANGE ANT HEIGHT
Tx FREQ 1090 +/- 3 MHz TOP: 50.0 m 10.0 m
BOTTOM: 50.0 m 0.0 m

ANT CABLE LEN: 6 FT ANT GAIN (dBi)

ANT CABLE LOSS: 1.8 dB 1.03 GHz: 7.1
COUPLER LOSS: 0.8 dB 1.09 GHz: 6.1
UUT ADDRESS:AUTO
RETURN
MANUAL AA:123456 PWR LIM: FAR 43
DIVERSITY TEST:ON CHECK CAP: YES
XPDR Information Screen
Figure 3 PREV NEXT TEST
PARAM PARAM DIAG DATA

Setup XPDR Screen

Figure 4
STEP PROCEDURE

1. Press SETUP Soft Key to display

SETUP-XPDR Screen (1-2-4, Figure 1).
2. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT
PARAM. Press PREV PARAM to select
the field. Use DATA Keys to slew the
d a t a . P a r a me t e r s a r e :
 ANTENNA:
TOP or BOTTOM
 RF PORT:
Selects ANTENNA (ANT
CONNECTOR) or DIRECT
CONNECT via RF I/O Connector or
DIR W/COUPLER.
 ANT CABLE LEN or
DIR CABLE LEN or
CPL CABLE LEN:
Selections: 1 to 75 FT.
 C A B L E L O S S f i e l d i s a u t o ma t i c a l l y
calculated. Cable loss may be
ma n u a l l y e n t e r e d b y t h e u s e r .
 ANT CABLE LOSS or
DIR CABLE LOSS or
CPL CABLE LOSS:
Displays cable loss in dB (at 1090
MH Z ) . F i g u r e ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d
RF coaxial cable

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to  P W R L I M:

9.9 dB. F A R 4 3 O R MO D 4 3 .
Cable Len will F A R 4 3 u s e s l i mi t s i n a c c o r d a n c e
automatically calculate with FAR 91.413, Part 43, Appendix
cable loss in dB. Cable F . M O D 4 3 r e mo v e s u p p e r E R P
loss is automatically l i mi t s a n d l o w e r MT L l i m i t s .
displayed.  CHECK CAP:
NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied YES or NO. If YES (default) is
cables, (25 and 50 foot selected, BDS 1,7/1,8/1,9 is
cables optional) verified to confirm availability of:
NOTE: 25 and 50 foot cable BDS 0,5
selection compensates for BDS 0,6
delay of Aeroflex optional BDS 0,7
cables. BDS 0,8
NOTE: To calculate cable length to BDS 0,9
enter, for non Aeroflex BDS 1,D
supplied cables, use the BDS 1,E
following formula.. BDS 1,F
BDS 2,0
Lentered = L * (0.68/V)
BDS 2,1
L = physical length of BDS 3,0
cable BDS 4,0
V = Velocity factor of BDS 4,1
cable BDS 4,2
Where Lentered = the BDS 4,3
length value entered into BDS 5,0
ANT/DIR/CPL CABLE LEN BDS 6,0
field. BDS 6,1
BDS 6,2
 COUPLER LOSS: BDS 6,3
Displays coupler loss in dB (at
1090 MHZ). Figure marked on If BDS 1,7/1,8/1,9 reports a
supplied coupler. particular BDS is not available, the
data is blanked alongside the
NOTE: Coupler loss range 0.0 to respective BDS in the Enhanced
9.9 dB. Surveillance Screen, or GICB
 ANT GAIN: screens.
Entered in dBi, gain figures for If NO is selected, BDS 1,7/1,8/1,9
1030 and 1090 MHz marked on is not verified and the Test Set will
supplied Directional Antenna. extract the BDS and display
NOTE: Antenna gain range 0.0 to content.
20.9 dB.
NOTE: S o me t r a n s p o n d e r s r e p l y t o
 ANT RANGE: BDS requests even though
Test Set Antenna to transponder BDS 1,7/1,8/1,9 reports
antenna horizontal range. Enter they are not available.
p a r a me t e r s f o r B O T T O M a n d T O P
antenna if installation has diversity
capability.
NOTE: Antenna Range is 6 to
250 ft or 2.0 to 75.0 m.
UNITS parameter on
SETUP-GENERAL Screen
determines feet or meters
(1-2-4, Figure 11).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 UUT ADDRESS: Software Update Procedure Via USB:
MANUAL or AUTO (defaults to
1. S o f t w a r e mu s t b e l o a d e d o n t o a F A T 1 6
AUTO on power-up). AUTO
U S B F l a s h M e mo r y s t i c k . S o f t w a r e
selection Mode S address is
u p d a t e s ma y b e d o w n l o a d e d f r o m
obtained via ATCRBS/Mode S All
product data section on the
Call (FAR Part 43, Appendix F
www.aeroflex.com website.
approved method).
Note: only one version of software may
On loss of ATCRBS/Mode S All Call reside on the root directory of the Flash
reply (i.e., UUT placed in ground Me mo r y s t i c k .
state) tests already running
2. Connect IFR 6000 breakout box to IFR
continue to use last ATCRBS/
6 0 0 0 . I n s e r t F l a s h Me mo r y s t i c k i n
Mode S All Call obtained address.
USB port and Press Power key to
AUTO uses manually entered
power unit. Software load process is
address if no reply is received.
a u t o ma t i c .
NOTE: ICAO amendment 77
3. W h e n s o f t w a r e l o a d i s c o mp l e t e ,
transponders only replies
r e mo v e F l a s h Me mo r y s t i c k .
to Mode S discrete
interrogations when
installation is in ground
state.
 MANUAL ADDRESS:
A six digit HEX address is entered
if UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL is
selected.
 DIVERSITY TEST:
ON or OFF. If testing transponders
w i t h s i n g l e a n t e n n a s y s t e ms , s e l e c t
OFF.
NOTE: If Diversity Isolation Test
is enabled, ensure Antenna
Shield is fitted to top or
bottom UUT antenna prior
to running test. Refer to
Appendix J for Antenna
Shield mounting procedure.
3. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to
XPDR Auto Test Screen.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SETUP GENERAL SETUP TEST DATA

The Setup General Screen contains The Setup Test Data Screen allows storage
p a r a me t e r s t h a t d e t e r m i n e t h e c o m m o n and recall of all transponder test screens,
operational characteristics of each functional i n c l u d i n g me a s u r e me n t d a t a ( 1 - 2 - 4 , F i g u r e
mo d e o f t h e T e s t S e t . 3 ) . T h e r e a r e s i x s t o r a g e me mo r i e s . T h e
f i r s t s t o r a g e me mo r y r e t a i n s t h e l a s t p o w e r
SETUP – GENERAL BAT 2.5 Hr down data and cannot be overwritten. The
l a s t f i v e ma y b e d e f i n e d b y t h e T e s t S e t
PWR DOWN : 10 mins operator. If the operator does not enter a
n a me t h e Mo d e S T r a n s p o n d e r A d d r e s s , D a t e
ERP UNITS : dBm UNITS : METERS & T i m e a r e a u t o ma t i c a l l y e n t e r e d o n s t o r a g e ,
REMOTE OPERATION : RS232
i.e. 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16.

SET UP – T EST DAT A BAT 2.5 Hr

1 Last power-down
2 ATC 10/5/05 12:45:13
3 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16
4
5
PREV NEXT H/W 6
PARAM PARAM TOOLS INFO
7
8
Setup General Screen
9
Figure 5 10
11
STEP PROCEDURE 12

1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP-

DUMP DUMP
GENERAL Screen is displayed (1-2-4, STORE RECALL STORE LIVE RETURN
Figure 2).
Setup Test Data Screen
2. Set following parameters by pressing Figure 6
NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to
select the field. Use DATA Keys to CONFIRM BAT 2.5 Hr
slew data.
 PWR DWN:
Selects battery saving power down
Overwrite existing store?
t i me i n m i n u t e s , r a n g i n g f r o m 5 t o
2 0 mi n o r O F F .
 ERP UNITS:
Selects ERP units in dBm, dBW or
WATTS (peak).
 UNITS:
Selects Setup XPDR Screen
distance units in feet or meters.
NO
 R E MO T E O P E R A T I O N : YES

Selects Remote Operation type of Confirm Screen

RS-232, USB or OFF. Figure 7
3. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to
XPDR Auto Test Screen.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

SETUP – STORE NAME BAT 2.5 Hr Data Recall Procedure:

1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP -
XPDR Screen is displayed (1-2-4,
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Figure 1). Press TEST DATA Soft Key
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen
(1-2-4, Figure 3).
0234567889 ! ‘ “ ( ) * , - . / : ; ? @ _
2. Use DATA Keys to select required
400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:06 store.
Please enter store name
3. Press RECALL Soft Key to recall test
data.
4. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o
XPDR Auto Test Screen.
CHAR BACK
ENTER SPACE CANCEL
SELECT RS232 Data Dump Procedure:
Setup Store Name Screen 1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP -
Figure 8 XPDR Screen is displayed (1-2-4,
Figure 1). Press TEST DATA Soft Key
Data Storage Procedure:
to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen
1. Press SETUP Select Key to display (1-2-4, Figure 3).
SETUP - XPDR Screen (1-2-4, Figure
2. Use DATA Keys (Increment/Select,
10). Press TEST DATA Soft Key to
D e c r e me n t / S e l e c t ) , t o s e l e c t a n d s l e w
display SETUP TEST DATA Screen
data.
(1-2-4, Figure 1).
3. Ensure that RS-232 interface
2. Use DATA Keys to select the required
p a r a me t e r s a r e s e t c o r r e c t l y f o r
store.
c o m mu n i c a t i o n w i t h p r i n t e r o r P C
3. Press STORE Soft Key. A confirm (1-2-4, Figure 2).
Screen is displayed (1-2-4, Figure 4).
4. Press DUMP STORE Soft Key to send
Press YES Soft Key to confirm
selected stored test data to the printer
overwrite. SETUP STORE NAME
or PC via the RS-232 interface.
Screen is displayed (1-2-4, Figure 5)
Software always prompts for overwrite. 5. Press DUMP LIVE Soft Key to send
Store name can be blank. current or live test data to the printer
or PC via the RS-232 interface.
4. Use DATA Keys to select the character
line. Use DATA Keys to select desired 6. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o
character. XPDR Auto Test Screen.
5. Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to add
s e l e c t e d c h a r a c t e r t o t h e e n d o f n a me
string. Press BACK SPACE Soft Key to
delete the selected character.
6. When name is complete, press ENTER
Soft Key to store name and display
SETUP TEST DATA Screen.
7. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to
XPDR-Auto Test Screen.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.3.3 AUTO TEST

Introduction: STEP PROCEDURE
XPDR Auto Test contains one main screen 1. Follow CONFIG selection procedure
(the Auto Test Screen) and up to 17 (1-2-4.3.1).
additional test screens. Auto Test completes
a full FAR Part 43, Appendix F Test, 2. Press SELECT ANTENNA Soft Key to
providing decode and display of Elementary select TOP or BOTTOM antenna to be
and Enhanced surveillance GICB extracted tested. Antenna selected in XPDR
DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters). Setup Screen is displayed by default.
When first powered-up the Test Set displays XPDR-AUTO TEST BAT 2.5 Hr
blank data fields. The last test results are
displayed while Test Set remains powered
CONFIG:MODE S CL B OPT POW LEVEL=
on. The last test results are stored upon ANTENNA: TOP
power- down.
REPLIES = FREQ = MHZ
Auto Test only displays items needed to TOP ERP = MTL = dBm
visually confirm a FAR Part 43 Test. For BOT ERP = MTL = dBm
A CODE = C ALT = ft
detailed test explanations, refer to TEST S CODE = S ALT = ft
DETAILS for individual test list screens. T AIL = DF17 DETECTED=
FLT ID = AA=
General Description: FS=
VS= COUNTRY=
Mo d e T e s t
TSET 1/17 *TESTING*
Mo d e T e s t I d e n t i f i e s m o d e s o f o p e r a t i o n .
Mo d e T e s t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h M o d e A , M o d e C STOP
TEST
a n d A T C R B S ( Mo d e C ) / M o d e S A l l - C a l l t o
d e t e r mi n e r e p l y m o d e s o f t h e t r a n s p o n d e r . Auto Test Screen Test Running
Mo d e A , Mo d e C a n d A T C R B S ( M o d e Figure 9
C)/Mode S All-Call modes are tested during
Auto Test sequence. 3. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start Auto
Test (1-2-4, Figure 6). TEST RUNNING
NOTE: Internal to software. No screen is is displayed at top of screen.
displayed.
Transponder Level XPDR-AUTO TEST P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr

Transponder Level is automatically

CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S LEVEL=4
d e t e r mi n e d b y r e q u e s t i n g a B D S 1 , 0 D a t a ANTENNA: BOTTOM
Link Capability Report. Transponder level is
REPL IES = A, C, S FREQ =1090.12 MHZ
displayed on Auto Test Screen. TOP ERP =57.1 dBm MTL =-74.0 dBm
Mo d e S U F T e s t s R u n , b a s e d o n X P D R L e v e l : BOT ERP =56.0 dBm MTL =-73.1 dBm
A CODE =1234 ID C ALT =35000 ft
Level 1: UF0,4,5,11,16,20,21 S CODE =1234 S ALT =3500 0 ft
T AIL =N12345 DF17 DETECTED=NO
Level 2: UF0,4,5,11,16,20,21 FLT ID =AAA50 AA=AC3421(53032041)
Level 3: UF0,4,5,11,16,20,21,(24 UELM) FS=5–NO AL ERT SPI IN AIR
VS=IN AIR COUNTRY=United States
Level 4: UF0,4,5,11,16,20,21,(24 UELM)

RUN TEST SELECT

TEST LIST CONFIG ANT

Auto Test Screen PASS

Figure 10

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

4. Auto Test completes and displays ♦ C A L T : Mo d e C a l t i t u d e d i s p l a y e d ( 1 0 0 f t
Parameters tested (1-2-4, Figure 7). resolution)
Warnings/Errors are identified by an
arrow symbol to left of the item. ♦ S A L T : Mo d e S a l t i t u d e d i s p l a y e d ( 2 5 o r
The Parameters displayed are: 100 feet resolution, obtained from DF4)
NOTE: Mo d e C a l t i t u d e i s c o mp a r e d t o
Regulatory Test Requirements Mo d e S a l t i t u d e . Mo d e s C a n d S
a l t i t u d e s P a s s w h e n i n a g r e e me n t o f
100 ft.
T E S T S I D E N T I F I E R S Y MB O L S
♦TAIL: Aircraft tail number decoded from
♦ FAA FAR 91.413, Part 43, Appendix F Mo d e S d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s ( o b t a i n e d f r o m
Mo d e S A l l C a l l D F 1 1 )
• Other Civil Aviation Authority
Requirement NOTE: S o me c o u n t r i e s h a v e e n c o d e d t h e
a i r c r a f t t a i l n u mb e r i n t o t h e Mo d e S
♣ Eurocontrol/JAA (Proposed discrete address. Refer to
Appendix G for list of countries
Test Identifier Symbols
supported. If not supported only the
Table 1
country is displayed.
Auto Test Details:
C O U N T R Y : D e c o d e d f r o m t h e Mo d e S
♦REPLIES: Transponder Modes replied to d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s ( o b t a i n e d f r o m Mo d e S A l l
A,C,S Call DF11).
♦FREQ: Transponder TX frequency in MHz DF17 DETECTED: Indicates the presence of
♦TOP ERP: Top transponder antenna DF17 extended squitter.
Effective Radiated Power in dBm, dBW or NOTE: ADS-B option is required to decode
peak and display DF17 squitter content.
NOTE: Units selected in SETUP-GENERAL
♣FLT ID: Eight Character ICAO Flight ID
Screen.
♦ A A : A i r c r a f t A d d r e s s ( Mo d e S d i s c r e t e
♦ T O P MT L : T o p t r a n s p o n d e r a n t e n n a address) displayed in HEX and (OCTAL)
Minimum Trigger Level
♣ F S : F l i g h t S t a t u s . T h e n u mb e r p r e c e d i n g
♦BOT ERP: Bottom transponder antenna the text identifies the RTCA DO-181C FS
Effective Radiated Power in dBm, dBW or c o d e a s s i g n me n t . I n d i c a t i o n s a r e :
peak.
ALERT, NO ALERT, SPI, NO SPI,
NOTE: Units selected in SETUP-GENERAL AIRBORNE, ON GROUND (obtained from
Screen. DF0).
♦BOTTOM MTL: Bottom transponder ♣VS: Vertical Status either ON GND or IN
antenna Minimum Trigger Level AIR (obtained from DF0)
♦A CODE: Mode A 4096 squawk code. Testing FS (Flight Status) and VS (Vertical
Presence of Ident (SPI) pulse indicated by Status):
display of ‘ID’ after the squawk code. I C A O A me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y
♦S CODE: Mode S 4096 Identity Code. t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n
Presence of Ident (SPI) pulse indicated by installation is in ground state. Refer to
display of ‘ID’ after the squawk code Setup for UUT ADDRESS settings (para 1-2-
(obtained from DF5) 4.3.2).
NOTE: The Mode A code is compared with
Mode S code. Modes A and S
c o d e s P a s s w h e n i n a g r e e me n t .

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 9
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.3.4 TEST LIST

STEP PROCEDURE Introduction:
Auto Test Screen examples: A u t o T e s t S c r e e n i s t h e p r i ma r y t e s t s c r e e n .
T h e c o mp l e t e A u t o T e s t c o n t a i n s u p t o 1 7
ATCRBS CLASS B configuration selected additional test screens.
with FAIL indication (Only ATCRBS The Test Set displays blank data fields when
p a r a me t e r s d i s p l a y e d ) . f i r s t p o w e r e d - u p . W h i l e t h e T e s t S e t r e ma i n s
powered the last test results are displayed.
XPDR-AUTO TEST F AI L BAT 2.5 Hr
STEP PROCEDURE
CONFIG:ATCRBS CLASS B LEVEL=N/A 1. Press TEST LIST Soft Key to display
T e s t L i s t . W h e n a Mo d e S
REPLIES =A FREQ =1090.12 MHZ configuration is selected the test list is
BOT ERP =56.0 dBm MTL =-73.1 dBm
displayed over two screens (1-2-4,
A CODE =1234 ID C ALT =30500 ft Figure 8). When an ATCRBS
configuration is selected the test list is
displayed on one screen (1-2-4, Figure
9).
2. Use DATA Keys to select desired test.
Press SELECT TEST Soft Key to
RUN TEST display selected test.
TEST LIST CONFIG
3. Press RETURN Soft Key to display
ATCRBS Class B Auto Test Screen XPDR Auto Test Screen.
Figure 11 4. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.
GENERIC ATCRBS configuration selected 5. Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop
with NO REPLY indication (No Reply From test.
Transponder). 6. Press NEXT TEST Soft Key to display
the next test.
XPDR-AUTO TEST NO BAT 2.5 Hr
REPLY
7. Press PREV TEST Soft Key to display
the previous test.
CONFIG:GENERIC ATCRBS LEVEL=N/A
8. Press RETURN Soft Key to display the
REPLIES = FREQ = MHZ
test list and choose desired test.
NOTE: The test runs until stopped.
BOT ERP = dBm MTL = dBm Each pass through the test
A CODE = C ALT =
sequence updates the
PASS/FAIL indication.

RUN TEST
TEST LIST CONFIG

Generic ATCRBS Auto Test Screen

Figure 12

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 10
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

XPDR – TEST LIST BAT 2.5 Hr XPDR–A/C DECDR/SLS P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr

1 A/C DECDR/SLS - PASS DECODER INNER LOW A=PASS C=PASS

2 A/C F1/F2 SPACE/WIDTH - PASS DECODER INNER HIGH A=PASS C=PASS
3 POWER/FREQ - PASS DECODER OUTER LOW A=PASS C=PASS
4 S ALL-CALL - PASS DECODER OUTER HIGH A=PASS C=PASS
5 S REPLY TIMING - PASS SLS 0 dB A=PASS C=PASS
6 S REPLY - PASS SLS -9 dB A=PASS C=PASS
7 UF0 - PASS
8 UF4 - PASS A CODE = 2620 IDENT
9 UF5 - PASS A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 D1
10 UF11 - PASS
11 UF16 - PASS
12 UF20 - PASS C ALT = 100000 ft
A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2
SELECT RUN PREV NEXT
NEXT
TEST TEST TEST TEST RETURN
PAGE RETURN

XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test Screen

Figure 15
XPDR – TEST LIST BAT 2.5 Hr XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test
XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test (1-2-4,
6 S REPLY - PASS
7 UF0 - PASS F i g u r e 1 0 ) p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s :
8 UF4 - PASS ♦ V e r i f i e s i n n e r a n d o u t e r w i n d o w s f o r Mo d e
9 UF5 - PASS
10 UF11 - PASS
A and C interrogations
11 UF16 - PASS ♦ V e r i f i e s t h e S L S p e r f o r ma n c e f o r M o d e A
12 UF20 - PASS and C interrogations
13 UF21 - PASS
14 UF24 - PASS ♦ D i s p l a y s Mo d e A S q u a w k C o d e , I d e n t ( S P I )
15 ELEMENTARY SURV 1 - PASS and code binary bits.
16 ELEMENTARY SURV 2 - PASS
17 ENHANCED SURV - PASS ♦ D e c o d e s a n d d i s p l a y s t h e Mo d e C a l t i t u d e
in feet and code binary bits.
SELECT NEXT
TEST PAGE RETURN NOTE: Binary bits verify if specific control
lines are correct.
XPDR Test List Mode S
Figure 13 Decoder
T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h v a l i d Mo d e A
XPDR – TEST LIST BAT 2.5 Hr a n d C i n t e r r o g a t i o n s , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L .
N o mi n a l s p a c i n g , P 1 t o P 3 , 8 µs f o r Mo d e A
1 A/C DECDR/SLS - PASS
2 A/C F1/F2 SPACE/WIDTH - PASS
a n d 2 1 µs f o r Mo d e C . T h e t e s t d e v i a t e s t h e
3 POWER/FREQ - PASS pulse spacings as follows:
Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to inner high
" mu s t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 8 . 2 µs f o r Mo d e A
a n d 2 1 . 2 µs f o r Mo d e C ) . T h e t e s t
indicates PASS if percent replies are
≥90% or FAIL if percent replies are <90%.
An arrow identifies FAIL.
Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to inner low
" mu s t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 7 . 8 µs f o r Mo d e A
SELECT NEXT
TEST PAGE RETURN a n d 2 0 . 8 µs f o r Mo d e C ) . T h e t e s t
indicates PASS if percent replies are
XPDR Test List ATCRBS ≥90% or FAIL if percent replies are <90%.
Figure 14 An arrow identifies FAIL.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 11
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to outer high XPDR–A/C SPAC/WDTH F AI L BAT 2.5 Hr

" mu s t n o t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 9 . 0 µs f o r M o d e
A and 22 µs for Mode C). The test F1WIDTH  A= 0.300 us C= 0.450 us
indicates PASS if percent replies are F2WIDTH A= 0.400 us C= 0.600 us
<10% or FAIL if percent replies are ≥10%. F1-F2 A=20.300 us C=20.300 us
An arrow identifies FAIL. REPLY DELAY A=3.05 us C=3.55 us
Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to outer low REPLY JITTER A=0.250 us C=0.000 us
REPLY RATIO A=100% C=100%
" mu s t n o t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 7 . 0 µs f o r M o d e
-81dBm REPLY RATIO A=0% C=0%
A and 20 µs for Mode C). The test
indicates PASS if percent replies are ATCRBS ALL-CALL A=PASS C=PASS
<10% or FAIL if percent replies are ≥10%.
PULSE AMP VAR A=0.0 dB C=0.0 dB
An arrow identifies FAIL.
SLS RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
The Test Set interrogates with Mode A and C
interrogations including the P2 SLS pulse. XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test Screen
When P2 level is set at -9 dB and replies are Figure 16
≥90%, the test indicates PASS. If replies are XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test
<90%, the test indicates FAIL.
XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test (1-2-4, Figure
When P2 level is set at 0 dB and replies are 1 1 ) p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s :
≥1%, the test indicates FAIL. If replies are
♦Verifies and displays F1/F2 pulse width and
<1%, the test indicates PASS. s p a c i n g f o r Mo d e A a n d C r e p l i e s .
NOTE: Because interrogation with SLS at ♦ V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s r e p l y d e l a y f o r Mo d e
-9 dB is sent at MTL + 12 dB, the A and C replies.
t e s t mu s t b e r u n w i t h i n 9 5 f t
(28.96 m) of UUT antenna being ♦ V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s r e p l y j i t t e r f o r Mo d e A
tested. and C replies.
♣ V e r i f i e s r e p l y r a t i o f o r Mo d e A a n d C
A Code
interrogations.
The Test Set interrogates with Mode A
interrogations, +6 dB above MTL. Replies ♦Verifies replies to ATCRBS all call Mode A
a r e mo n i t o r e d a n d t r a n s p o n d e r S q u a w k c o d e and C interrogations.
is displayed in four digit octal and binary. ♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e A a n d C r e p l y p u l s e d r o o p .
If Ident (SPI) is present in the reply, IDENT F1/F2 Pulse Width and Spacing
is displayed after the octal code. T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A a n d C
C Altitude i n t e r r o g a t i o n s , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . T h e t e s t
The Test Set interrogates with Mode C indicates F1 to F2 spacing, F1 width and F2
interrogations, +6 dB above MTL. The w i d t h v a l u e s o n t h e D I S P L A Y f o r Mo d e A a n d
r e p l i e s a r e mo n i t o r e d a n d t r a n s p o n d e r C r e p l i e s . Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e
altitude code is displayed in feet to a following tolerances result in a FAIL and are
resolution of identified by an arrow.
100 ft. Receiving an invalid input (no C bit F 1 t o F 2 s p a c i n g i s 2 0 . 3 0 µs ( ± 0 . 1 0 µs ) .
or C1 and C4 are on at the same time) blanks
F 1 / F 2 p u l s e w i d t h s a r e 0 . 4 5 µs ( ± 0 . 1 0 µ s ) .
out the altitude field. Regardless of validity,
t h e Mo d e C i n f o r m a t i o n i s s h o w n i n b i n a r y
f o r ma t ( MS D t o L S D ) :
A4, A2, A1, A, B4, B2, B1,B, C4, C2, C1,
C, D4, D2.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 12
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Reply Delay Pulse Amplitude Variation

T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h Mo d e s A T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A a n d C
a n d C . T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s r e p l y d e l a y mi n u s i n t e r r o g a t i o n s , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . T h e t e s t
r a n g e d e l a y i s 3 . 0 0 µ s ( ± 0 . 5 0 µs ) . v e r i f i e s a l l p u l s e s i n t h e Mo d e A a n d C
r e p l i e s a r e w i t h i n a 2 d B a mp l i t u d e w i n d o w
Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a b o v e t o l e r a n c e ( mi n i mu m t o ma x i mu m) . R e p l i e s o u t s i d e t h e
result in a FAIL and are identified by an 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and
arrow. are identified by an arrow.
Reply Jitter
XPDR – POWER/FREQ P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr
T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h Mo d e s A
and C. The test verifies reply jitter values
TX FREQ = 1090.12 MHz ANTENNA:TOP
(difference between shortest and longest
r e p l y d e l a y ) u s i n g t h e b e s t t h a t a r e ≤0 . 1 µ s . TOP BOTTOM INSTANT
MEASURED VIA DIRECT ANTENNA DIRECT
Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a b o v e t o l e r a n c e MTL (dBm)
result in a FAIL and are identified by an ATCRBS -73.2 -73.1 -73.2
arrow. A-C DIFF 0.2 -0.1 0.0
ALL CALL -73.0 -73.2 -73.2
Reply Ratio MODE S -73.2 -72.9 -73.2

T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h Mo d e s A ERP (dBm) 57.1 57.0 57.0

and C. The test verifies replies are ≥90%
b e t we e n M T L + 6 d B m a n d n o t m o r e t h a n
≤10% for -81 dBm. Replies outside this RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
tolerance results in a FAIL and are identified
by an arrow. P o w e r a n d F r e q u e n c y ( Mo d e S ) T e s t S c r e e n
NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to Figure 17
direct connect testing.
XPDR – POWER/FREQ P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr
NOTE:Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air
testing’ prevents reliable Reply TX FREQ = 1090.12 MHz
Ratio measurements. When Antenna
is selected, Reply Ratio Mode A and TOP BOTTOM INSTANT
MEASURED VIA DIRECT ANTENNA DIRECT
C Test displays percent replies
MTL (dBm)
h o w e v e r , P A S S / F A I L t e s t l i mi t s a r e ATCRBS N/A -73.1 -73.2
not applied. A-C DIFF N/A 0.1 0.0
ALL CALL N/A -73.2 -73.2
ATCRBS All Call
The Test Set interrogates with ATCRBS ERP (dBm) N/A 57.0 57.0
( Mo d e A a n d C ) o n l y A l l - C a l l i n t e r r o g a t i o n s ,
6 dB above MTL. Test verifies the following:
ATCRBS transponder must reply. RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r - F A I L i f r e p l y Mo d e S .
Power and Frequency (ATCRBS) Test Screen
Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r - F A I L i f r e p l y A T C R B S . Figure 18
Reply criteria is ≥90%. No Reply criteria is
<10%. A FAIL is identified by an arrow. XPDR Power and Frequency Test
NOTE: The selected configuration file Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 12. The XPDR Power
d e t e r m i n e s i f a n A T C R B S o r Mo d e S a n d F r e q u e n c y T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e
transponder is being tested. functions:
♦ Me a s u r e s , v e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s T X
F r e q u e n c y i n MH z .
♦ Me a s u r e s , v e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s T X E R P f o r
t o p a n d b o t t o m a n t e n n a s i n d B m, d B W o r W .

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 13
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

♦ Me a s u r e s , v e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s MT L f o r t o p NOTE: E R P a n d MT L U p p e r l i mi t s s p e c i f i e d
and bottom antennas, for ATCRBS, ATCRBS in selected configuration file are not
A l l - C a l l a n d Mo d e S ( P 6 ) i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e s applied during radiated test. The
in dBm. c o n f i g u r a t i o n f i l e u p p e r l i mi t s a r e i n
accordance with RTCA-DO181C,
Top or Bottom antenna measurement is w h i c h a r e b a s e d o n m a x i mu m f e e d e r
selected with DATA Keys. Top and Bottom c a b l e l o s s o f 3 d B a n d m e a s u r e me n t
me a s u r e me n t s a r e a v e r a g e d a n d v a l u e s a r e a t t h e a n t e n n a p o r t . E R P a n d MT L
displayed (1-2-4, Figure 13). U p p e r l i mi t s a r e o n l y a p p l i e d w h e n
NOTE: When an ATCRBS configuration is directly connected to UUT or end of
selected (non diversity transponder) f e e d e r c a b l e . I n p r a c t i c e , ma n y
only the Bottom antenna installations have feeder losses of
me a s u r e m e n t f i e l d s a r e u s e d . 1 d B ( mi n i mu m f e e d e r l o s s ) a n d
antennas that exhibit gain.
Frequency
MT L ( M i n i m u m T r i g g e r L e v e l )
When a Mode S configuration is selected, the
Test Set interrogates with UF4, +6 dB above When a Mode S configuration is selected the
MT L , v e r i f y i n g a D F 4 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . Test Set interrogates in sequence with UF4,
With an ATCRBS configuration selected, the Mo d e A ( o r Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o
Test Set interrogates with Mode A, (or Mode a Mo d e A ) a n d a n A T C R B S / Mo d e S A l l - C a l l ,
C if no reply is received to a Mode A), +6 dB v e r i f y i n g MT L f o r e a c h i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e .
a b o v e MT L . When an ATCRBS configuration is selected
Test averages Frequency measurement over t h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A ( o r
40 replies. The value is updated every Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a Mo d e A )
40 replies. PASS/FAIL limits are applied. a n d a n A T C R B S / Mo d e S A l l - C a l l , v e r i f y i n g
MT L f o r e a c h i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e .
NOTE: Frequency PASS/FAIL limits are
d e t e r mi n e d b y s e l e c t e d T o d e t e r mi n e MT L t h e t e s t a d j u s t s R F
configuration. Refer to Appendix F. interrogation level for 90% replies. Two
v a l u e s f o r e a c h me a s u r e me n t a r e d i s p l a y e d .
ERP (Effective Radiated Power) I N S T A N T v a l u e s a r e o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e MT L
When a Mode S configuration is selected, the r e a d i n g s . T h e 5 0 % r e p l y p o i n t i s d e t e r mi n e d
Test Set interrogates with UF4, +6 dB above by sending 100 interrogations. The 90%
MT L , v e r i f y i n g a D F 4 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . reply point is calculated from the 50% reply
point.
When an ATCRBS configuration is selected,
the Test Set interrogates with Mode A (or TOP and BOTTOM values are obtained from
Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a M o d e A ) t h e a v e r a g e MT L r e a d i n g s o f a l l r e p l i e s
+ 6 d B a b o v e MT L . r e c e i v e d d u r i n g t h e MT L T e s t s e q u e n c e .
P A S S / F A I L l i mi t s a r e a p p l i e d .
When the (peak) ERP is measured, two
NOTE: MT L P A S S / F A I L l i mi t s a r e
values for each measurement are displayed.
d e t e r mi n e d b y t h e s e l e c t e d
INSTANT values are obtained from the
configuration. Refer to Appendix F.
a v e r a g e p o w e r me a s u r e m e n t o v e r f i v e r e p l i e s
and updated every five replies. A-C Difference
TOP and BOTTOM values are obtained from T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A ( o r
the average power measurement over Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a Mo d e A ) ,
40 replies. PASS/FAIL limits are applied and v e r i f y i n g MT L f o r e a c h i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e .
updated every 40 replies.
T h e t e s t c o mp a r e s MT L me a s u r e me n t s
NOTE: ERP PASS/FAIL limits are b e t w e e n Mo d e A a n d C . P A S S i s d i s p l a y e d
d e t e r mi n e d b y s e l e c t e d when difference is <1 dB. FAIL is displayed
configuration. Refer to Appendix F. when difference is >1 dB.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 14
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ITM Reply Jitter

XPDR–S ALL-CALL P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr
T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S
ITM REPLY All-Call, +6 dB above MTL, verifying DF11
DELAY A=128.08 us C=128.07 us replies are received.
JITTER A=0.510 us C=0.510 us
ADDRESS A=2AC421 C=2AC421 The test verifies reply jitter values
RATIO A=100% C=100% (difference between shortest and longest
-81dBm A=0% C=0% reply delay). Reply jitter (changes in reply
MODE S ALL-CALL = PASS
delay) is:
ADDRESS = 2AC421 ≤ 0 . 0 8 µs f o r I T M Mo d e A a n d C
TAIL= N12345
COUNTRY= United States Me a s u r e me n t s o u t s i d e t h i s t o l e r a n c e r e s u l t i n
a FAIL and are identified by an arrow.
ITM Reply Ratio
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S
XPDR - S All Call Test Screen All-Call, +6 dB above MTL, verifying DF11
Figure 19 replies are received. The test verifies that
I T M Mo d e A a n d C r e p l i e s a r e ≥ 9 0 % b e t we e n
XPDR - S All Call Test MT L + 6 d B a n d < 1 0 % f o r - 8 1 d B m . R e p l i e s
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 14. The XPDR - S All outside these tolerances result in a FAIL and
Call Test performs these functions: are identified by an arrow.
• V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s I T M R e p l y D e l a y Mo d e NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to
A and C direct connect testing.
♣ V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s I T M R e p l y J i t t e r Mo d e NOTE: Transponder occupancy in ‘over the
A and C air testing’ prevents reliable Reply
♣Verifies ITM Reply Ratio Mode A and C R a t i o me a s u r e me n t s . W h e n A n t e n n a
i s s e l e c t e d , R e p l y R a t i o I T M Mo d e A
♦Verifies ITM All Call Address and C Test displays percent replies
♦Verifies Mode S All Call. h o w e v e r , P A S S / F A I L t e s t l i mi t s a r e
not applied.
♦Verifies and displays Mode S All Call
Address ITM Address
•Verifies Country and Tail Number T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S
ITM Reply Delay All-Call, +6 dB above MTL, verifying DF11
replies are received.
The Test Set interrogates UUT with an
A T C R B S / M o d e S A l l - C a l l , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L , The test decodes and displays the discrete
verifying DF11 replies are received. The test address reported in the DF11 replies.
verifies reply delay minus range delay is: Mo d e S A l l - C a l l
 1 2 8 . 0 0 µs ( ± 0 . 5 0 µ s ) f o r I T M Mo d e T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S
A All-Call UF11, AA=FFFFFF, +6 dB above
and C. MT L , v e r i f y i n g D F 1 1 r e p l i e s a r e r e c e i v e d .
Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h i s t o l e r a n c e r e s u l t i n The test interrogates with a UF4 using the
a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. discrete address obtained in the DF11 reply
NOTE: Range delay is 2.03 ns/ft a n d c o n f i r ms t h e D F 4 r e p l y c o n t a i n s t h e
(6.67 ns/m), calculated from the s a me a d d r e s s a n d d i s p l a y s a P A S S . I f a n
r a n g e v a l u e s i n t h e S e t u p Me n u . incorrect address is received the address and
FAIL are displayed. A FAIL is identified by
an arrow.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 15
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Address, Tail and Country Reply Delay

The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4,
All-Call UF11, AA=FFFFFF, +6 dB above 6 d B a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d
MT L , v e r i f y i n g D F 1 1 r e p l i e s a r e r e c e i v e d . w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t .
The test decodes and displays discrete T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s i f r e p l y d e l a y mi n u s r a n g e
address reported in the DF11 replies, country delay is:
a n d t a i l n u mb e r .  1 2 8 . 0 0 µs ( ± 0 . 2 5 µ s ) f o r Mo d e S
NOTE: S o me c o u n t r i e s h a v e e n c o d e d t h e  Me a s u r e me n t s o u t s i d e t h i s
aircraft tail number into the Mode S tolerance result in a FAIL and are
discrete address. Refer to Appendix identified by an arrow.
G for list of countries supported. If NOTE: Range delay is 2.03 ns/ft
not supported only the country is ( 6 . 6 7 n s / m) , c a l c u l a t e d f r o m t h e
displayed. v a l u e s i n t h e S e t u p Me n u .
XPDR–S RPLY TIMING F AI L BAT 2.5 Hr Reply Jitter
The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4,
REPLY DELAY =148.05 us 6 d B a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d
w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t .
REPLY JIT T ER=0.950 us
The test verifies reply jitter values
PULSE WIDTH=PASS (difference between shortest and longest
reply delay). Reply jitter (changes in reply
PULSE SPACING =F AIL
delay) is:
≤ 0 . 0 8 µs
Me a s u r e me n t s o u t s i d e t h i s t o l e r a n c e r e s u l t i n
a FAIL and are identified by an arrow.
RUN PREV NEXT Pulse Width
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4,
XPDR - S Reply Timing Test Screen + 6 d B a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d
Figure 20 w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t .
XPDR - S Reply Timing Test: Test verifies that the widths are:
0 . 5 µs ( ± 0 . 0 5 µ s ) o r 1 . 0 µs ( ± 0 . 0 5 µs )
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 15. XPDR - S Reply
Timing Test performs these functions: Pulse Spacing
♦ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y D e l a y The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4,
♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y J i t t e r 6 d B a b o v e MT L . V e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d
w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t .
♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y P u l s e W i d t h ( a l l The test verifies that the pulse spacing are
pulses) w i t h i n ± 0 . 0 5 µs o f n o mi n a l v a l u e s .
♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y P u l s e S p a c i n g ( a l l NOTE: P u l s e w i d t h s p a c i n g me a s u r e d o n
pulses) p r e a mb l e o n l y ( f i r s t r e l e a s e ) .

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 16
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

BAT 2.5 Hr
SLS Level
XPDR–S REPLY P AS S
The Test Set interrogates with UF4
interrogations including the P5 SLS pulse.
PULSE AMP VAR SHRT=0.1 dB LNG=0.1 dB
For Direct Connect, when P5 level is set at -
SLS ON=NO REPLY OFF=REPLY 12 dB and replies are ≥99%, the test
indicates PASS.
SQTR DF11 PERIOD=1.00s
DF17 DETECTED=YES For Antenna Connect, when PS level is set at
-12 dB and replies are >90%, the test
REPL Y RAT IO =100 % indicates a PASS. When P5 level is set at
REPL Y RAT IO 8 1dBm =0 %
INVAL ID AA =PASS +3 dB and replies are >90%, the test
DIVERSIT Y ISOL AT IO N=G REAT ER T HAN 25dB indicates PASS.
NOTE: Because interrogation with SLS at
RUN PREV NEXT - 1 2 d B i s s e n t a t MT L + 1 2 d B , S L S
TEST TEST TEST RETURN T e s t mu s t b e r u n w i t h i n 9 5 f e e t
XPDR - S Reply Test Screen ( 2 8 . 9 6 me t e r s ) o f U U T a n t e n n a
Figure 21 being tested.

XPDR - S REPLY Test: Reply Ratio

Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 16. The XPDR - S The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4.
Reply Test performs these functions: The test verifies that replies are ≥99%
b e t we e n MT L + 6 d B a n d ≤ 1 0 % f o r - 8 1 d B m .
♣Verifies Mode S Pulse Amplitude Variation Replies outside this tolerance result in a
Short Reply FAIL and are identified by an arrow.
♣Verifies Mode S Pulse Amplitude Variation NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to
Long Reply direct connect testing.
♣Verifies Mode S SLS Level
NOTE: Transponder occupancy in ‘over the
♣Verifies Mode S Reply Ratio air testing’ prevents reliable Reply
♦Verifies and displays Mode S DF11 Squitter R a t i o me a s u r e me n t s . W h e n A n t e n n a
Period i s s e l e c t e d , R e p l y R a t i o Mo d e S T e s t
displays percent replies however,
♣Verifies Mode S DF11 Squitter Distribution. P A S S / F A I L t e s t l i mi t s a r e n o t
♦Verifies Mode S Invalid AA applied.
•V e r i f i e s S D F 1 7 D e t e c t Squitter Period
♦Verifies and displays Mode S Diversity T h e T e s t S e t mo n i t o r s t h e U U T D F 1 1
Isolation acquisition squitters and verifies that the
Pulse Amplitude Variation Short period is 0.6 to 2.4 s. A Squitter period
The Test Set interrogates with UF4 (reply outside this tolerance results in a fail and is
length short) interrogations, +6 dB above identified by an arrow.
MT L . T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s a l l p u l s e s i n t h e D F 4 DF17 Detected
replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window.
Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a T h e T e s t S e t mo n i t o r s t h e U U T D F 1 7
FAIL indication and are identified by an e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r s a n d c o n f i r ms d e t e c t i o n b y
arrow. The measured variation is displayed. displaying YES. Test displays NO if DF17’s
are not detected.
Pulse Amplitude Variation Long
Invalid AA
The Test Set interrogates with UF4 (reply
length long) interrogations, +6 dB above The Test Set interrogates with UF4
MT L . T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s a l l p u l s e s i n t h e D F 2 0 i n t e r r o g a t i o n s , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . T e s t u s e s
replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window. default addresses that are 1 and 256 greater
Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a than the correct address. Test displays
FAIL indication and are identified by an PASS if no replies are received and FAIL if
arrow. The measured variation is displayed. replies are received.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 17
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Diversity Isolation BAT 2.5 Hr

XPDR - UFO P AS S
T h e T e s t S e t mo n i t o r s t h e U U T D F 1 1
acquisition squitters. The test verifies UUT
diversity isolation (difference between "On" DF = 0
VS = 0 – IN AIR
antenna squitters and "Off" antenna
CC = 0 – NOT SUPPORTED
squitters) is ≥20 dB. Values <20 dB result in SL = 0 – NO TCAS SENS LEVEL REPORTED
a FAIL and are identified with an arrow. RI = 12 – AIRSPEED 301 T O 600 KNOT S
Indications:
 OFF is displayed if diversity AC = 03A0(01640) 10700 FT
MO DE C ALT CO MPARE = PASS
isolation is not selected in Setup AA = AC3421(53032041)
Screen. DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE = PASS
 >25 dB.
 Value in dB. RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
NOTE: For >20 dB dynamic range, test must
be run within 50 ft (15.24 m) of UUT UF0 Test Screen
antenna being tested. Figure 22

NOTE: When Diversity Isolation Test is UF0 Test

enabled, make sure Antenna Shield Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 17. The UF0 (Short
is fitted to top or bottom UUT A i r t o A i r S u r v e i l l a n c e ) T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e
antenna prior to running test. It is functions:
i mp o r t a n t t h a t o n l y o n e U U T a n t e n n a ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF0
is seen during the Diversity Test. i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s
Ma k e s u r e T e s t S e t D i r e c t i o n a l with DF11.
Antenna is pointed at unshielded
antenna. Refer to Appendix J for ♦Decodes and displays DF0 data fields.
Antenna Shield mounting procedure. ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S a l t i t u d e t o Mo d e C
altitude.
NOTE: This test must be enabled on the
XPDR Setup Screen to display The Test Set interrogates with UF0, +6 dB
diversity isolation parameter. a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g a U F 0 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d .
A l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 0 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h
a l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d
A T C R B S Mo d e C r e p l y . A l t i t u d e s mu s t a g r e e
within 100 ft.
A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d
during Mode Test in DF11 reply. DISPLAY
i n d i c a t e s t h e D o w n l i n k F o r ma t F i e l d s . I f t e s t
fails due to incorrect altitude, Mode C
altitude is displayed. If test fails due to
wrong address, DF11 address is displayed.
UF0 AQ bit is "1" for requesting airspeed
i n f o r ma t i o n i n D F 0 R I f i e l d .
NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is
received for that field.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 18
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Testing VS (Vertical Status) Testing FS (Flight Status)

I C A O a me n d m e n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y
replies to Mode S discrete interrogations t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n
when installation is in ground state. Refer to installation is in ground state. Refer to
para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and
MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s .

XPDR – UF4 P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr XPDR–UF5 P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr

DF = 4 DF=5
FS = 3 - ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND FS=0- NO AL ERT NO SPI IN AIR
DR = 0 – NO DOWNL INK REQUEST DR=0-NO DOWNL INK REQUEST
UM = 0 - (IDS = 0) (IIS = 0) UM=0 - ( IDS = 0) (IIS = 0)

AC = 03A0(01640) 10700 FT ID=02 0 A(01 012) OCT AL ID 26 00

MO DE C ALT CO MPARE = PASS MODE A ID COMPARE=PASS
AA = AC3421(53032041) AA=AC3421(53032041)
DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE = PASS DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS

RUN PREV NEXT RUN PREV NEXT

TEST TEST TEST RETURN TEST TEST TEST RETURN

UF4 Test Screen UF5 Test Screen

Figure 23 Figure 24
UF4 Test UF5 Test
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 18. UF4 (Short Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 19. The UF5 Test
Surveillance Altitude) Test performs these ( S h o r t S u r v e i l l a n c e I d e n t i t y ) p e r f o r ms t h e s e
functions: functions:
♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF4 ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF5
interrogations and compares discrete address i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s
with DF11. with DF11.
♦Decodes and displays DF4 data fields. ♦Decodes and displays DF5 data fields.
♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S a l t i t u d e t o M o d e C ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S I d e n t i t y C o d e t o Mo d e A
altitude. Squawk Code.
The Test Set interrogates with UF4, +6 dB The Test Set interrogates with UF5, +6 dB
a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g a D F 4 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g a D F 5 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d .
Altitude reported in DF4 is compared with I D c o d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 5 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h I D
altitude reported during Mode Test in valid c o d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d
ATCRBS Mode C reply. Altitudes must agree A T C R B S Mo d e A r e p l y . A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d
within 100 ft. w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t .
Address is compared with address reported
during Mode Test.
NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is
received for that field.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 19
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Testing FS (Flight Status) T h e mu l t i - s i t e l o c k o u t p r o t o c o l i s u t i l i z e d i n

I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y conjunction with an II code to verify lockout
t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n ( n o t a c c e p t a n y Mo d e S o n l y A l l - C a l l ) t i me .
installation is in ground state. Refer to I f l o c k o u t t i me i s 1 8 s e c ( ± 1 s e c ) , P A S S i s
para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and d i s p l a y e d . F A I L i s d i s p l a y e d i f l o c k o u t t i me
MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . is outside this window.
T h e mu l t i - s i t e l o c k o u t p r o t o c o l i s u t i l i z e d i n
XPDR–UF11 P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr conjunction with an SI code to verify lockout
( n o t a c c e p t a n y Mo d e S o n l y A l l - C a l l ) t i me .
DF=11
I f l o c k o u t t i me i s 1 8 s e c ( ± 1 s e c ) , P A S S i s
CA=0-LEVEL 2 CA MODE d i s p l a y e d . F A I L i s d i s p l a y e d i f l o c k o u t t i me
PI =02F08D is outside this window.
AA=AC3421(53032041)
II LOCKOUT TIMER=18S The test interrogates during the lockout
II MAT CH=PASS period with a different SI code to confirm
SI LOCKOUT T IMER=18S
SI MAT CH=PASS
interrogation acceptance.
NOTE: D u e t o l o n g t e s t t i me r e q u i r e d ,
l o c k o u t t i me r t e s t i s n o t r u n a s p a r t
of Auto Test. Test is run only if
U F 1 1 T e s t i s p e r f o r me d s e p a r a t e l y .
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
XPDR – UF11 F AI L BAT 2.5 Hr
UF11 Test Screen
Figure 25 DF = 11
CA = 0 - LEVEL 2 CA MODE
UF11 Test PI = 02F08D
AA = AC3421(53032041)
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 20. UF11 Test II LOCKOUT TIMER=18S
p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s :  II MAT CH = 0-1, 3-4,6-7, 9-10, 12-13,15
SI LOCKOUT T IMER = 18S
♦Interrogates with Mode S UF11, AP set  SI MAT CH = 1-2 ,4-5,7-8 ,10-11 ,13-14,
FFFFFF. Decodes and displays DF11 16-17,19-20,22-23,25-26,
replies. 28-29,31-32,34-35,37-38,
40-41,43-44,46-47,49-50,
♣ P e r f o r ms c o mp r e h e n s i v e I I a n d S I M a t c h 52-53,55-56,58-59,61-62
Test.
•P e r f o r ms I I a n d S I l o c k o u t T i m e r T e s t . RUN MORE PREV NEXT
TEST INFO TEST TEST RETURN
The Test Set interrogates with UF11, +6 dB
a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g a D F 1 1 r e p l y i s UF11 FAIL Test Screen
received. Figure 26
A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d
during Mode Test in DF11 reply (1-2-4,
Figure 20). Test interrogates with a UF11,
using the 15 II codes, in sequence from 1 to
15. If all codes are correct PASS is
displayed. If the transponder supports SI
(Surveillance Identifier) each of the 63 SI
codes from 1 to 63 are tested. When all
codes are correct PASS is displayed. BDS
1,0 is verified to determine SI support.
NOTE: When a single code fails the code is
displayed. When more than one
code fails, the range of codes are
displayed. An arrow identifies a
FAIL (1-2-4, Figure 21).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 20
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

XPDR–UF16 BAT 2.5 Hr

Testing VS (Vertical Status)
P AS S
I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y
r e p l i e s t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s
DF=16
VS=0 – IN AIR
when installation is in ground state. Refer to
SL=0 para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and
RI =0–NO ON – BOARD TCAS MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s .
MV=30010000000000
XPDR–UF20 P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr
AC=03 A0(0 1640) 10700 ft
MO DE C ALT CO MPARE=PASS
AA=AC3421(53032041) DF=20
DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS FS=3-ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND
DR=0-NO DOWNL INK REQUEST
UM=0 (IDS=0) (IIS = 0)
RUN PREV NEXT MB=30010000000000
TEST TEST TEST RETURN

UF16 Test Screen AC=03 A0(0 1640) 10700 ft

Figure 27 MO DE C ALT CO MPARE=PASS
AA=AC3421(53032041)
UF16 Test DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 22. UF16 Test (Long
Air to Air Surveillance) performs these RUN PREV NEXT
functions: TEST TEST TEST RETURN

♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF16 F20 Test Screen

interrogations and compares discrete address Figure 28
with DF11.
UF20 Test
♦Decodes and displays DF16 data fields.
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 23. UF20 (Long
♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S A l t i t u d e t o M o d e C S u r v e i l l a n c e A l t i t u d e ) T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e
Altitude. functions:
The Test Set interrogates with UF16, +6 dB ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF20
a b o v e MT L , v e r i f y i n g a D F 1 6 r e p l y i s i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s
received. with DF11.
Altitude reported in DF16 is compared with ♦Decodes and displays DF20 data fields.
altitude reported during Mode Test in valid D i s p l a y s MB me s s a g e f i e l d i n H E X .
ATCRBS Mode C reply. Altitudes must agree
within 100 ft. ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S a l t i t u d e t o Mo d e C
altitude.
Address is compared with address reported
T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h U F 2 0 ( C o mm
during Mode Test in DF11 reply. The
A, altitude request), RR=17 (long reply),
DISPLAY indicates the Downlink Format
Fields. If test fails because of incorrect DI=7, RRS=0, requesting a BDS 1,0 data link
altitude, Mode C altitude is displayed. If test c a p a b i l i t y r e p o r t , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L ,
verifying a DF20 reply is received. If reply is
fails due to wrong address, DF11 address is
not received, the test interrogates for BDS
displayed.
3 , 0 T C A S s e n s i t i v i t y s t a t u s me s s a g e .
NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is
A l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 2 0 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h
received for that field.
a l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d
NOTE: N o r e p l y t o U F 1 6 r e s u l t s i n Mo d e S A T C R B S Mo d e C r e p l y . A l t i t u d e s mu s t a g r e e
pass in Auto Test. within 100 ft.
NOTE: Replies to UF16 are received only if A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d
an active TCAS II system is during Mode Test in DF11 reply.
installed.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 21
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

NOTE: The BDS 3,0 TCAS sensitivity status Testing FS (Flight Status)
me s s a g e i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h M o d e S I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y
UF20 (Comm A, altitude request), t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n
RR=19 (long reply), DI=7, RRS=0, installation is in ground state. Refer to
MA = 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 , v e r i f y i n g para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and
DF20 reply received has correct MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s .
altitude (compared with Mode C
altitude), address (compared with XPDR–UF21 BAT 2.5 Hr
Mo d e T e s t a d d r e s s ) a n d f o r m a t .
P AS S

NOTE: Data displayed in MB message field

DF=21
is not decoded. FS=3-ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND
DR=0-NO DOWNL INK REQUEST
NOTE: The Datalink Capability Report UM=0 (IDS=0) (IIS = 0)
d e t e r mi n e s t h e l e v e l o f t r a n s p o n d e r MB=30010000000000
under test.
NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is ID=03A0(01640) OCT AL ID 61 40
MODE A ID COMPARE=PASS
received for that field. AA=AC3421(53032041)
DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS
NOTE: Transponders without active
subsystems capable of accepting
Comm A data do not reply to UF20 RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
interrogations.
UF21 Test Screen PASS
Figure 29
UF21 Test
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 24. UF21 (Long
S u r v e i l l a n c e I d e n t i t y ) T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e
functions:
♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF21
i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s
with DF11.
♦Decodes and displays DF21 data fields.
D i s p l a y s MB me s s a g e f i e l d i n H E X .
♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S I d e n t i t y C o d e t o Mo d e A
Squawk Code.
T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h U F 2 1 ( C o mm
A, altitude request), RR=17 (long reply),
DI=7, RRS=0, requesting a BDS 1,0 data link
c a p a b i l i t y r e p o r t , + 6 d B a b o v e MT L ,
verifying a DF21 reply is received. If reply is
not received test interrogates for BDS 3,0
T C A S s e n s i t i v i t y s t a t u s me s s a g e .
I D c o d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 2 1 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h I D
c o d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d
A T C R B S Mo d e A r e p l y .
A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d
during Mode Test in DF11 reply.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 22
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

NOTE: The BDS 3,0 TCAS sensitivity status BAT 2.5 Hr

XPDR–UF24 P AS S
m e s s a g e i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S
UF20 (Comm A, altitude request),
RR=19 (long reply), DI=7, RRS=0, RESERVAT IO N UF 4
MA=05000000000000, verifying DF=20 IIS=15 IDS=2 AA=AC3421
DF20 reply received has correct
altitude (compared with Mode C SEGMENTS UF24
altitude), address (compared with DF=24 KE=1 ND=0 TAS=FFFF
M o d e T e s t a d d r e s s ) a n d f o r ma t . AA=AC3421

NOTE: Data displayed in MB message field CLOSEOUT UF 4

is not decoded. DF=20 IIS=15 IDS=2 AA=AC3421

NOTE: BDS 1,0 Datalink Capability Report

determines the level of transponder RUN PREV NEXT
under test. TEST TEST TEST RETURN

XPDR–UF21 BAT 2.5 Hr UF24 Test Screen

Figure 31
UF24 Test
DF=
FS=
DR= T h e U F 2 4 T e s t ( 1 - 2 - 4 , F i g u r e 2 6 ) c o mp l e t e s
UM= (IDS= ) (IIS= ) the 16 segment data transfer (UELM
MB=
protocol) verifying UF24.
I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S U F 4 U E L M
ID= ( ) OCT AL ID
MODE A ID COMPARE=
reservation, verifying reply received is a
AA= ( ) D F 2 0 U E L M R e s e r v a t i o n ( C o m m- B ) .
DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE= I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S U F 2 4 ( C o m m- C )
U E L M s e g me n t s , o n e i n i t i a l , 1 4 i n t e r me d i a t e
RUN PREV NEXT and one final interrogation. Verifies reply
TEST TEST TEST RETURN r e c e i v e d i s a Mo d e S D F 2 4 ( C o m m- D )
a c k n o w l e d g me n t .
UF21 Test Screen NOT RUN
Figure 30 W h e n t h e c l o s e - o u t i s c o mp l e t e d t h e I I S
displayed equals the IIS displayed in the
NOTE: Transponders without active reservation.
subsystems capable of accepting
I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S U F 4 , + 6 d B a b o v e
C o m m A d a t a d o e s n o t r e p l y t o UF 2 1
MT L , U E L M c l o s e - o u t a n d v e r i f i e s r e p l y
interrogations.
r e c e i v e d i s a D F 2 0 U E L M c l o s e - o u t ( C o m m-
Testing FS (Flight Status) B).
I C A O a me n d m e n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y T A S F i e l d d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f t r a n s f e r r e d
t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n s e g me n t s . T A S d a t a c o n s i s t s o f 1 6 b i t s ,
installation is in ground state. Refer to e a c h b i t r e p r e s e n t i n g a s e g me n t , d i s p l a y e d
para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and as four hex digits.
MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . No reply to the UELM Test sequence does
n o t f a i l Mo d e S i n A u t o T e s t .
NOTE: BDS 1,0 Datalink Capability Report
d e t e r mi n e s t h e l e v e l o f t r a n s p o n d e r
under test. If level <3 is reported,
test is not run and NOT CAPABLE is
displayed.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 23
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

XPDR – ELEMENT SURV1 P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr DELM SEG CAP:

( D o w n l i n k E x t e n d e d L e n g t h Me s s a g e
BDS=1,0 SUBNETWORK VER =1 S e g me n t C a p a b i l i t y )
ENH PROT IND =LVL 2-4 N O D E L M, 4 / 1 S , 8 / 1 S , 1 6 / 1 S ,
SPEC SERV CAP =YES 1 6 / 5 0 0 m S , 1 6 / 2 5 0 mS , 1 6 / 1 2 5 m S o r
UELM CAPABILITY =16/1 s 7 to 15 (unassigned)
DELM CAPABILITY =16/500 ms
AIRCRAFT ID CAP =YES
( E x : E i g h t s e g me n t s t r a n s f e r r e d i n 1 s e c . )
SURV IDENT CAP =YES AIRCRAFT ID CAP:
COMM USE GICB REP=1 (Aircraft Identification Capability)
DTE =YES
CONT FLAG =YES
YES or NO
SQUITTER CAP =YES SURV IDENT CAP:
(Surveillance Identifier Code Capability)
YES or NO
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN COMM/USE GICB CAP REP:
( C o mm o n U s a g e [ G r o u n d I n i t i a t e d C o m m B ]
X P D R E l e me n t a r y S u r v e i l l a n c e 1 T e s t S c r e e n
Capability Report)
Figure 32
1 or 0
XPDR Elementary Surveillance 1 Test T h i s b i t c h a n g e s w h e n t h e c o m mo n u s a g e
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 27. XPDR Elementary GICB capability report BDS 1,7 content
Surveillance Test performs these functions: changes.
♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 1,0 DTE:
Data Link Capability Report. ( D a t a T e r mi n a l E q u i p me n t )
YES or NO
NOTE: Only the primary data fields are
CONT FLAG:
displayed. For full decode and
(Continuation Flag).
display of GICB extracted BDS
Y E S ( Y e s me a n s t h a t a c o n t i n u a t i o n r e p o r t
registers, the ADS-B option is
ma y b e f o u n d i n r e g i s t e r s B D S 1 , 1 u p t o
required.
B D S 1 , 6 w h i c h a r e n o t i mp l e me n t e d i n t h i s
Data Link Capability Report BDS 1,0 revision)
The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 NO
DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and SQUITTER CAP:
displays data link capability report (Capability Subfield)
comprising the following fields: YES (Surveillance code identifier capability),
SUBNETWORK VER: NO (No surveillance code identifier
capability)
(Mode S Subnetwork Version Number)
0 to127 NOTE: If CHECK CAP is enabled in Setup
Me n u , c a p a b i l i t y o f t e s t i s
ENH PROT IND: d e t e r mi n e d f r o m B D S 1 , 0
(Enhanced Protocol Indicator)
2-4 (Transponder Level 2-4) or 5
(Transponder Level 5 Enhanced Protocol)
SPEC SER CAP:
(Mode S Specific Services Capability
Report):
YES or NO
UELM SEG CAP:
(Uplink Extended Length Message Segment
Capability)
N O U E L M, 1 6 / 1 S , 1 6 / 5 0 0 m S ,
16/250 mS, 16/125 mS, 16/60 mS or
16/30 mS
( E x : 1 6 s e g me n t s t r a n s f e r r e d i n
5 0 0 ms . )

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 24
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

XPDR–ELEMENT SURV2 P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr

BDS DESCRIPTION
BDS=1,7 :0,5 :0,6 :0,7 :0,8 :0,9 0.5 Ext Squitter Airborne Position
:0,A :2,0 :2,1 :4,0 :4,1 :4,2 :4,3 0,6 Ext Squitter Surface Position
:4,4 :4,5 :4,8 :5,0 :5,1 :5,2 :5,3
:5,4 :5,5 :5,6 :5,F :6,0 0,7 Ext Squitter Status
BDS 1,8=00000000000000 0,8 Ext Squitter Type and Identification
BDS 1,9=00000000000000
BDS 1,A=00000000000000 0,9 Ext Squitter Airborne Velocity
BDS 1,B=00000000000000 Information
BDS 1,C=00000000000000
BDS=2,0 FLIGHT ID=UA661 0,A Ext Squitter Event Driven Information
BDS=3,0 ARA=11101010000000 RAC=1010 1,0 Data Link Capability Report
RAT=0
1,7 Common Usage GICB Capability Report
RUN PREV NEXT 2,0 Aircraft Identification (Flight ID)
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
2,1 Aircraft Regis tration Number
XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test Screen 3.0 ACAS Resolution Advisory
Figure 33
4,0 Aircraft Vertical Intention
XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test 4,1 Next Way Point Identifier
R e f e r t o 1 - 2 - 4 , F i g u r e 2 8 . X P D R E l e me n t a r y 4,2 Next Way Point Position
Surveillance Test performs these functions:
4,3 Next Way Point Information
♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 1,7 4,4 Meteorological Routine Report
C o m mo n U s a g e G I C B C a p a b i l i t y R e p o r t .
4,5 Meteorological Hazard Report
♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 1,8 to
4,8 VHF Channel Report
BDS 1,C Specific Services Capability Report.
5,0 Track and Turn Report
♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 2,0
Aircraft Identification (Flight ID). 5,1 Position Coarse
♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 3,0 5,2 Position Fine
ACAS Resolution Advisory. 5,3 Air Referenced State Vector
NOTE: Only primary data fields are 5,4 Way Point 1
displayed. For full decode and 5,5 Way Point 2
display of GICB extracted BDS 5,6 Way Point 3
registers, the ADS-B option is
required. 5,F Quasi-Static Parameter Monitoring
6,0 Heading and Speed Report
GICB Common Usage Capabilities Report:
C o m mo n U s a g e G I C B B D S
Interrogates with UF4 RR=16 DI=7 RRS=7,
Table 2
d e c o d e s D F 2 0 r e p l y a n d d i s p l a y s c o m mo n
usage GICB capability report. NOTE: Refer to 1-2-4, Table 2. Dark
The Screen displays BDS Numbers for the Shaded BDS are not supported by
c o m mo n u s a g e G I C B s e r v i c e s c u r r e n t l y current IFR 6000 software. Light
supported by the transponder and decodable shaded BDS are supported by ADS-B
by the Test Set. option.
Specific Services GICB Capability Report
BDS 1,8
BDS 1,8 Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7
and RRS=8. DF20 reply BDS register
content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit
set indicates capability supported for BDS
0,1 to 3,8.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 25
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Specific Services GICB Capability Report XPDR–ENHANCED SURV P AS S BAT 2.5 Hr

BDS 1,9
BDS 1,9 Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 BDS4,0 MCP/FCU SEL ALT =65520 ft
and RRS=9. DF20 reply BDS register BARO PRES SET =
BDS5,0 ROLL ANGLE = 40.1 deg
content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit TRUE TRACK ANGLE= 90.3 deg
set indicates capability supported for BDS GROUND SPEED = 512 kts
3,9 to 7,0. TRACK ANGLE RATE= 4.00 deg/s
TRUE AIR SPEED = 512 kts
Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS6,0 MAGNETIC HEADING= 164.2 deg
BDS 1,A IND AIR SPEED = 512 kts
MACH NO = 0.300
BDS 1,A Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 INERT VERT VEL =-1400 ft/min
and RRS=10. DF20 reply BDS register BARO ALT RATE =-1400 ft/min
content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit
set indicates capability supported for BDS RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
7,1 to A,8.
Enhanced Surveillance Test Screen
Specific Services GICB Capability Report
Figure 34
BDS 1,B
BDS 1,B Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 XPDR Enhanced Surveillance Test
and RRS=11. DF20 reply BDS register Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 29. XPDR Enhanced
content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit S u r v e i l l a n c e T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s :
set indicates capability supported for BDS ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 4,0
A,9 to E,0. Aircraft Vertical Intention.
Specific Services GICB Capability Report ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 5.0
BDS 1,C Track and Turn Report.
BDS 1,C Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 6,0
and RRS=12. DF20 reply BDS register Heading and Speed Report.
content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit
NOTE: O n l y p r i ma r y d a t a f i e l d s a r e
set indicates capability supported for BDS
displayed. For full decode and
E,1 to F,F.
display of GICB extracted BDS
Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) BDS 2,0 registers, the ADS-B option is
The Test Set Interrogates with Mode S UF4 required.
( C o mm A I d e n t i t y r e q u e s t ) , R R = 1 8 ( l o n g NOTE: B D S D a t a I t e ms n o t a v a i l a b l e a r e
reply) to request DF20 with AIS reply. identified by displaying N/A in the
V e r i f i e s r e p l y r e c e i v e d i s a D F 2 0 ( C o m m- B ) data field.
with an AIS field containing valid characters.
NOTE: If Check Cap is enabled, BDS 1,7 is
NOTE: If Flight ID is not entered into
verified to confirm availability of:
transponder or linked subsystem,
AIS is zero (0). BDS 4,0
BDS 5,0
ACAS Resolution Advisory BDS 3,0
BDS 6,0
Test Set Interrogates with UF4, +6 dB above
MT L , R R = 1 9 D I = 7 R R S = 0 , d e c o d e s D F 2 0
reply and displays active resolution advisory
data, including RAT (Resolution Advisory
T e r mi n a t e d ) b i t .
NOTE: TCAS II must be installed and a
resolution advisory must be in
progress for data to be displayed on
this Screen. RA may be stimulated
by Test Set or a TCAS-201 Test Set
running a collision scenario

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 26
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Aircraft Vertical Intention BDS 4,0 Heading and Speed Report BDS 6, 0
T h e T e s t S e t I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h U F 4 R R= 2 0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=22
DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and
displays vertical intent report data. displays Heading and Speed Report data.
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t MAG HDG:
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t ( Ma g n e t i c H e a d i n g )
have embedded ADLP to receive -180 to 180 deg
data from subsystem (in this case
the FMS [Flight Management IND AIR SPEED:
System]).
(Indicated Air Speed)
MCP/FCU SEL ALT: 0 to 1023 kts (1 kt resolution)
( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l U n i t MA C H N O :
Selected Altitude) displayed in feet. ( Ma c h N u mb e r )
0 t o 4 . 0 9 6 ( Ma c h N u mb e r )
Track and Turn Report BDS 5,0
INERT VERT VEL:
The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=21
DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and (Inertial Vertical Velocity)
displays Track and Turn Report data. - 1 6 3 8 4 t o + 1 6 3 5 2 f t / mi n
( 3 2 f t / mi n r e s o l u t i o n )
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t BARO ALT RATE:
have embedded ADLP to receive ( B a r o me t r i c A l t i t u d e R a t e )
data from subsystem (in this case - 1 6 3 8 4 t o + 1 6 3 5 2 f t / mi n ( 3 2 f t / mi n
the FMS [Flight Management resolution)
System]).
ROLL ANGLE:
±90.0 deg
TRUE TRACK ANGLE:
(True Track Angle)
-180 to 180 deg
GROUND SPEED:
(Ground Speed)
0 to 2048 kts (2 kt resolution)
TRUE TRACK ANGLE RATE:
(True Track Angle Rate)
±16.0 deg/sec
TRUE AIR SPEED:
(True Air Speed)
0 to 2046 kts (2 kt resolution)

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 27
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.3.5 Altitude ENCODER

XPDR–ALT ENCODER BAT 2.5 Hr XPDR–ALT ENCODER BAT 2.5 Hr

SOURCE: ENCODER SOURCE: XPDR

ALTITUDE = 100000 ft ALTITUDE = 100000 ft

A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2

ID = 6677

A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 D1

RUN SELECT RUN SELECT

TEST SOURCE TEST SOURCE

Altitude Encoder Test Screen Altitude Encoder Test Screen

Source Encoder Source XPDR
Figure 35 Figure 36
Altitude Encoder
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 30. Altitude Encoder STEP PROCEDURE
p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s :
1. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y u n t i l t h e X P D R
Decodes and displays altitude in feet and ENCODER Screen is displayed (1-2-4,
binary code (grey code) from encoding Figure 31).
altimeters.
2. Use DATA Keys or SELECT SOURCE
Altitude Soft Key to select XPDR.
E n c o d i n g a l t i me t e r i s c o n n e c t e d v i a u s e r 3. Connect Test Set. Refer to 1-1-2, for
ma n u f a c t u r e d c a b l e t o R e m o t e C o n n e c t o r . Antenna Setup. Refer to 1-1-2, for
Altitude is decoded and displayed in feet and Direct Connect Setup.
binary lines are monitored and displayed as 4. Press RUN TEST Soft Key.
A4, A2, A1, B4, B2, B1 C4, C2, C1, D4, D2.
A logic 0 is displayed by a strike through
(A4).
STEP PROCEDURE
1. Press XPDR Mode Key until the XPDR
ENCODER Screen is displayed (1-2-4,
Figure 30).
2. Use DATA Keys or SELECT SOURCE
Soft Key to select ENCODER.
3. Connect Test Set. Remote Connector,
Altitude Encoder inputs to UUT
Encoding Altimeter via user provided
cable. Refer to Appendix A for remote
connector pinouts.
4. Press RUN TEST Soft Key.
5. U s e B a r o me t r i c T e s t S e t t o p u m p u p
UUT Encoding Altimeter to desired test
altitudes and confirm altitude on
display.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 28
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.3.6 XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT 4.3.7 XPDR SETUP ANTENNA COUPLER
CONNECT
STEP PROCEDURE
STEP PROCEDURE
1. Connect long RF coaxial cable between
the aircraft antenna feeder cable and 1. Connect Antenna Coupler to Aircraft
Test Set RF I/O Connector. Antenna.
2. Power On Aircraft and configure • Place Coupler over the antenna,
aircraft for weight off wheels. guiding antenna into the slot on
3. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to the bottom of the coupler.
power the Test Set. • P u s h C o u p l e r f i r ml y a g a i n s t t h e
Press SETUP Control Key to display aircraft skin until the black
setup screens. Continue pressing rubber gasket on the rim of the
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP- c o u p l e r i s c o mp l e t e l y d e p r e s s e d
XPDR Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and tightly against the aircraft.
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each • Lock coupler into place by
parameter. pushing white lever on the side
4. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT of the coupler into a down and
CONNECT. locked position.
5. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to loss N O T E : C o u p l e r mu s t b e t i g h t l y p r e s s e d
found on cable. and locked in place for Test
6. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. Set to function correctly.
NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set Coupler will lock into place
to MANUAL and enter in when the black rubber gasket
MANUAL ADDRESS. Mode S i s n o t c o mp l e t e l y d e p r e s s e d
all-calls do not work when the against the aircraft, but the
aircraft is on the ground. T e s t S e t w i l l n o t me a s u r e
functions accurately.
7. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON.
2. Connect long RF coaxial cable between
8.
T Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES.
T

the Antenna Coupler and Test Set RF

9.
T Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43. T I/O Connector.
3. Power On Aircraft and configure
aircraft for weight off wheels.
4. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to
power the Test Set.
Press SETUP Control Key to display
setup screens. Continue pressing
SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUP-
XPDR Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and
PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each
p a r a me t e r .
5. Select RF PORT: Select DIR
W/COUPLER
6. Select CPL CABLE LOSS: Set to loss
found on cable.
7. Select COUPLER LOSS: Set to loss
found on coupler.
8. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.
NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set
to MANUAL and enter in
MANUAL ADDRESS. Mode S
all-calls do not work when the
aircraft is on the ground.
9. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON.
10. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES.
T T

1 1 . S e l e c t P W R L I M: S e t t o F A R 4 3 .
T T

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 29
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.3.8 "OVER THE AIR" GROUND TEST 4.3.9 " O V E R T H E A I R " S I MU L A T E D

PROCEDURE (UUT Aircraft Altitude ALTITUDE TEST PROCEDURE
Reporting System ≤Airfield (UUT Aircraft Altitude Reporting
Altitude) System >Airfield Altitude ["Pumped
Up"])
STEP PROCEDURE
STEP PROCEDURE
1. Press XPDR Mode Key to display XPDR
Auto Test Screen. The Test Set shows 1. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o d i s p l a y X P D R
displays the results of the last XPDR Auto Test Screen. Test Set displays
Auto Test if run since last Power-up. results of last XPDR Auto Test if run
since last Power-up.
2. Perform XPDR Setup Screen procedure
(para 1-2-4.3.2) setting RF Port to 2. Perform XPDR Setup Screen
ANTENNA. procedure, setting RF I/O Connector to
ANTENNA (para 1-2-4.3.2). Set ANT
3. Perform CONFIG selection procedure
RANGE to ≤20 ft (6.1 m).
(para 1-2-4.3.1).
3. Perform CONFIG selection procedure
4. Perform Directional Antenna Use
(para 1-2-4.3.1).
procedure (para 1-2-4.5). Position Test
Set Antenna facing UUT antenna at 4. Perform Directional Antenna procedure
XPDR Setup Screen ANT RANGE. (para 1-2-4.5). Position Test Set
Antenna facing UUT antenna at XPDR
5. Shield with Antenna Shield or
Setup Screen ANT RANGE.
disconnect and terminate UUT antenna
not being tested. Refer to Appendix J. 5. Shield both UUT antenna’s with
Deactivate other area transponders or Antenna Shields or disconnect and
position transponders at least three t e r mi n a t e U U T A n t e n n a n o t b e i n g
t i me s t h e X P D R S e t u p S c r e e n A N T tested. Deactivate other area
RANGE from the Test Set Antenna. transponders or position transponders
> 5 0 f t ( 1 5 . 2 4 m) f r o m t h e T e s t S e t
6. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key to run XPDR
antenna.
Auto Test. TESTING in the line above
the soft keys indicates test is running. 6. Press RUN/STOP Key to run XPDR
Auto Test. TESTING in the line above
7. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key at any time
the soft keys indicates test is running.
to stop test (non-resumable).
7. P r e s s R U N / S T O P K e y a t a n y t i me t o
8. Verify XPDR Auto Test indicates PASS
s t o p t e s t ( n o n - r e s u ma b l e ) . O t h e r w i s e ,
or FAIL on DISPLAY. Verify squawk
Auto Test runs until all tests are
codes, altitudes, Mode S address, VS
c o mp l e t e .
and FS status, country and tail number.
8. XPDR Auto Test will indicate a FAIL on
9. Verify squawk codes, altitudes, Mode S
DISPLAY.
address, VS and FS status, country and
t a i l n u mb e r . 9. V e r i f y s q u a w k c o d e s , a l t i t u d e s , Mo d e S
address, VS and FS status, country and
NOTE: The Antenna Shield provides at least
t a i l n u mb e r .
20 dB of isolation, ensuring airborne
TCAS equipped aircraft do not NOTE: The Antenna Shield provides at least
detect UUT at altitude, causing false 20 dB of isolation, ensuring airborne
RA’s and TA’s. The 20 dB isolation TCAS equipped aircraft do not
of the antenna shield may cause detect UUT at altitude, causing false
various tests to fail, which is normal. RA’s and TA’s. The 20 dB isolation
o f t h e a n t e n n a s h i e l d ma y c a u s e
v a r i o u s t e s t s t o f a i l , w h i c h i s n o r ma l .

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 30
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.4 DME
P r e s s D ME M o d e K e y t o s e l e c t D M E Dedicated Keys and Control Fields:
functional mode. DME Test Screen is FREQ Key:
displayed (1-2-4, Figure 32).
Test Set reply Frequency is displayed in
DME BAT 2.5 Hr three linked units.
V O R ( p a i r e d f r e q u e n c y MH z )
VOR: 108.00 MHz RFLVL: -2.0 dBm
FREQ: 978 MHz RATE: 650 kts IN F R E Q ( g r o u n d t o a i r f r e q u e n c y MH z )
CHAN: 17X RANGE: 450.00 nm C H A N ( D ME c h a n n e l n u mb e r )
% REPLY: 100 ECHO :OFF Press Frequency Key to select each unit in
SQTR : ON IDENT: OFF sequence. Press DATA Key to select X or Y
TX FREQ = 1041.00 MHZ ERP=55.0 dBm channel.
P1 WIDTH= 3.500 us PRF=150 Hz RF LVL Key:
P2 WIDTH= 3.500 us
P1-P2 = 36.00 us(Y) Selects RF LVL field.
UUTLVL = -38.2 dBm
Note: When switching RF ports, RF LVL
d e f a u l t s t o ma x i m u m v a l u e
RUN PREV NEXT STOP
TEST PARAM PARAM RATE IN/OUT
appropriate to attenuation range for
selected port.
DME Screen
Figure 37 UUT LVL field displays RF level at UUT
antenna. Calculated from RF LVL – Path Loss
+ Antenna Gain – Cable Loss.
DME functional mode has a single test RANGE Key:
screen that provides all required control
Selects Range field.
functions and measurement display. A Setup
DME Screen allows user parameters to be RATE Key:
entered. Selects Rate field.
User Controls:
Soft Keys: Control Fields Selected with NEXT/PREV
RUN TEST: PARAM Soft Keys:
Starts the DME Test. TEST RUNNING is % REPLY:
displayed at the top of Screen. Selectable in 1% steps. Range is 0% to
NEXT PARAM: 100%.
Selects next control field. Includes selection SQTR:
of fields that have dedicated Keys. S e l e c t a b l e O N o r O F F . S q u i t t e r mu s t b e o n
PREV PARAM: f o r D ME t o s e a r c h a n d a c q u i r e t r a c k .
Selects previous control field. Includes ECHO:
selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. S e l e c t a b l e O N o r O F F . Mu l t i - p a t h R e p l y
STOP(START) RATE: E c h o s i mu l a t i o n a t F i x e d 3 0 n m, R F l e v e l
- 1 1 d B r e l a t i v e t o R F L V L s e l e c t e d ( Ma i n
Stops or starts Range Rate.
Reply).
IN/OUT:
IDENT:
Reverses simulated direction of aircraft.
Selectable ON or OFF. Sends 1350 Hz tone
with three letter station Identification.
Defined in Setup DME Screen (1-2-4, Figure
43).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 31
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.4.1 SETUP
Me a s u r e m e n t P a r a m e t e r s : S e t u p D ME
TX FREQ:
Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t i o n Refer to 1-1-2.8 and 1-1-2.9 for Antenna
F r e q u e n c y i n MH z . Connect procedures.
ERP:
Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t o r E R P S e t u p D M E S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s
(Effective Radiated Power) in dBm, dBW or w h i c h d e t e r mi n e t h e o p e r a t i o n a l
W peak. Units are selected in SETUP- c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f e a c h f u n c t i o n a l mo d e o f t h e
GENERAL Screen (1-2-4, Figure 2). Test Set.
PRF: NOTE: S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n i s e n t e r e d
before conducting test operations.
Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s i n t e r r o g a t o r P u l s e
Repetition Frequency.
P1 WIDTH:
SETUP – DME BAT 2.5 Hr
Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t o r P 1 w i d t h
in us.
RF PORT : DIRECT CONNECT
P2 WIDTH: ANT RANGE : -
Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t o r P 2 w i d t h ANT GAIN (dBI)
in us. IDENT TONE : IFR 0.96 GHz :7.5
P1/P2: DIR CABLE LEN: 25 FT 1.03 GHz :7.1
DIR CABLE LOSS: 4.5 dB 1.09 GHz :6.1
Measures and displays interrogator P1 to P2 COUPLER LOSS: 0.8 dB 1.15 GHz :5.0
spacing and displays Mode X or Y, depending MAX RANGE: 200.00 nm 1.15 GHz :5.0
1.22 GHz :2.8
on spacing.
Control Field Power Up Defaults:
FREQ: 978 MHz.
PREV NEXT
RF LVL (UUT LVL): Maximum PARAM PARAM DIAG

R F L V L : Ma x i mu m Setup DME Screen

RATE: 0 kts IN Figure 38
RANGE: 0 nm
% REPLY: 100 STEP PROCEDURE
ECHO: OFF 1. Press SETUP Select Key to display
SQTR: ON SETUP-DME Control Screen (1-2-4,
IDENT: ON Figure 33).
2. S e t f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s b y p r e s s i n g
NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to
select field. Use DATA Keys to slew
the data.
 RF I/O CONNECTOR:
Selects ANTENNA (ANT
CONNECTOR) or DIRECT
CONNECT via RF I/O Connector
or DIR W/COUPLER.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 32
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 ANT CABLE LEN or DIR CABLE  ANT GAIN:
LEN or CPL CABLE LEN:
Entered in dBi and normally set
Selections: 1 to 75 FT. once, the five gain figures
 CABLE LOSS field is (0.0 to 20.9) for frequencies are:
automatically calculated. Cable
0.96 GHz 1.15 GHz
loss may be manually entered by
1.03 GHz 1.21 GHz
the user.
1.09 GHz
 ANT CABLE LOSS or DIR CABLE
LOSS or CPL CABLE LOSS: G a i n f i g u r e s a r e a l s o ma r k e d o n
the Directional Antenna.
Displays cable loss in dB (at 1090
MHZ). Figure marked on supplied  IDENT TONE:
RF coaxial cable Sets the three letter IDENT tone.
NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to Default is IFR.
9.9 dB.  MAX RANGE:
Cable Len will
automatically calculate L i mi t s t h e ma x i mu m s i m u l a t e d
cable loss in dB. Cable range (10.00 to 450.00) Default
loss is automatically i s 4 0 0 n m.
displayed. 3. P r e s s D ME Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o D ME
NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied Test Screen.
cables, (25 and 50 foot DME Test Guidelines:
cables optional) 1. P r e s s D ME Mo d e K e y t o d i s p l a y D M E
NOTE: 25 and 50 foot cable Test Screen (1-2-4, Figure 32).
selection compensates for 2. Set Test Set controls as follows:
delay of Aeroflex optional
R F L V L ( U U T L V L ) : Ma x i mu m O u t p u t
cables.
U U T L V L : Ma x i mu m O u t p u t
NOTE: To calculate cable length to
enter, for non Aeroflex RF FREQ: To desired channel
supplied cables, use the RANGE: 0.00 nm
following formula.. RATE: STOP
Lentered = L * (0.68/V) IN/OUT: OUT
L = physical length of ECHO: OFF
cable
SQTR: OFF
V = Velocity factor of
cable % REPLY: 70
Where Lentered = the IDENT: ON
length value entered into 3. S e t S Q T R t o O N a n d v e r i f y U U T D ME
ANT/DIR/CPL CABLE LEN searches and locks on within 1.5 sec.
field. 4. V e r i f y R a n g e d i s p l a y e d o n U U T D ME
 COUPLER LOSS: d i s t a n c e i n d i c a t o r i s 0 n m ( ± 0 . 5 n m) .
Displays coupler loss in dB (at 5. Verify Track PRF is ≤30 Hz.
1090 MHZ). Figure marked on
6. Verify TX Frequency is within
supplied coupler.
± 0 . 1 MH z o f a s s i g n e d c h a n n e l .
NOTE: Coupler loss range 0.0 to
7. Verify P1 to P2 Pulse Widths are 3.5 µs
9.9 dB.
(±0.5 µs).
8. Verify P1 to P2 Pulse Spacing is:
X c h a n n e l 1 2 . 0 u s ( ± 0 . 5 µs )
Y C h a n n e l 3 6 . 0 u s ( ± 0 . 5 µs )

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 33
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

9. Verify ERP is for: Calibration:

T S O ’ d D ME > 1 8 , 0 0 0 f t ≥ 2 5 0 W
1. Press CAL Soft Key to display the
( + 5 4 d B m)
C a l i b r a t i o n S c r e e n . C o n s u l t ma i n t e n a n c e
T S O ’ d D ME < 1 8 , 0 0 0 f t ≥ 5 0 W ma n u a l f o r r e q u i r e d p a s s w o r d .
(+47 dBm)
CALIBRATION BAT 2.5 Hr
10. Set RATE to 600 kts and verify UUT
DME distance indicator displays an
outbound track, without breaking lock.
11. Set IN/OUT to IN and verify UUT DME
distance indicator displays an inbound
track, without breaking lock. Set RATE Enter Password
to 0 kts. ----
12. Set %REPLY to 0. Verify distance
continues to be displayed and flag
r e ma i n s o u t o f v i e w f o r 8 s ( ± 4 s e c ) .
A f t e r me mo r y t i m e s o u t , v e r i f y o n U U T
DME distance indicator that distance is
not displayed and flag is in view. Verify 5
1 2 3 4
Search PRF is ≤150 Hz.
13. Set %REPLY to 70 and RF LVL to Calibration Screen
- 7 9 d B m, v e r i f y U U T D M E l o c k s o n . Figure 39
Set IDENT tone to ON. Verify 1350 Hz
Ident morse is present on UUT DME 2. Press RS232 Soft Key to display the
audio. Set IDENT to OFF. RS-232 Screen.
14. Set RANGE to 40 nm. Set ECHO to
ON. Verify UUT DME does not break SETUP – RS232 BAT 2.5 Hr
lock and range displayed on UUT DME
indicator is 40 nm (±0.5 nm). Set BAUD RATE: 115200
ECHO to OFF. FLOW CONTROL: X0NXOFF

15. Set UUT LVL to -79 dBm and %REPLY PARITY=NONE

DATA BITS=8
to 70. Verify UUT DME is locked on. STOP BITS=1
Adjust UUT LVL in -1 dB steps, allowing
15 sec between steps until UUT DME
breaks lock. Verify UUT LVL is
≥ - 8 3 d B m.

NOTE: OEM Test procedures should PREV NEXT

be followed. PARAM PARAM RETURN

NOTE: For Radiated Testing, RS232 Screen

Ma x i m u m U U T L V L s e t t a b l e Figure 40
depends on distance of Test
Set from UUT and Setup DME
Screen settings.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 34
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.5 TCAS
T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 f u l l y t e s t s A T C R B S a n d Mo d e 4.5.1 TCAS OPERATION CONCEPT
S, ACAS, TCAS I and II (Traffic Alert
Collision Avoidance System). TCAS is a system which provides situational
The test set simulates an Intruder Aircraft awareness of the surrounding airspace of an
aircraft to the pilot and crew. TCAS
converging on the position of the TCAS UUT.
e s t a b l i s h e s a v o l u me o f a i r s p a c e a r o u n d t h e
B y ma n u a l l y d e f i n i n g a s c e n a r i o o r u t i l i z i n g
the factory default scenarios in test set aircraft based upon range, speed and
altitude. Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 33.
memory, the Test Set operator can verify the
correct TA’s (Traffic Advisory) and RA’s By working in-conjunction with the aircraft
(Resolution Advisory) have occurred on the T r a n s p o n d e r s y s t e m, T C A S c a n d e t e r mi n e
TCAS display. the relative threat of an aircraft and issue
The IFR 6000 is used with the directional visual and audible advisories to assist the
a n t e n n a a t t a c h e d , a l l o w i n g t h e u s e r t o mo v e crew in taking action that prevents a
collision. Refer to 1-2-4, Table 3.
the test set to different locations and
headings from the Aircraft UUT.

T C A S P r o t e c t i o n V o l u me E x a mp l e
5,000 ft to 10,000 ft
Figure 41

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 35
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Your SL Tau DMOD Altitude Threshold

Altitude (ft) (sec) (nmi) (ft)

TA RA TA RA TA RA
( A L I M)

<1000 2 20 N/A 0.30 N/A 850 N/A

1000 - 2350 3 25 15 0.33 0.20 850 300

2350 - 5000 4 30 20 0.48 0.35 850 300

5000 - 10,000 5 40 25 0.75 0.55 850 350

10,000 - 20,000 6 45 30 1.00 0.80 850 400

20,000 - 42,000 7 48 35 1.30 1.10 850 600

>42,000 7 48 35 1.30 1.10 1200 700

P r o t e c t i o n V o l u m e P a r a me t e r s V e r s u s A l t i t u d e
Table 3

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 36
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Typical TCAS II Display

Figure 42

Non-Threat Traffic: An open white Resolution Advisory: A solid red

diamond indicates that an intruder’s square indicates that the intruding
relative altitude is ±1200 ft vertically aircraft is projected to be a collision
or distance is beyond 6 nm range and threat. TCAS II calculates that the
not yet considered a threat. intruder has reached the point where
a Resolution Advisory is necessary.
Proximity Intruder Traffic: A filled T h e t i me t o c l o s e s t a p p r o a c h w i t h t h e
white diamond indicates that the intruder is now between 15 and
intruding aircraft is ±1200 ft vertically 35 sec depending on altitude. The
and within 6 nm range, and still not s y mb o l a p p e a r s t o g e t h e r w i t h a n
considered a threat. appropriate audio warning and a
Traffic Advisory: A symbol change v e r t i c a l ma n e u v e r i n d i c a t i o n o n t h e
to a filled yellow circle indicates that RA/VSI.
the intruding aircraft is considered to Numbers: Represents the intruder
be potentially hazardous. Depending - 05
aircraft relative altitude ±100 ft levels
on altitude TCAS II displays a TA from aircraft.
when the time to CPA is between 20
and 48 sec.  Arrows: Indicate if the intruder
aircraft is ascending or descending
from relative position.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 37
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.5.2 TCAS TESTING 4.5.3 SETUP

The IFR 6000 provides three basic TCAS test SETUP-TCAS SCREEN:
functions. S E T U P - T C A S S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s
TCAS Screen w h i c h d e t e r mi n e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f
P r o v i d e s s i mu l a t e d e n c o u n t e r s w i t h i n t r u d i n g t h e T C A S F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e
Mo d e S o r Mo d e C a i r c r a f t . M e a s u r e s P e a k stated, last used values are retained on
Pulse Power or ERP (Effective Radiated Power-Up.
Power) and TX Frequency of the interrogator. NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n b e f o r e
Mo n i t o r S c r e e n s conducting test operations.
S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r : SETUP-TCAS BAT 2.5 Hr
Displays surveillance interrogations UF0 and
RF PORT: ANTENNA
UF16 field content, surveillance interval and ANT RANGE : 12 ft
count. ANT HEIGHT : 1 ft
UUT ADDRESS:AUTO
B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r :
MANUAL AA:000000
Displays TCAS broadcast interrogations UF16
field content, broadcast interval and count. ANT CABLE:25 FT
ANT CABLE LOSS:4.5 dB ANT GAIN(dBi)
Displays RA broadcast interrogations UF16 SQUITTERS: ON 1.03 GHz: 7.1
field content, broadcast interval and count. ALT REPORTING: ON 1.09 GHz: 6.1
DISPLAYED ALT:RELATIVE
W h i s p e r - S h o u t Mo n i t o r : TEST SET AA:A92493
Displays whisper-shout sequence interval,
count of interrogations with no suppression,
REPLY PREV NEXT STORE/
S1, P2 or both S1 and P2. Interrogation PARAM PARAM PARAM DIAG RECALL
spacing is also displayed.
SETUP-TCAS Screen
Setup Screens Figure 43
Sets operational range and height from test
set antenna to UUT antenna, cable loss, STEP PROCEDURE
antenna gain parameters simulated and 1. Press SETUP Select Key to display
t r a n s p o n d e r Mo d e S a d d r e s s . SETUP TCAS Screen (1-2-4, Figure 35).
R e p l y P a r a me t e r s S c r e e n a l l o w s c o n t r o l o v e r 2. S e t f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s b y p r e s s i n g
Mo d e S D F 0 , D F 1 1 a n d D F 1 6 f i e l d c o n t e n t . NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to
select field. Use DATA Keys to slew the
data.
 RF PORT:
Selects ANTENNA or DIRECT
CONNECT via RF I/O Connector.
.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 38
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 ANT CABLE LEN or DIR CABLE LEN  ANT HEIGHT:

or CPL CABLE LEN: Test Set Antenna to TCAS antenna
Selections: 1 to 75 FT. height difference (1 to 99 ft or 0.5 to
30.0 m).
 C A B L E L O S S f i e l d i s a u t o ma t i c a l l y
calculated. Cable loss may be NOTE: U N I T S p a r a me t e r d e t e r mi n e s
manually entered by the user. f e e t o r me t e r s .
 ANT CABLE LOSS or DIR CABLE  UUT ADDRESS:
LOSS or CPL CABLE LOSS: If AUTO is selected the test set
Displays cable loss in dB (at 1090 interrogates the TCAS UUT
MHZ). Figure marked on supplied Transponder with an ATCRBS All
RF coaxial cable C a l l , t o o b t a i n t h e Mo d e S a d d r e s s ,
which is used in subsequent
NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to Transponder interrogations to obtain
9.9 dB. the TCAS UUT altitude.
Cable Len will automatically If MANUAL is selected, the UUT
calculate cable loss in dB. Cable address is obtained from the
loss is automatically displayed. MA N U A L A A f i e l d .
NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied  MANUAL AA:
cables, (25 and 50 foot
cables optional) User entered Transponder address
for TCAS UUT Transponder.
NOTE: 25 and 50 foot cable
selection compensates for  SQUITTERS:
delay of Aeroflex optional U s e d t o t u r n O N o r O F F S i mu l a t e d
cables. Mo d e S T r a n s p o n d e r D F 1 1 s q u i t t e r s
containing address specified in
NOTE: To calculate cable length to
TEST SET AA: field. Squitters are
enter, for non Aeroflex
t r a n s mi t t e d o n c e p e r s e c o n d a n d
supplied cables, use the
s h o u l d b e s e t t o O N f o r n o r ma l
following formula..
interrogation/reply operation.
Lentered = L * (0.68/V)
 ALT REPORTING:
L = physical length of cable
U s e d t o t u r n O N o r O F F S i mu l a t e d
V = Velocity factor of cable Transponder ATCRBS Mode C or
Where Lentered = the length Mo d e S a l t i t u d e i n f o r ma t i o n .
value entered into  DISPLAYED ALT:
ANT/DIR/CPL CABLE LEN
W i t h R E L A T I V E s e l e c t e d , s i mu l a t e d
field.
altitude displayed in ALT field of
 COUPLER LOSS: TCAS screen is relative to UUT
Displays coupler loss in dB (at 1090 Altitude (i.e., ± UUT altitude). With
MHZ). Figure marked on supplied A B S O L U T E s e l e c t e d , s i mu l a t e d
coupler. altitude displayed in ALT field of
NOTE: Coupler loss range 0.0 to TCAS screen is actual altitude.
9.9 dB.  TEST SET AA:
 ANT GAIN: E n t e r t e s t s e t s i mu l a t e d Mo d e S
Transponder address in HEX.
Entered in dBi, gain figures (0.0 to
2 0 . 9 ) f o r 1 . 0 3 a n d 1 . 0 9 6 G H z ma r k e d 3. P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o T C A S
on supplied Directional Antenna. Test Screen.
 ANT RANGE:
Test Set Antenna to TCAS antenna
horizontal range (6 to 250 ft or 2.0 to
75.0 m).
NOTE: UNITS parameter
d e t e r m i n e s f e e t o r me t e r s .

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 39
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TCAS REPLY PARAMETERS SCREEN: USER CONTROL SOFT KEYS

Press SETUP SELECT Key until TCAS-SETUP NEXT PARAM:

screen is displayed. Press REPLY PARAM Selects next control field, including selection
Soft Key to display TCAS Reply Param Screen of fields that have dedicated keys.
(1-2-4, Figure 36). PREV PARAM:
T CAS- REPL Y PARAM BAT 2.5 Hr Selects previous control field, including
selection of fields that have dedicated keys.
DF0 VS :0 SL :0 RESET PARAMS:
R e s e t s a l l p a r a me t e r s t o f a c t o r y d e f a u l t .
DF11 CA :0
DF16 VS :0 SL :0 RIa:8 RIt:3
RETURN:
ARA:0 000 RAC:0 VDS:30 Displays the SETUP-TCAS screen.

CONTROL FIELD SOFT KEYS

VS:
Enter vertical status. VS: field indicates
PREV
intruding aircraft is airborne when ‘0’ or on the
NEXT RESET
PARAM PARAM PARAMS RETURN g r o u n d w h e n ‘ 1 ’ . T h e V S : f i e l d i s t r a n s mi t t e d
in DF0 and DF16.
TCAS Reply Parameters Screen
Figure 44 SL:
T h e r e p l y p a r a me t e r s s c r e e n c o n t r o l s t h e E n t e r s i mu l a t e d I F R 6 0 0 0 S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l
c o n t e n t o f t h e Mo d e S R e p l i e s D F 0 , D F 1 1 a n d (1-2-4, Table 4)
DF16 used in the TCAS test. The message
fields allow the user to program capability N O T E : T h e S L : f i e l d c o n t a i n s s i mu l a t e d
i n f o r ma t i o n a n d v a r i o u s a d v i s o r i e s t o t h e sensitivity level information and does
TCAS interrogator. not actually set the IFR 6000 to a
particular Sensitivity Level.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix I for detailed
descriptions of the following
displayed Downlink Format (DF) fields
and subfields. All fields are displayed INPUT DEFINITION
in hexadecimal. Unless otherwise DATA
specified, both single and continuous 0 No Sens itivity Lev el reported
SLEW key depressions change values 1 Operates at Sensitivity Level 1
by 1.
2 Operates at Sensitivity Level 2
3 Operates at Sensitivity Level 3
4 Operates at Sensitivity Level 4
5 Operates at Sensitivity Level 5
6 Operates at Sensitivity Level 6
7 Operates at Sensitivity Level 7
SL: Field Valid Data
Table 4

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 40
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

CA: Rlt:

Enter transponder Capability (1-2-4, Table 5). E n t e r a i r - t o - a i r R e p l y I n f o r ma t i o n f o r a

The Test Set transmits the CA: field in DF11 tracking report. The RIt: field contains TCAS
(squitter transmissions). capability data. The field can be set from ‘0’
to ‘F’ but only ‘0’ ‘3’ and ‘4’ are valid (1-2-4,
Table 7).

INPUT DEFINITION
DATA
RIt: FIELD DEFINITION
0 No communications capability INPUT DATA (TCAS CAPABILITY)
(surveillanc e only )
0 No on-board TCAS
1 Not used
3 On-board TCAS has
2 Not used
vertical-only resolution
3 Not used ability.
4 Hav e Comm-A and Comm-B 4 On-board TCAS has
c apability (ground). vertical and horizontal
5 Hav e Comm-A and Comm-B resolution ability.
c apability (airborne). RI: Field (Tracking) Valid Data
6 Hav e Comm-A and Comm-B Table 7
c apability (ground or airborne).
7 DR is not equal to 0, or FS RAC:
equals 2,3,4 or 5 (ground or E n t e r s i mu l a t e d T C A S R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y
airborne). C o mp l e me n t s . T h e R A C : f i e l d i n d i c a t e s
CA: Field Valid Data current active Resolution Advisory
Table 5 C o mp l e me n t s b e i n g r e c e i v e d f r o m a l l o t h e r
TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution
RIa: capability (1-2-4, Table 8). The test set
t r a n s mi t s t h e R A C : f i e l d i n D F 1 6 ( p a r t o f M V
Enter air-to-air Reply Information for an field).
acquisition report. The RIa: field contains
airspeed data. The field can be set from ‘0’ to
‘F’ but only ‘8’ to ‘E’ is valid (1-2-4, Table 6).
The Test Set transmits the RIa: field in DF0 INPUT DEFINITION
and DF16 when interrogator requests an DATA
acquisition report. 0 No resolution advisory
complements
1 Don't turn right.
RIa: FIELD DEFINITION 2 Don't turn left.
INPUT DATA (AIRSPEED)
4 Don't climb.
8 No data av ailable
8 Don't descend.
9 ≤75 k ts
NOTE: The sum of the Input Data
A >75 kts and ≤150 kts c o d e s i n d i c a t e s mu l t i p l e a c t i v e
B >150 k ts and ≤300 kts resolution advisories are being
C >300 k ts and ≤600 kts received.
D >600 k ts and ≤1200 kts RAC: Field Valid Data
E >1200 kts Table 8
RI: Field (Acquisition) Valid Data
Table 6

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 41
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ARA: 4.5.4 TCAS SCREEN

E n t e r s i mu l a t e d T C A S r e s o l u t i o n a d v i s o r y P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y u n t i l T C A S T e s t S c r e e n
report. The ARA: field indicates all current is displayed (1-2-4, Figure 37).
Active Resolution Advisories being transmitted
by the intruding aircraft (IFR 6000) (1-2-4, T CAS BAT 2.5 Hr
Table 9). The Test Set transmits the ARA: SCENARIO: 0-CUSTOM
field in DF16 (part of MV field). T CAS T YPE:T CAS II %R E PLY: 100
INTRUDER TYPE:MODE S
RANGE ST ART : 10.00 nm STOP: 0.00 nm
RANGE RAT E : 350 kts
INPUT DEFINITION ALT ST ART : +1000 ft STOP: 0 ft
ALT RAT E : 600 fpm CONVERGE :OFF
DATA UUT ALT : 31200 ft AL T DET ECT : ON
0001 Don't turn right. FREQ= 1030.000 MHz ERP= 57.0 dBm
RANGE= 21.00 nm IN ALT= +1000 ft 
0002 Don't turn left. T CAS ST AT US= T RACKING
0004 Turn right. ST AT US= NON-T HREAT ENCOUNTER= 0:00

0008 Turn left.

0010 Don't climb faster than RUN PREV NEXT STORE/
2000 fpm. TEST PARAM PARAM MON RECALL

0020 Don't climb faster than T C A S S c r e e n ( Mo d e S )

1000 fpm. Figure 45
0040 Don't climb faster than 500 T h e T C A S s c r e e n p r o v i d e s s i mu l a t e d p l a n n e d
fpm. e n c o u n t e r s w i t h A T C R B S Mo d e C o r Mo d e S
0080 Don't climb. intruders. The TCAS screen is used to verify
0100 Des cend. audio and visual TCAS operation (Traffic and
Resolution Advisories). Intruding flight
0200 Don't descend fas ter than
p a t t e r n s a r e p r o g r a m me d f r o m t h e T C A S
2000 fpm.
screen and stored in one of sixteen user
0400 Don't descend fas ter than n a me d s c e n a r i o d a t a s t o r a g e l o c a t i o n s .
1000 fpm.
Eight factory pre-defined scenarios are
0800 Don't descend fas ter than p r o v i d e d w h i c h ma y b e r e c a l l e d , mo d i f i e d a n d
500 fpm. stored under a user named scenario.
1000 Don't descend.
2000 Climb. T CAS BAT 2.5 Hr
SCENARIO: 0-CUSTOM
NOTE: Data codes are added together T CAS T YPE:T CAS II %R E PLY: 100
to indicate multiple active INT RUDER T YPE: AT CRBS
resolution advisories are being RANGE ST ART : 10.00 nm STOP: 0.00 nm
transmitted. RANGE RAT E : 350 kts
ALT ST ART : +1000 ft STOP: 0 ft
ALT RAT E : 600 fpm CONVERGE :OFF
ARA: Field Valid Data UUT ALT : 31200 ft AL T DET ECT : ON
Table 9 FREQ= 1030.00 MHz ERP= 57.0 dBm
RANGE= 21.00 nm IN ALT= +1000 ft 
VDS:
ST AT US= NON-T HREAT ENCOUNTER= 0:00
E n t e r MV me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t e n t d e f i n i t i o n .
Set the VDS: field to ‘30’ for coordination reply
me s s a g e s ( d e f a u l t v a l u e ) . T h e t e s t s e t RUN PREV NEXT STORE/
TEST PARAM PARAM MON RECALL
t r a n s mi t s t h e V D S : f i e l d i n D F 1 6 ( p a r t o f M V
field). TCAS Screen (ATCRBS)
Figure 46
CLI:
Enter Coordination Lock Indicator (‘0’ is Off,
‘1’ is On). The test set transmits the CLI: field
in DF16 (part of MV field).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 42
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Calculation of Scenarios: STEP PROCEDURE

Ex: Assume intruder at 10,000 ft above UUT 1. Refer to para 1-2-4.7 for Directional
altitude. Intruder velocity is 600 kts and Antenna use and setup procedure.
intruder distance is 20 nm.
2. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS
Ma n u a l c a l c u l a t i o n o f a l t i t u d e r a t e t o e n s u r e Test Screen (1-2-4, Figure 37).
convergence:
3. S e t f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s b y p r e s s i n g
NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to
Select CONVERGE: OFF select field. Use DATA Keys to slew the
data.
STOP ALT= 0 ft, STOP RANGE= 0 nm. USER CONTROLS SOFT KEYS
RUN TEST:
ALT RATE= ALT START x RANGE RATE Starts the TCAS Test.
START RANGE x 60 NEXT PARAM:
Selects next control field. Includes
ALT RATE= 10,000 x 600 selection of fields that have dedicated
20 x 60 Keys.
PREV PARAM:
ALT RATE = 5000 fpm Selects previous control field. Includes
selection of fields that have dedicated
Auto calculation of altitude rate to ensure Keys.
convergence: MO N :
Set the following: Selects the Surveillance or Broadcast
RANGE START: 20 nm Mo n i t o r S c r e e n s .
RANGE RATE: 600 kts STORE/RECALL:
ALT START: +10,000 ft Selects the Setup-Scenario Data Screen.
Select CONVERGE: ON. Altitude rate is DEDICATED KEYS AND CONTROL
a u t o ma t i c a l l y d e t e r m i n e d t o a c h i e v e c o l l i s i o n . FIELDS
STOP (Range) and STOP (Alt) fields is RANGE:
cleared, allowing easy programming of random RANGE Keys change RANGE.
but converging scenarios.
RATE:
RATE Keys change RATE in 1kt steps
(0 to 1200 kts).
CONTROL FIELDS SOFT KEYS
STORE/RECALL:
S e l e c t s C u s t o m, P r e d e f i n e d o r U s e r
defined scenarios.
TCAS TYPE:
Selections are TCAS I or TCAS II.
% REPLY:
S e l e c t s s i mu l a t e d t r a n s p o n d e r % r e p l y .
Selectable in 1% steps. Range is 0 to
100%.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 43
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

INTRUDER TYPE: UUT ALT:

Selects intruder type MODE S or D i s p l a y s s i mu l a t e d i n t r u d e r a l t i t u d e i n f t .
ATCRBS. This is either entered via the TCAS
RANGE START: S c r e e n o r i s o b t a i n e d a u t o ma t i c a l l y f r o m
the TCAS UUT transponder when ALT
Selects start range of scenario in nm. DETECT is set to ON.
R a n g e i s Mo d e S , 0 . 0 0 t o 2 6 0 . 0 0 n m o r
ATCRBS, 0.35 to 260.00. ALT DETECT:
RANGE STOP: When set to ON, UUT altitude is obtained
a u t o ma t i c a l l y f r o m T C A S U U T
Selects stop range of scenario in nm. transponder.
R a n g e i s Mo d e S , 0 . 0 0 t o 2 6 0 . 0 0 n m o r
ATCRBS, 0.35 to 260.00. FREQ:
RANGE RATE: D i s p l a y s T C A S U U T t r a n s mi t t e r
f r e q u e n c y i n MH z .
Selects range rate of scenario (0 to
1200 kts). ERP:
ALT START: D i s p l a y s T C A S U U T t r a n s mi t t e r E R P
( E f f e c t i v e R a d i a t e d P o w e r ) i n d B m, d B W
Selects start altitude of scenario in ft. or W peak.
Range is +127,700 ft.
RANGE:
NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios,
altitude START and STOP D i s p l a y s s i mu l a t e d r a n g e i n n m.
parameters are Relative to UUT ALT:
altitude, enabling scenarios to D i s p l a y s s i mu l a t e d a l t i t u d e . D e p e n d i n g
be used at any altitude without o n s e t u p T C A S me n u D I S P L A Y E D A L T
reprogramming. setting, altitude displayed is either
ALT STOP: relative to UUT ALT or actual altitude.
Selects stop altitude of scenario in ft. NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios,
Range is +127,700 ft. altitude START and STOP
NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios, p a r a me t e r s a r e r e l a t i v e t o U U T
altitude START and STOP altitude, enabling scenarios to
parameters are relative to UUT be used at any altitude without
altitude, enabling scenarios to r e p r o g r a m mi n g .
be used at any altitude without TCAS STATUS:
reprogramming. Displays TCAS status either ACQUIRING
ALT RATE: or TRACKING. When TRACKING is
S e l e c t s a l t i t u d e r a t e o f s c e n a r i o i n f p m. annunciated, an intruder should be
Range is 0 to 10000 fpm. d i s p l a y e d o n t h e T C A S d i s p l a y ( Mo d e S
feature).
CONVERGE:
NOTE: ACQUIRING or TRACKING is
When converge is ON, altitude rate is d e t e r mi n e d f r o m U F 0 o r U F 1 6
a u t o ma t i c a l l y c a l c u l a t e d t o a c h i e v e discrete interrogations AQ field.
collision at 0 nm and 0 ft (relative to
UUT). Range STOP and Alt STOP fields
are blanked when converge is ON.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 44
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.5.5 SETUP-SCENARIO DATA SCREEN

STEP PROCEDURE The SETUP-SCENARIO DATA Screen may be
accessed from either the TCAS Screen or
STATUS:
SETUP-TCAS Screen by pressing the
Displays simulated test set status in STORE/RECALL Soft Key.
relationship to TCAS UUT. Four
The Setup Scenario Screen allows the recall of
different status messages may be
n i n e f a c t o r y p r e d e t e r mi n e d s c e n a r i o s a n d t h e
displayed.
Storage and Recall of up to 16 user defined
“NON THREAT” a n d n a me d s c e n a r i o s .
Range is >4 nm and time until
encounter is >40 s.
SET UP- SCENARIO DAT A BAT 2.5 Hr
“PROXIMITY”
R a n g e i s 4 n m a n d t i m e u n t i l 1 Last Power Down
encounter is >40 sec. 2 +3500 ft collision
3 –3500 ft collision
“TRAFFIC” 4 +3500 ft fly-b y
5 –3500 ft fly-b y
T i m e u n t i l e n c o u n t e r i s 4 0 s e c a n d 6 +200 ft collision
>25 sec. 7 –200 ft collision
8 +200 ft fly-b y
“RESOLUTION” 9 –200 ft fly-b y
T i m e u n t i l e n c o u n t e r i s 2 5 s e c . 10
11
ENCOUNTER: 12

Displays time in minutes and seconds to

encounter. PREV NEXT
STORE PAGE PAGE RETURN
NOTE: There are usually two to three
seconds of delay (target Setup Scenario Screen
acquisition time) between the Figure 47
start of TCAS operation and
when the UUT acquires the test USER CONTROL SOFT KEYS
set as a target.
STORE:
When any UUT antenna is being
tested the target acquisition To store a specific scenario, use the Data
time increases. Refer to Select Keys to highlight user storage locations
Appendix K for target 10 to 25. Press STORE Soft Key to display
acquisition time probabilities. S E T U P - S T O R E N A ME . U s e t h e D a t a S e l e c t
Keys to highlight desired character.
5. Press RUN Soft Key to start test.

SETUP-STORE NAME BAT 2.5 Hr

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

abcdefg hijklmnopqrstuvwxyz

0123456789 !”’()*,-./:;?@

_____________________________

Please Enter Store Name

CHAR BACK CANCEL

ENTER SELECT SPACE

S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n
Figure 48

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 45
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

CHAR SELECT: OVERWRITE EXISTING SCENARIO:

Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to select To overwrite an existing TCAS scenario, press
character. Repeat until all characters have YES Soft Key on CONFIRM Screen.
been selected.
ENTER:
Press ENTER Soft Key to store name and CONFIRM BAT 2.5 Hr
data. Use backspace key to change any
previous character selection.
CANCEL: Overwrite existing store?
Press CANCEL Soft Key to cancel storage
operation.
RECALL:
To recall a specific scenario use the Data
Select Keys to select a specific scenario.
Press the RECALL Soft Key.
RETURN:
Press the RETURN Soft Key to display the YES NO
previous screen.
NOTE: Scenarios are also selected by using Confirm Screen
the DATA KEYS when in the scenario Figure 49
field of the TCAS screen.

Enter password by pressing the Soft Keys on

the SETUP-TCAS SCENARIO Screen.

SETUP-TCAS SCENARIO BAT 2.5 Hr

Enter Password

----

1 2 3 4 5

Setup-TCAS Scenario Screen

Figure 50

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 46
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.5.6 MO N I T O R S C R E E N S STEP PROCEDURE

Mo n i t o r S c r e e n s a r e a c c e s s e d f r o m t h e T C A S 3. If UUT simulates altitude and direct
Screen by pressing the MON Soft Key. connection is not used, shield UUT
W h e n I N T R U D E R T Y P E s e l e c t e d i s Mo d e S , Antenna being tested with Antenna
t h e T e s t S e t m o n i t o r s f o r U p l i n k F o r ma t s ( U F ) Shield. Refer to para 1-2-4.6. Position
0 or 16. Mode S monitoring consists of two D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a ≤ 2 0 f t ( 6 . 1 m) f r o m
different Monitor screens; the surveillance UUT Antenna being tested.
mo n i t o r a n d t h e b r o a d c a s t m o n i t o r .
4. Press MON Soft Key to enter
When INTRUDER TYPE selected is ATCRBS, S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r s c r e e n . ( T e s t S e t
the Test Set monitors the Whisper-Shout d i s p l a y s i n f o r ma t i o n f r o m t h e l a s t
sequence. r e c e i v e d o r r e c a l l e d Mo d e S
interrogation.)
4.5.6.1 Surveillance Monitor
5. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor
The Surveillance Monitor is a general Mo d e . ( T e s t S e t d i s p l a y s i n f o r ma t i o n f o r
mo n i t o r i n g s c r e e n d i s p l a y i n g t h e c o n t e n t s o f the latest received interrogation.)
t h e ma j o r i n t e r r o g a t i o n f i e l d s i n c o r p o r a t e d i n
UF0 and UF16. Information is displayed in The bottom line indicates running
hexadecimal and can be used to verify Mo n i t o r b y d i s p l a y i n g : * T e s t i n g * .
interrogator bit accuracy (1-2-4, Figure 39). Refer to Appendix F for detailed
description of the following displayed
T CAS- SURV MO N BAT 2.5 Hr U p l i n k F o r ma t f i e l d s a n d s u b f i e l d s .
 UF:
UF0 RL =0 AQ =0
COUNT=1000 INT ERVAL =10.0s  U p l i n k F o r ma t n u mb e r , a s r e c e i v e d
in the Mode S interrogation, is
d i s p l a y e d i n d e c i ma l f o r m.
UF16 RL =1 AQ =0 UDS=0 LCK=0
MTB=0 CVC=0 VRC=0 CHC=0  RL:
HRC=0 ESB=0 MID=356412
COUNT=1000 INT ERVAL =10. 0s  Reply Length field, sent in UF0 and
UF16, indicates request for
transponder (IFR 6000) to reply with
DF0 if set to 0 or DF16 if set to 1.
 AQ:
RUN BROAD  Acquisition field, sent in UF0 and
TEST MON RETURN UF16, indicates request for
transponder (IFR 6000) to reply with
TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen
capability (tracking) report if set to 0
Figure 51
or airspeed (acquisition) report if set
to 1.
STEP PROCEDURE  UDS:
1. Connect UUT to IFR 6000 RF I/O  The UDS: field, sent in UF16 (part of
Connector or IFR 6000 Directional MU f i e l d ) , d e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e
Antenna (facing towards UUT Antenna) MU me s s a g e f i e l d . T h e U D S : f i e l d
to Antenna Connector. indicates TCAS Resolution
2. Perform the Setup Procedure (para Advisories Lock Requests or
1-2-4.5.3). Set INTRUDER TYPE: to R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s i f s e t t o 3 0 o r
MODE S. T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s i f s e t t o
32.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 47
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 LCK:  CHC:
If set to 1, the Lock field indicates The Cancel Horizontal Resolution
request for the transponder (IFR A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t i s r e c e i v e d i n
6000) to send information for TCAS UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4,
Resolution Advisory (transponder is a Table 12).
collision threat to the interrogator)
and is received in UF16 (part of MU
field).
CHC: FIELD DEFINITION
 MTB:
0 No cancellation
If set to 1 the Multiple Threat Bit
1 Cancel, don't turn left.
received in UF16 (part of MU field)
indicates the interrogator is receiving 2 Cancel, don't turn right.
mo r e t h a n o n e c o l l i s i o n t h r e a t . CHC: Field Display Data
 CVC: Table 12
The Cancel Vertical Resolution  HRC:
Advisory Complement is received in
Refer to 1-2-4, Table 13 for the
UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4,
Horizontal Resolution Advisory
Table 10).
C o mp l e me n t r e c e i v e d i n U F 1 6 ( p a r t
of MU field).

CVC: FIELD DEFINITION

0 No cancellation HRC: FIELD DEFINITION
1 Cancel, don't descend. 0 No complement sent
2 Cancel, don't climb. 1 Intruder TCAS sense is
CVC: Field Display Data turn left/Don't turn left.
Table 10 2 Intruder TCAS sense is
turn left/Don't turn right.
 VRC:
5 Intruder TCAS sense is
The Vertical Resolution Advisory turn right/Don't turn left.
C o mp l e m e n t i s r e c e i v e d i n U F 1 6
(part of MU field) (1-2-4, Table 11). 6 Intruder TCAS sense is
turn right/Don't turn right.
HRC: Field Display Data
VRC: FIELD DEFINITION Table 13
0 No complement sent
1 Don't descend.
2 Don't climb.
VRC: Field Display Data
Table 11

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 48
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 ESB:  INTERVAL:
Refer to 1-2-4, Table 14 for the T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t i me f r o m t h e
Encoded/Vertical Sense Bits received start of one interrogation to the start
in UF16 (now VSB, part of MU field) of the next interrogation. The IFR
to verify Vertical Resolution Advisory 6000 looks for the interval between
Complements. 0 . 5 3 s e c ( t i me t o d i s p l a y i n f o r ma t i o n )
a n d 1 . 2 7 s e c ( 1 . 0 s e c i s n o mi n a l ) .
 COUNT:
VALID The COUNT: field displays the
CVC: FIELD VRC: FIELD ESB: FIELD n u mb e r o f T C A S S u r v e i l l a n c e
0 0 0 Interrogations received during the
test operation.
0 1 E
6. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t
0 2 7
operation.
0 3 9
1 0 B
1 1 5 4.5.6.2 BROADCAST MONITOR
1 2 C T h e B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r v e r i f i e s t h e T C A S
1 3 2 B r o a d c a s t i s t r a n s mi t t e d i n U F 1 6
a p p r o x i ma t e l y e v e r y t e n s e c o n d s . T h e T e s t
2 0 D Set detects a TCAS Broadcast when the AA
2 1 3 address field decoded from the AP field in
2 2 A U F 1 6 h a s a l l o n e s . T h e B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r
2 3 4 also verifies the RA Broadcast content (1-2-4,
Figure 40).
3 0 6
3 1 8 T CAS- BRDCAST MON BAT 2.5 Hr
3 2 1
3 3 F RA BROADCAST
UDS=31 CAC=100000 ft
ESB: Field Display Data RAT =1 ARA=11101010000000
MTE=1 RAC=1010
Table 14 AID=7777
COUNT=1000
 MI D :
The MID: field, received in UF16 TCAS BROADCAST
(part of MU field) displays the UDS=32 MID=A92492
COUNT=1000 INT ERVAL =1 0.0s
discrete Mode S address of the TCAS
interrogator.

RUN SURV
TEST MON RETURN

T C A S B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n
Figure 52

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 49
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

1. Press BROAD MON Soft Key to enter
Broadcast Monitor. The Test Set
displays information from last received DEFINITION
TCAS Broadcast or RA Broadcast. BINARY DATA
2. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor
Don't turn right.
mo d e . T h e T e s t S e t d i s p l a y s i n f o r m a t i o n
for the latest received interrogation. 0000 0000 0000 0001
The bottom line indicates running Don't turn left.
Monitor by displaying: *Testing*. 0000 0000 0000 0010
NOTE: UDS and MID field descriptions Turn right.
are the same as the TCAS 0000 0000 0000 0100
Surveillance Monitor. Turn left.
 CAC: 0000 0000 0000 1000
The CAC= field, received in UF16 Don't climb faster than 2000 fpm.
(part of MU field), displays the Mode
C altitude code of the reporting 0000 0000 0001 0000
aircraft. Don't climb faster than 1000 fpm.
 RAT: 0000 0000 0010 0000
The RAT= field received in UF16 Don't climb faster than 500 fpm.
(part of MU field) indicates that an 0000 0000 0100 0000
RA has been terminated. If set to 0, Don't climb.
the RA indicated by the ARA subfield
0000 0000 1000 0000
is currently active. If set to 1, the RA
indicated by the ARA subfield has Descend.
been terminated. The one is set for 0000 0001 0000 0000
18 sec ±1 sec. Don't descend faster than 2000 fpm.
 ARA: 0000 0010 0000 0000
The ARA= field indicates all current Don't descend faster than 1000 fpm.
Active Resolution Advisories being
0000 0100 0000 0000
t r a n s mi t t e d b y t h e U U T ( 1 - 2 - 4 ,
Table 15). Don't descend faster than 500 fpm.
0000 1000 0000 0000
Don't descend.
0001 0000 0000 0000
Climb.
0010 0000 0000 0001
NOTE: Data codes are added together
t o i n d i c a t e mu l t i p l e a c t i v e
resolution advisories are being
t r a n s mi t t e d .

ARA= Field Valid Data

Table 15

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 50
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 RAC: NOTE: T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s a r e
The RAC= field indicates current j i t t e r e d ± 0 . 2 s e c o f f t h e n o mi n a l
active Resolution Advisory 1 0 s e c i n t e r v a l t i me . T h e T C A S
Complements being received from all B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e ma y a l s o b e
other TCAS aircraft with on-board staggered between the
resolution capability (1-2-4, Table directional antennas causing
16). shorter intervals, if detected.
 COUNT:
The COUNT: field displays the
DATA DEFINITION n u mb e r o f T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s
0 No resolution advisory received during the test operation.
complements 3. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t
1 Don't turn right. operation.
2 Don't turn left. 4.5.6.3 ATCRBS (WHISPER-SHOUT)
4 Don't climb.
T h e W h i s p e r - S h o u t Mo n i t o r s c r e e n p r o v i d e s
8 Don't descend. i n f o r ma t i o n u s e d t o v e r i f y w h i s p e r - s h o u t
NOTE: The sum of the Input Data steps and Side Lobe Suppression (SLS). By
codes indicates multiple active conducting several tests from different points
resolution advisories are being around the aircraft (para 1-2-4.5.7), the
received. capabilities of the TCAS interrogator
concerning coverage (directional and/or
RAC= Field Valid Data o mn i - d i r e c t i o n a l ) , w h i s p e r - s h o u t s e q u e n c e
Table 16 o p e r a t i o n a n d i n t e r r o g a t i o n t i mi n g a r e
effectively evaluated (para 1-2-4, Figure 41).

 MT E :
The MTE= field, received in UF16 T CAS- W/ SHOUT MO N BAT 2.5 Hr
(part of MU field), indicates if two or
more simultaneous threats are RANGE= 12.80 nm ALT = 10,000 ft
currently being processed by the
AT T EN: 0.0 d B NO SUPP= 1
TCAS threat resolution logic. 0= One I
threat is being processed by the S1= 0 P2= 0 BOTH= 0
resolution logic (when ARA bit 41=1);
or no threat is being processed by SPACING= 4.3 ms
the resolution logic (when ARA bit
41=0). 1= Two or more simultaneous
threats are being processed by the W-S SEQUENCE INTERVAL=10.0s
resolution logic.
 AID:
RUN
The AID= field, received in UF16 TEST RETURN
( p a r t o f M U f i e l d ) , d i s p l a y s t h e Mo d e
W h i s p e r - S h o u t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n
A identity code of the reporting
Figure 53
aircraft.
 INTERVAL:
The INTERVAL= field displays the
time interval, in seconds, between
the latest two TCAS Broadcast
Messages received (nominally 10 sec
for each interrogator).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 51
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

1. Connect UUT to IFR 6000 RF I/O 6. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor
Connector or IFR 6000 Directional mo d e . ( T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s l a t e s t
Antenna (facing towards UUT Antenna) w h i s p e r - s h o u t s e q u e n c e i n f o r ma t i o n . )
to ANT Connector.
The bottom line indicates running
2. Perform the Setup Procedure (para 1-2- Mo n i t o r b y d i s p l a y i n g * T e s t i n g * .
4.5.3). Set INTRUDER TYPE: to
ATCRBS.  NO SUPP:
3. If UUT simulates altitude and direct T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f
connection is not used, shield UUT processed interrogations, received in
Antenna being tested with Antenna latest sequence, without detected S1
Shield. Refer to para 1-2-4.6. Position (whisper-shout suppression) and P2
Directional Antenna ≤20 ft (6.1 m) from (SLS) pulses. These interrogations
UUT Antenna being tested. solicit replies.
4. Press MON Key to enter Whisper-Shout NOTE: If a TCAS Test has been
Mo n i t o r S c r e e n . T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s activated, the IFR 6000 sends
i n f o r ma t i o n f r o m t h e l a s t r e c e i v e d o r t h e n u mb e r o f r e p l i e s i n d i c a t e d
recalled whisper-shout sequence. The in the NO SUPP: field.
latest sequence is displayed if the Test  S1:
Set is already in the running mode. T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f
4. Set following parameters by pressing processed interrogations, received in
NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to latest sequence, containing a
select field. Use DATA Keys to slew detected S1 pulse, but without a
data. detected P2 pulse.
 RANGE: NOTE: S1: field added with NO SUPP:
The RANGE: field is the same as in f i e l d p r o v i d e s t h e n u mb e r o f
TCAS Test (para 1-2-4.5.4). whisper-shout steps received in
latest sequence from the UUT
 ALT:
Antenna directed towards the
The ALT: field is the same as the Test Set.
ALT: field in TCAS Test (para 1-2-
 P2:
4.5.4).
T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f
 ATTEN:
interrogations, received in latest
Set attenuation of incoming signals sequence containing a detected P2
(UUT interrogations). (The same pulse, but without a detected S1
attenuation is set for outgoing p u l s e . T h i s i n f o r ma t i o n c a n b e u s e d
signals [IFR 6000 replies] when to verify correct SLS operation when
Scenario Test or Reply Test functions the IFR 6000 is positioned between
have been initiated. The IFR 6000 the directional antenna lobes. The
sets a default value internally based P2: field indicates interrogations not
u p o n t h e U U T d i s t a n c e i n f o r ma t i o n directed towards the Test Set.
entered in XPDR Setup Menu.)
 BOTH:
NOTE: Attenuation may be changed
using the Whisper-Shout T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f
Mo n i t o r s c r e e n . D e f a u l t v a l u e i s processed interrogations, received in
restored upon exit from the latest sequence containing both
screen. detected S1 and P2 pulses. The
BOTH: field added to the P2: field
i n d i c a t e s t h e n u mb e r o f t o t a l
interrogations not directed towards
the Test Set (from the other UUT
Antennas).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 52
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE

 SPACING:
T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e mi n i mu m
time spacing in ms between any two
successive interrogations received in
latest sequence.
 W-S SEQUENCE INTERVAL:
The IFR 6000 displays time from the
start of one whisper-shout sequence
to the start of the next whisper-shout
sequence. The IFR 6000 looks for
t h e i n t e r v a l b e t w e e n 0 . 5 3 s e c ( t i me
to display information) and 1.27 sec
(1.0 sec is nominal).
7. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test
operation.
8. Press RETURN Soft Key to exit Whisper-
Shout Monitor Screen
.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 53
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.5.7 RECOMMENDED TEST PROCEDURE

Recommended Test Locations

Figure 54

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP 9 . P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t
1. Position Test Set at Forward Sector Test operation.
Location (1-2-4, Figure 42) ≤50 ft TCAS SURVEILLANCE OPERATION
( 1 5 . 2 4 m) f r o m a n d i n l i n e o f s i g h t w i t h 10. Press MON Key to display TCAS
TCAS top antenna. S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r S c r e e n .
2. Press SETUP Key. Use NEXT PARAM 11. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test
and PREV PARAM Keys to enter UUT operation.
Antenna Range Height and Test Set
Directional Antenna information. 12. Verify TCAS Surveillance Interval.
INTERVAL: 0.53 to 1.27 sec.
3. Press TCAS Mode key to display TCAS
Screen. 1 3 . P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t
operation.
4. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to MODE S
TCAS BROADCAST OPERATION
5. Select SCENARIO: field and slew to
(6 +200 ft Collision). 14. Press BROAD MON Soft Key to display
T C A S B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r s c r e e n .
6. Set ALT DETECT field to ON.
15. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test
TCAS ADVISORY OPERATION AND operation.
BEARING ACCURACY
16. Verify TCAS Broadcast Interval.
7. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test I N T E R V A L : 1 0 s e c ( ± 0 . 2 s e c ) a n d MI D :
operation. field contains correct UUT address.
8. Verify UUT visual and audio operation: 1 7 . P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t
 Verify Traffic Advisory at 40 sec operation.
until encounter time.
 Verify Resolution Advisory at 25 sec
until encounter time.
 Verify TCAS bearing reads 0° (±15°).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 54
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

TCAS OPERATES AT EVERY STEP IN W-S SLS PATTERN AT CROSSOVER

SEQUENCE (Not available in V1.01) 35. Press MON Soft Key to enter Whisper
18. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS S h o u t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n .
Screen. 36. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test
19. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to ATCRBS. operation.
20. Press MON Key to enter Whisper-Shout 37. Verify NO SUPP: field is ≥2.
Mo n i t o r S c r e e n . 3 8 . P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t
21. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation.
operation. UUT ANTENNA PATTERN AT CROSSOVER
22. Starting at 0.0, slew ATTEN: field up in 3 9 . P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y t o d i s p l a y T C A S
1.0 dB steps, verifying NO SUPP: field is Screen.
≥1 at each step. Continue until S1: field
is 0. 40. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test
operation. Run test for >30 sec.
23. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test.
41. Verify power (ERP) is ≤3 dB below the
UUT POWER (ERP) AND FREQUENCY greater ERP of the two adjacent "X" Test
24. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Locations.
screen. 42. Press STOP Soft Key to end test
25. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation.
operation. Run test for >30 sec. 43. Perform Steps 24 through 27 and 29
2 6 . V e r i f y p o w e r ( E R P ) = 4 9 . 0 d B m ( ± 2 d B m) through 33 from all "X" Test Locations
and frequency (FREQ) = 1030 MHz ( 1 - 2 - 4 , F i g u r e 4 2 ) . S t a y a t s a me
(±0.01 MHz). distance from UUT as established in
Steps 1 through 5.
27. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test
operation. 44. Perform Steps 28 through 33 from all
"Y" Test Locations (1-2-4, Figure 42).
28. Reposition Test Set To a "Y" Test
Location (1-2-4, Figure 42). Stay at 45. Perform Steps 34 through 42 from all
same distance from UUT as established "Z" Test Locations (1-2-4, Figure 42)
in Steps 1 through 2. NOTE: T C A S I I s y s t e ms d o n o t d i s p l a y
TCAS BEARING ACCURACY RA’s unless Radio Altitude is
29. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS above 500 ft.
Screen. NOTE: Ensure aircraft installation is in
30. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to ATCRBS. airborne state.

31. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test NOTE: Refer to para 1-2-4.5.1
operation. regarding TCAS II control
p a n e l s . W h e n s i mu l a t i n g a n
32. Verify TCAS bearing is correct (±15°). intruder above the aircraft
33. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test select ABOVE.
operation.
34. Reposition Test Set to a "Z" Test
Location (1-2-4, Figure 42). Stay at
same distance from UUT as established
in Steps 1 through 2.
The application is surveillance, both air-
4.6 ADS-B GENERAL ground and air-air.
A u t o ma t i c D e p e n d e n t S u r v e i l l a n c e B r o a d c a s t
(ADS-B) is a technology where aircraft
avionics broadcasts the aircraft position,
altitude, velocity and other parameters
c o mp l e t e l y a u t o n o m o u s l y .
The system is automatic because the pilot is
not involved in initiating broadcasts.
The service is dependent on the aircraft
position determination system.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 55
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
When ADS-B is used, aircraft and other
vehicles continuously broadcast a message 4.6.1 ADS-B/GICB MODES
including position, heading, velocity and The IFR 6000 provides flight line test
intent. Other uses may include obstacles c a p a b i l i t y f o r r e c e i v i n g ( A D S - B M O N mo d e ) ,
t r a n s mi t t i n g a p o s i t i o n m e s s a g e . A i r c r a f t , decoding and displaying full ADS-B DO-260/A
ground-based stations and other users D F 1 7 / D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r t r a n s mi s s i o n s
mo n i t o r i n g t h e c h a n n e l s c a n r e c e i v e t h e f r o m Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s o r D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d
i n f o r ma t i o n a n d u s e i t i n a w i d e v a r i e t y o f s q u i t t e r s f r o m 1 0 9 0 M H z e mi t t e r s . C a p a b i l i t y
applications. Because of this potential for t o g e n e r a t e ( A D S - B G E N mo d e ) f u l l D O -
broad utilization, a system using ADS-B is 260/A DF17/DF18 extended squitter
mo s t o f t e n d i s c u s s e d a s a r e p l a c e m e n t f o r o r t r a n s mi s s i o n s f o r t e s t i n g A D S - B r e c e i v e r s i s
a n a u g me n t a t i o n t o c u r r e n t m e t h o d s o f p r o v i d e d . A G I C B mo d e f u l l y d e c o d e s a n d
monitoring aeronautical traffic. displays all Enhanced Surveillance BDS
register contents. The ADS-B/GICB is a Sub-
T o u n d e r s t a n d t h e f u l l c a p a b i l i t y o f A D S- B , Mo d e o f X P D R Mo d e .
consider how the current Air Traffic Control
system creates information. The radar 4.6.2 ADS-B SETUP
me a s u r e s t h e r a n g e a n d b e a r i n g o f a n The SETUP-ADS-B screen is accessed by
aircraft. Bearing is measured by the position pressing the ADS-B SETUP Soft Key on the
of the rotating radar antenna when it receives SETUP-XPDR screen. The SETUP-ADS-B
a response to its interrogation from the screen allows the setting of operational
aircraft, and range is measured by the time it p a r a me t e r s f o r t h e A D S - B / G I C B f u n c t i o n a l
takes for the radar to receive the Mo d e .
interrogation response. The antenna beam
b e c o me s w i d e r a s t h e a i r c r a f t g e t f a r t h e r SETUP-ADSB BAT 2.5 Hr
a w a y , ma k i n g t h e p o s i t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n l e s s
accurate. Additionally, detecting changes in POS DECODE:GLOBAL
aircraft velocity requires several radar L AT : 37 25 35 N
sweeps that are spaced several seconds LONG : 126 35 35 E
apart. ADSB GEN : DF17
ADSB MON : DF17
In contrast, a system using ADS-B creates GICB : DF20
and listens for periodic position and intent
reports from aircraft. These reports are
generated and distributed using precise
i n s t r u me n t s , s u c h a s t h e g l o b a l p o s i t i o n i n g
system (GPS) and Mode S transponders,
meaning integrity of the data is no longer TEST PREV NEXT
susceptible to the range of the aircraft or the DATA PARAM PARAM RETURN
l e n g t h o f t i me b e t w e e n r a d a r s w e e p s . T h e Setup ADS-B Screen
enhanced accuracy of the information will be Figure 55
u s e d t o i mp r o v e s a f e t y , s u p p o r t a w i d e
variety of applications and increase airport NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n
and airspace capacity. before conducting test operations.
STEP PROCEDURE
1. Press SETUP Key until the SETUP-
XPDR Screen is displayed
2. Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key.
3. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT
PARAM (1-2-4, Figure 43). Press
PREV PARAM to select the field. Use
DATA Keys to slew the data.
P a r a me t e r s a r e :

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 56
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE

 POS DECODE: SET UP – ADSB T EST DAT A BAT 2.5 Hr

With GLOBAL selected simulated or
decoded Latitude and Longitude will 1 Last power-down
use the Global algorithm. BDS 0,6 2 ATC 10/5/05 12:45:13
3 400 D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16
requires a local LAT and LONG to 4
resolve CPB positional algorithm 5
ambiguity. 6
7
With LOCAL selected, simulated or 8
decoded Latitude and Longitude 9
(BDS 0,5 and BDS 0,6) will use the 10
local algorithm which requires a 11
12
local LAT and LONG to be entered
to resolve CPR positional algorithm DUMP DUMP
ambiguity. STORE STORE LIVE RETURN
LOAD

 LAT: Setup Test Data Screen

 Local Latitude of UUT in Degrees, Figure 56
Minutes and Seconds, East or
West.
 LONG: CONFIRM BAT 2.5 Hr
 Local Longitude of UUT in Degrees,
Minutes and Seconds, North or
South.
Overwrite existing store?
 ADS-B GEN:
 Select Extended squitter type that
test set will transmit, DF17 or
DF18.
 ADS-B MON:
 Select Extended squitter type that
test set will receive DF17 or DF18.
 GICB:
NO
 Select DF20 or DF21 for GICB BDS YES
transfer.
Confirm Screen
 4. Press the RETURN softkey to Figure 57
display the previous screen.
SETUP TEST DATA
The SETUP-ADS-B Screen allows storage SETUP – STORE NAME BAT 2.5 Hr
and recall of all SETUP-ADS-B test screens,
including measurement data (1-2-4, Figure
45). There are six storage memories. The ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
first storage memory retains the last power abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
down data and cannot be overwritten. The
last five are defined by the Test Set operator. 0234567889 ! ‘ “ ( ) * , - . / : ; ? @ _

400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:06

Please enter store name

CHAR BACK
ENTER SPACE CANCEL
SELECT

S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n
Figure 58

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 57
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
Data Storage Procedure: 4.6.3 ADS-B/GICB MAIN
STEP PROCEDURE P r e s s t h e X P D R mo d e k e y t w i c e t o d i s p l a y
t h e A D S - B / G I C B Ma i n M e n u ( 1 - 2 - 4 f i g u r e 4 7 ) .
1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP –
XPDR Screen is displayed. Press
ADS-B/GICB MAIN BAT 2.5 Hr
ADSB SETUP Soft Key to display
SETUP ADS-B Screen (1-2-4, Figure
43).
2. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display
SETUP-ADSB Test Data Screen (1-2-4,
Figure 44).
3. Use DATA Keys to select the required
store. Press STORE Soft Key to
display CONFIRM Screen (1-2-4, Figure
45).
4. Press YES Soft Key to confirm
overwrite. SETUP STORE NAME
ADSB ADSB GICB
Screen is displayed (1-2-4, Figure 46). MON GEN
S t o r e n a me c a n b e b l a n k .
A D S - B / G I C B Ma i n Me n u
5. Use DATA Keys to select the character
Figure 59
line. Use DATA Keys to select desired
character. Press the ADS-B MON softkey to display the
6. Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to add ADS-B MON list screen. Press the GICB
selected character to the end of name softkey to display the GICB list screen.
string. Press BACK SPACE Soft Key to 4.6.4 ADS-B MON
delete the selected character.
7. Press ENTER Soft Key to store name The ADS-B MON mode of operation receives
and display SETUP-ADSB TEST DATA T r a n s p o n d e r D F 1 7 o r G r o u n d E mi t t e r D F 1 8
Screen. extended squitters, either via the Antenna
port or RF I/O port. The squitters are
8. Press XPDR Mode Key until captured in a buffer, decoded and displayed.
A D S - B MA I N m e n u i s d i s p l a y e d .
Data Recall Procedure: ADS-B MON DF17 BAT 2.5 Hr
1 0,5 AIRBORNE POS - AVAIL
1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP – 2 0,6 SURFACE POS - NOT CAP
XPDR Screen is displayed. Press 3 0,8 IDENT & CAT - AVAIL
ADSB SETUP Soft Key to display 4 0,9 AIRBORNE VEL - AVAIL
SETUP ADS-B Screen (1-2-4, Figure 5 6,1 A/ C ST AT US - AVAIL
6 6,2 T ARG ST AT E - AVAIL
43). 7 6,5 A/ C O P ST AT US - AVAIL
2. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display 8 0,A TEST MSG - AVAIL
SETUP-ADSB Test Data Screen (1-2-4,
Figure 44).
3. Press RECALL Soft Key to recall test
data. Press XPDR Mode Key until
A D S B MA I N m e n u i s d i s p l a y e d .
RUN BDS
TEST DATA RETURN

ADS-B MON List Screen

Figure 60

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 58
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
The ADS-B MON screen displays supported  BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric
squitters that are identified by BDS register Pressure Altitude)
n u mb e r a n d a n a b b r e v i a t e d n a m e ( 1 - 2 - 4 Indications:
figure 48). Status of the received squitter is N/A
d i s p l a y e d t o t h e r i g h t o f t h e s q u i t t e r n a me . Displayed for types 9 to 18, range
Indications are AVAIL (squitter has been –1000 to 126700 ft.
captured), NO SQTR (Squitter available but
not captured), NOT CAP (transponder has GNSS ALTITUDE.
identified squitter is not supported by Indications:
transponder/subsystem). N/A
TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS Displayed for types 20 to 22,
RANGE -1000 TO 126700 ft.
ADS-B MON BDS 0,5
POS (Position Decode)
ADS-B MON BDS 0,5 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr Indications:
BDS=0,5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14
GLOBAL (if Global LAT/LONG not entered in
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 A D S - B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) .
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=DEFAULT LOCAL (if Local LAT/LONG is entered in
L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W A D S - B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) .
PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC
SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO SURVEILLANCE STATUS
BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft Indications:
GNSS ALT = N/A N O I N F O ( N o I n f o r ma t i o n ) ,
SPI (Special Position Identification),
P E R M A L E R T ( P e r ma n e n t A l e r t ( E me r g e n c y ) ,
T E M P A L E R T ( T e mp o r a r y A l e r t ( c h a n g e i n
Mo d e i d e n t i t y c o d e ) .
SAF (Single Antenna Flag)
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN Indications:
0 (single antenna),
ADS-B MON BDS 0,5 Screen 1 (dual antenna).
Figure 61
T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C )
DF17/18: Receives extended squitter Indications:
decodes and displays airborne position N/UTC (not UTC),
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t UTC.
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.
have embedded ADLP, to receive Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.
data from subsystem.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
NOTE: Installation must be in the airborne 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for
state to transmit airborne position. detailed description of data fields
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters received
since test was run, range 0 to 9999.
 ME message field displayed in 14
digit HEX format.
 PERIOD
Indications: Displays DF17/18
squitter period in seconds.
 LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG
(Encoded longitude) decoded CPR
format in degrees, minutes and
seconds.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 59
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B MON BDS 0,6

ADS-B MON BDS 0,6 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr HDG (Heading)

Indications: 0 to 357 Degrees or N/A if HDG
BDS=0,6 SURFACE POS TYPE=15
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 Status not valid.
ME=0000000000000 PERIOD=10.00 S T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C )
L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W
MOVMENT= 2kts T=N/UTC
Indications:
HDG=230 deg POS=GLOBAL N/UTC (Not UTC),
UTC
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII,
Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260
RUN PREV NEXT for detailed description of data
TEST TEST TEST RETURN fields.
ADS-B MON BDS 0,6 Screen NOTE: The surface position decode,
Figure 62 i n c l u d i n g t h e g l o b a l mo d e , h a s
DF17/18: Receives extended squitter mu l t i p l e v a l i d r e s u l t s . I t i s
decodes and displays surface position. necessary to set a ‘reference’
lat/long on the ADSB SETUP Screen
NOTE: Installation must be in the ground that is close to the test set’s current
state to transmit surface position. location for the decode to work
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) correctly.
COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters received
since test was run
M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
format.
 PERIOD
Indications: Displays DF17/18
squitter period in seconds.
LAT (Encoded Latitude) and LONG (Encoded
Longitude) decoded Local unambiguous CPR
format in degrees, minutes and seconds.
MO V E M E N T
Indications:
NO INFO (No Information Available),
STOPPED
0.125-<1 Kt,
1-<2 Kt,
2-<15 Kt,
15-<70 Kt,
70-<100 Kt,
100-<175 Kt,
>175 Kt,
DECELERATING,
ACCELERATING,
BACKING UP

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 60
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B MON BDS 0,8
EMIT CAT B:
ADS-B MON BDS 0,8 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
N O A D S - B E MI T T E R I N F O ,
BDS=0, 8 IDENT & CAT TYPE= 2
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 GLIDER/SAILPLANE,
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10.00 S LIGHTER-THAN-AIR,
AIS= 20420CCB9C10 PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER,
FL IGHT ID =XPN34512
ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER,
EMIT CAT SET =A
EMIT CAT =L ARG E RESERVED,
UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE,
SPACE VEHICLE.
EMIT CAT C:
N O A D S - B E MI T T E R I N F O ,
SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE,
SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE,
RUN PREV NEXT FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR,
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
CLUSTER OBSTR,
ADS-B MON BDS 0,8 Screen LINE OBSTR,
Figure 63 RESERVED,
RESERVED
DF17,18: Receives extended squitter
decodes and displays identification and EMIT CAT D:
category. RESERVED,
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t RESERVED,
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t RESERVED,
have embedded ADLP, to receive RESERVED,
data from subsystem. RESERVED,
RESERVED,
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) RESERVED
 COUNT AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) HEX field
Indications: Displays total squitters containing BDS plus flight ID.
received since test was run. FLIGHT ID Indications: 8 ICAO character
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X field.
f o r ma t .  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
 PERIOD of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
Indications: Displays DF17/18 DO-260A V2.
squitter period in seconds. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
E MI T C A T S E T ( A D S - B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for
Set). detailed description of data fields.
Indications: D,C,B,A.
E MI T C A T ( A D S - B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y ) .
Indications: SMALL, MEDIUM or LARGE
E MI T C A T A :
NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO,
LIGHT,
SMALL,
LARGE,
HIGH VORTEX,
HEAVY,
HIGH PERFORMANCE,
ROTOCRAFT,

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 61
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B MON BDS 0,9
EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity).
ADS-B MON BDS 0,9 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
Indications:
BDS=0,9 AIRBORNE VEL TYPE=19 N/A (Not Available),
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10.00 S
0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1),
E-W VEL=1000 kts E NACV=4 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2),
N-S VEL=1000 kts N HDG=N/A
SUB TYPE=VEL OVR GND NORM
VERT RAT E= +12 ft/min NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West)
G EO ALT DIFF F RO M BARO= -3125 ft direction identifier.
SOURCE=BARO INT ENT CHANGE=YES
AIRSPEED=N/A AIRSPEED TYPE=N/A NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity)
IFR CAP ADS-B/CL ASS A1>=YES Indications:
N/A (Not Available),
0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1),
0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2),
RUN PREV PREV
TEST TEST TEST RETURN

ADS-B MON BDS 0,9 Screen NOTE: Followed by N (North ) or S (South)

Figure 64 direction identifier.

DF17,18: Receives extended squitter VERT RATE (Vertical Rate).

decodes and displays Airborne Velocity. Indications:
N/A (Not Available),
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) < - 3 2 6 0 8 t o > 3 2 6 0 8 f t / mi n ( s u b t y p e s 1 a n d 2 ) .
 COUNT SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate).
Indications: Displays total squitters Indications:
received since test was run. N/A (Not Available),
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X B A R O ( B a r o me t r i c S o u r c e ) ,
f o r ma t . GEO (i.e. GPS Source)
PERIOD GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude
Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period Difference from Barometric Altitude).
in seconds. Indications:
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must <-3137 to ft >3137 ft
be installed or transponder must HDG (Heading).
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P , t o r e c e i v e Indications:
data from subsystem. N/A (Not Available),
0.0 to 359.6 Degrees.
NOTE: Installation must be in the airborne
state to transmit airborne velocity. INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag)
Indications:
SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). Yes,
Indications: No
0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability
Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e m a n u a l ) n o t Flag).
supported, Indications:
VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and
Normal), above),
VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above)
Ground Supersonic),
AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal), AIRSPEED.
AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic), Indications:
NOT ASSIGNED, N/A (Not Available),
NOT ASSIGNED, 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 3)
NOT ASSIGNED 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 4)

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 62
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
AIR SPEED TYPE. ADS-B MON BDS 0,A
Indications:
IAS (Indicated Airspeed), ADS-B MON BDS 0,A BAT 2.5 Hr
TAS (True Airspeed). BDS=0,A TEST MESSAGE TYPE=23
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for ME=BF429000000000 PERIOD= 1.00 s
Velocity) SUBTYPE=7
Indications: A CODE=4122
0 to 4, reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260. RESERVED=000000000

 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy

of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
detailed description of data fields.
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST PARAM PARAM RETURN

ADS-B MON BDS 0,A Screen

Figure 65
DF17,18/19: Receives extended squitter
d e c o d e s a n d d i s p l a y s A D S - B T e s t Me s s a g e .
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P , t o r e c e i v e
data from subsystem.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
 COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters
received since test was run.
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
PERIOD
Indications: Displays DF17/18/19 squitter
period in seconds.
 SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding).
Indications:
0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of
I C A O Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e
ma n u a l ) n o t s u p p o r t e d , R e f e r t o
DO-260/260A & change 1.
 A CODE
D e c o d e s & d i s p l a y s Mo d e A 4 0 9 6
code. Range: 0000 to 7777.
 RESERVED
Decodes & displays 9 Hex
character Reserved field.
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII,
Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-
260A for detailed description of data
fields.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 63
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B MON BDS 6,1 BAT 2.5 Hr
ADS-B MON BDS 6,2 AVAIL

ADS-B MON BDS 6,1 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr BDS=6, 2 T ARG ST AT E TYPE=29
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
BDS=6, 1 A/ C ST AT US TYPE=28 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10.00 S
DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 VERT DAT A/ SO URCE INFO =F MS/NAV
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10.00 S T ARG ALT CAP=HLDG ALT - ACP-F MS/RNAV
EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC VERT MODE IND=ACQUIRING SIL =1
RESERVED=00000000000000 T ARG ALT T YPE=MSL NIC BARO=1
SUBT YPE=EMERG ENCY/ PRIO RIT Y ST AT US T ARG ALT = 31 000 ft T ARG HDG=24 0 deg
T CAS/ ACAS O PERAT IONAL =YES RAA=NO
HORIZ DAT A AVAIL /SOURCE IND=MCP/FCU
HORIZ MODE IND=MAINT AINING NAC=0
EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN
RUN PREV PREV
TEST TEST TEST RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 6,2 Screen
Figure 67
ADS-B MON BDS 6,1 Screen
Figure 66 DF17,18: Receives extended squitter
DF17,18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Target State.
decodes and displays Aircraft Status. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT
 COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received
Indications: Displays total squitters since test was run.
received since test was run. ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .
f o r ma t . PERIOD
PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter in
Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period seconds.
in seconds. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P , t o r e c e i v e
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P , t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.
data from subsystem.
NOTE I n s t a l l a t i o n mu s t b e i n t h e a i r b o r n e
SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). s t a t e t o t r a n s mi t t a r g e t s t a t e a n d
Indications: status.
NO INFO, NOTE: A u t o p i l o t mu s t b e e n g a g e d a n d
EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS, s t i mu l a t e d b y s e n s o r d a t a f o r s o me
RESERVED fields to display data.
EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority SUBTYPE= 0
Status Coding).
Indications: VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data
N O E ME R G E N C Y , Available/Source Indicator)
GENERAL EMERGENCY, Indications:
LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL, MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l
MI N I M U M F U E L , Unit),
N O C O M M, HLD ALT (Holding Altitude),
UNLAWFUL INTERFNC, FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System).
DOWNED AIRCRAFT,
RESERVED.
RESERVED subfield, 12 digit HEX field
containing contents of bits 9 to 56.
TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.
Refer to table A-2 DO-260A V2.ADS-B MON
BDS 6,2

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 64
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

VERT MODE IND (Vertical Mode Indicator) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS

Indications: Operational)
U N K N O W N , ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n Indications:
unavailable), YES,
ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode), NO.
MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory
Mo d e ) . Active)
RESERVED Indications:
TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude YES,
Capability) NO.
Indications:  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
HLDG ALT (Capability for reporting Holding of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
altitude only), DO-260A V2.
HLDG ALT-ACP (Capability for reporting NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII
either Holding altitude or Autopilot control Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
panel selected altitude), detailed description of data fields.
HLDG ALT-ACP-FMS/RNAV (Capability for
reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot
control panel selected altitude, or any
F MS / R N A V l e v e l o f f a l t i t u d e ) .
RESERVED
H DATA AVAIL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal
Data Available/Source Indicator)
Indications:
NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State
Data is available),
MC P / F C U ( M o d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l
Unit selected track angle),
MA I N T A I N ( M a i n t a i n C u r r e n t H e a d i n g o r
Track angle),
F MS / R N A V ( F M S / R N A V S y s t e m )
TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle)
Indications: 0 to 359 degrees.
INVALID
HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode
Indicator)
Indications:
U N K N O W N ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n
unavailable),
ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode),
MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g
Mode),
RESERVED.
NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro)
Indications:
0 (Gillum Cross Checked)
1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked)
SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications:
0 (Unknown),
1 (1x10(-3) per flight),
2 (1x10(-5) per flight),
3 (1x10(-7) per flight)

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 65
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B MON BDS 6,3/6,5 VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols
supported)
ADS-B MON BDS 6,3 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr Indications:
BDS=6, 3 A/ C O P ST AT US TYPE=31 2 6 0 / 2 4 2 ( R T C A D O- 2 6 0 a n d D O - 2 4 2 ) ,
DF19 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 2 6 0 A / 2 4 2 A ( R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A a n d D O - 2 4 2 A ) ,
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10.00 S RESERVED,
SUBTYPE=0-AIRBORNE CAP CLASS=0000
NAC =5 BAQ=0 SIL =1 TC=0 RESERVED,
CDT I=0 ARV=0 TS=0 RA=0 RESERVED,
VER NBR=DO-260A/DO-242 NOT -T CAS=0 RESERVED,
OPER MODE SUBFIELD=3 NIC BARO=1
HORIZ REF DIR=T RUE NORT H IDENT =0
RESERVED,
TRK/HDG=N/A NIC=5 L ENGT H/WIDT H=N/A RESERVED,
REC AT C SERV=0 B2 LOW=N/A POA=N/A C D T I ( C o c k p i t D i s p l a y o f T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n )
Indications:
1 (Traffic Display operational),
RUN PREV PREV
0 (Traffic Display not operational)
TEST TEST TEST RETURN ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only
ADS-B MON BDS 6,3/6,5 Screen Available when Subtype= Airborne.
Figure 68 Indications:
N/A (Surface)
DF17,18/19: Receives extended squitter 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t
decodes and displays Aircraft Operational Air-Reference velocity),
Status. 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
NOTE: Refer to RTCA/DO-260A, Appendix support Air-Reference velocity).
A, section §A.1.8, Figure A-10, replaces TS (Target State Report Capability) Only
“BDS 6,3” with “BDS 6,5.” Both BDS 6,3 and Available when Subtype= Airborne
6,5 are supported and data displayed is Indications:
identical. N/A (Surface)
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t
Target State Reports),
COUNT 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
Indications: Displays total squitters received support Target State Reports).
since test was run.
TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only
M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X Available when Subtype= Airborne.
f o r ma t . Indications:
PERIOD N/A (Surface)
Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period 0 ( N o c a p a b i l i t y f o r s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
in seconds. support trajectory change reports) ,
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must 1 T C + 0 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
be installed or transponder must support TC+0 report only),
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P , t o r e c e i v e 2 MT C ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g i n f o r ma t i o n f o r
data from subsystem. mu l t i p l e T C r e p o r t s ) .
3 (Reserved)
NOTE Data is displayed over three screens
TRK ANGLE/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B
Part 1, Part 2 and Part 3.
p a r t i c i p a n t s , s u r f a c e p o s i t i o n me s s a g e
SUBTYPE h e a d i n g o r g r o u n d t r a c k d e t e r mi n a t i o n b i t )
Indications: Indications:
AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message), N/A (Airborne)
SURFACE (Surface Status message), 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported)
RESERVED, 1 (Target Angle Reported)
RESERVED,
IDENT (Ident Switch)
RESERVED,
Indications
RESERVED,
YES (Ident switch active),
RESERVED,
NO (Ident switch not active).
RESERVED,

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 66
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) NAC

Indications: Indications:
1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services), 0 (EPU >18.52 km)
0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). 1 (EPU <18.52 km)
A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) 2 (EPU <7.408 km)
Indications: 3 (EPU <3.704 km)
N/A (Airborne) 4 (EPU <1852 m)
< 1 5 m, 5 (EPU <926 m)
< 2 5 m, 6 (EPU <555.6 m)
< 3 5 m, 7 (EPU <185.2 m)
< 4 5 m, 8 (EPU <92.6 m)
< 5 5 m, 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m)
< 6 5 m, A ( E P U < 3 0 m a n d V E P U < 1 5 m)
< 7 5 m, B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m)
< = 2 0 0 m. C (reserved)
D (reserved)
A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) E (reserved)
Indications: F (reserved)
N/A (Airborne)
< 1 1 . 5 m, BAQ
< 2 3 m, Indications:
< 2 8 . 5 m, N/A (Surface)
< 3 4 m, 0 ( a l w a y s 0 f o r a i r b o r n e me s s a g e )
< 3 3 m, 1 (not specified)
< 3 8 m, 2 (not specified)
< 3 9 . 5 m, 3 (not specified)
< 4 5 m,
NOT TCAS
< 5 2 m,
Indications:
< 5 9 . 5 m,
N/A (Surface)
< 6 7 m,
0 (TCAS operations or unknown)
< 7 2 m,
1 (TCAS not installed or not operational)
< 8 0 m,
= > 8 0 m. OPER MODE Subfield
SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications:
Indications: 0 (TCAS RA Active, IDENT Switch Active,
0 (Unknown), Receiving ATC Services)
1 (1x10(-3) per flight), 1 (Reserved)
2 (1x10(-5) per flight), 2 (Reserved)
3 (1x10(-7) per flight) 3 (Reserved)
NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) NIC
Indications: Indications:
N/A (Surface) 0 (Rc unknown)
0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 ( R c < 2 0 N M)
1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked)
B2 LOW
Indications:
N/A (Airborne)
0 (>70 W)
1 (<70 W)
POA
Indications:
N/A (Airborne)
0 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s n o t t h e A D S - B
position reference point)
1 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s t h e A D S - B p o s i t i o n
reference point)

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 67
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

CAPABILITY CLASS 4.6.5 ADS-B GEN

ME B I T S 9 - 2 4 ( a i r b o r n e ) T h e A D S - B G E N mo d e o f o p e r a t i o n g e n e r a t e s
ME B I T S 9 - 2 0 ( s u r f a c e ) T r a n s p o n d e r D F 1 7 o r G r o u n d E mi t t e r D F 1 8
0000-FFFF (airborne) extended squitters, either via the Antenna
000-FFF (surface) port or RF I/O port. The squitters are
HORIZ encoded via data entered in individual data
REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) screens.
Indications:
TRUE NORTH, ADS-B GEN DF17 BAT 2.5 Hr
MA G N E T I C N O R T H 1 0,5 AIRBORNE POS - ENABLED
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy 2 0,6 SURFACE POS - ENABLED
3 0,8 IDENT & CAT - ENABLED
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA 4 0,9 AIRBORNE VEL - ENABLED
DO-260A V2. 5 6,1 A/ C ST AT US - ENABLED
6 6,2 T ARG ST AT E - ENABLED
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII 7 6,5 A/ C O P ST AT US - ENABLED
Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for 8 0,A TEST MSG - ENABLED
detailed description of data fields

RUN BDS BDS

TEST DATA ON RETURN

ADS-B GEN List Screen

Figure 69
The ADS-B GEN screen displays supported
squitters that are identified by BDS register
n u mb e r a n d a n a b b r e v i a t e d n a me ( 1 - 2 - 4
figure 65). Status of the generated squitter
i s d i s p l a y e d t o t h e r i g h t o f t h e s q u i t t e r n a me .
Selections are ENABLED (squitter will be
generated) or DISABLED (Squitter will not be
generated)
TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,5

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,5 BAT 2.5 Hr

BDS=0,5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE: 9
DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
ME=490844AE8319EA PERIOD: 1.00 s
L AT : 37 39 0 0 N LONG: 97 25 48 W
POS: SAF:1 T:N/UTC
SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US : NO INFO
BARO PRES ALT:126700 ft
GNSS ALT : N/A

RUN BDS PREV NEXT

TEST OFF PARAM PARAM RETURN

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,5 Screen

Figure 70

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 68
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
DF17/18: Encodes Airborne Position and
generates extended squitter.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX.
COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters
generated since test was run. Range 0 to
9999.
 ME message field displayed in 14
digit HEX format.
 PERIOD
Selection: DF17/18 squitter period
in seconds. Range: 0.5 to 20.00
seconds with 0.2 sec distribution.
 LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG
( E n c o d e d l o n g i t u d e ) C P R f o r ma t i n
degrees, minutes and seconds.
BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure
Altitude)
Selection:
- NA (Not available)
Selectable for types 9 to 18, range –1000 to
126700 ft in 25ft increments.

GNSS ALTITUDE.
Selection:
- NA (Not available)
Selectable for types 20 to 22, RANGE -1000
to 126700 ft in 25ft increments.
POS (Position Decode)
SURVEILLANCE STATUS
Selections:
NO INFO (No Information),
SPI (Special Position Identification),
P E R M A L E R T ( P e r m a n e n t A l e r t ( E me r g e n c y ) ,
TEMP ALERT (Temporary Alert (change in
Mo d e i d e n t i t y c o d e ) .
SAF (Single Antenna Flag)
Selections:
0 (single antenna),
1 (dual antenna).
T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C )
Selections:
N/UTC (not UTC),
UTC.
TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.
Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
detailed description of data fields

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 69
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,6

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,6 BAT 2.5 Hr T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C )

Selections:
BDS=0,6 SURFACE POS TYPE:5
DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 N/UTC (Not UTC),
ME=28CD26BA0667A7 PERIOD:1.00 s UTC
L AT : 37 39 0 0 N LONG: 97 25 48 W
MOVMENT:1 kt to <2kt T:N/UTC  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
HDG:230 deg POS: of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII,
Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-
260A for detailed description of data
fields.

RUN BDS PREV NEXT

TEST OFF PARAM PARAM RETURN

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,6 Screen

Figure 71
DF17/18: Encodes surface position and
generates extended squitter.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL).
COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters
generated since test was run. Range 0 to
9999.
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
 PERIOD
Selection: DF17/18 squitter period
in seconds. Range: 0.5 to 20.00
seconds with 0.2 sec distribution.
 LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG
(Encoded longitude) CPR format in
degrees, minutes and seconds.
MO V E M E N T .
Selections:
NO INFO (No Information Available),
STOPPED
0.125 to <1 Kt,
1 to <2 Kt,
2 to <15 Kt,
15 to <70 Kt,
70 to <100 Kt,
100 to<175 Kt,
>175 Kt,
DECELERATING,
ACCELERATING,
BACKING UP

HDG (Heading)
Selection: 0 to 359 Degrees or N/A if HDG
Status not valid.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 70
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,8

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,8 BAT 2.5 Hr EMIT CAT B:

BDS=0, 8 IDENT & CAT TYPE: 4 N O A D S - B E MI T T E R I N F O ,
DF17 AA=3AC421 COUNT=1000 GLIDER/SAILPLANE,
ME=00000000000000 PERIOD: 1.00 s
LIGHTER-THAN-AIR,
AIS= 6103B3D35C72
FL IGHT ID: XPN34512 PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER,
EMIT CAT SET : A ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER,
EMIT CAT :LARGE RESERVED,
UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE,
SPACE VEHICLE.
EMIT CAT C:
N O A D S - B E MI T T E R I N F O ,
SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE,
RUN BDS PREV NEXT
SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE,
TEST OFF PARAM PARAM RETURN FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR,
CLUSTER OBSTR,
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,8 Screen LINE OBSTR,
Figure 72 RESERVED,
DF17,18: Encodes Identification and RESERVED
Category and generates extended squitter. EMIT CAT D:
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. RESERVED,
 COUNT RESERVED,
Indications: Displays total squitters RESERVED,
generated since test was run. RESERVED,
Range 0 to 9999. RESERVED,
RESERVED,
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
RESERVED
f o r ma t .
AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield)
 PERIOD
Indication: HEX field containing BDS plus
Selection: DF17/18 squitter period
flight ID.
in seconds. Range: 0.5 to 20.00
seconds with 0.2 sec distribution. FLIGHT ID
Selection: 8 ICAO character field.
E MI T C A T S E T ( A D S - B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y
Set).  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
Selections: D,C,B,A. of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
E MI T C A T ( A D S - B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y ) .
Selections: NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
E MI T C A T A :
detailed description of data fields.
NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO,
LIGHT,
SMALL,
LARGE,
HIGH VORTEX,
HEAVY,
HIGH PERFORMANCE,
ROTOCRAFT,

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 71
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,9

BAT 2.5 Hr
NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity)
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,9
Indications:
BDS=0,9 AIRBORNE VEL TYPE:19 - (Not Applicable),
DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
ME=9960F80EF00C83 PERIOD: 1.00 s - NA (Not Available),
E-W VEL: 247 kts E NACV:4 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1),
N-S VEL: 118 kts N HDG: - 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2),
SUB TYPE: 1-VEL OVR GND NORM
VERT RAT E= 128 ft/min
G EO ALT DIFF F RO M BARO: - 50 ft NOTE: Followed by N (North ) or S (South)
SOURCE:BARO INTENT CHANGE:NO direction identifier.
AIRSPEED: - AIRSPEED TYPE: -
IFR CAP ADS-B/CL ASS A1>: YES VERT RATE (Vertical Rate).
Selections:
- (Not Applicable),
- NA (Not Available),
RUN BDS PREV NEXT
TEST OFF PARAM PARAM RETURN < - 3 2 6 0 8 t o > 3 2 6 0 8 f t / mi n ( s u b t y p e s 1 a n d 2 ) .
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,9 Screen SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate).
Figure 73 Selections:
- N/A (Not Available),
DF17,18: Encodes Airborne Velocity and B A R O ( B a r o me t r i c S o u r c e ) ,
generates extended squitter. GEO (i.e. GPS Source)
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and OCTAL. GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude
 COUNT Difference from Barometric Altitude).
Indications: Displays total squitters Selections:
generated since test was run. - NA (Not Available),
- (Not Applicable),
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X <-3137 to ft >3137 ft
f o r ma t .
HDG (Heading).
 PERIOD Selections:
Selection: DF17/18 squitter period - (Not Applicable),
in seconds. Range: 0.5 to 20.00 - (Not Available),
seconds with 0.2 sec distribution. 0.0 to 359.0 Degrees.
SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag)
Selections: Selections:
0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO - (Not Applicable),
Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e m a n u a l ) n o t YES,
supported, NO
VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground
Normal), IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability
VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Flag).
Ground Supersonic), Selections:
AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal), NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and
AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic), above),
NOT ASSIGNED, YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above)
NOT ASSIGNED, AIRSPEED.
NOT ASSIGNED Selections:
EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity). - (Not Applicable),
Indications: - (Not Available),
- (Not Applicable), 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 3)
- NA (Not Available), 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 4)
0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1), AIR SPEED TYPE.
0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2), Selections:
- (Not Applicable),
NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) IAS (Indicated Airspeed),
direction identifier. TAS (True Airspeed).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 72
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B GEN BDS 0,A

 NACV (Navigation Accuracy ADS-B GEN BDS 0,A BAT 2.5 Hr

Category for Velocity)
BDS=0, A ADS-B T EST MESSAG E TYPE:23
Selections: DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
- (Not Applicable), ME=BF429000000000 PERIOD: 1.00 s
0 to 4, reference tables A5-A7 SUBTYPE:7
RTCA DO-260A. A CODE:4122
RESERVED:000000000
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for
detailed description of data fields.
RUN BDS PREV NEXT
TEST OFF PARAM PARAM RETURN

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,A Screen

Figure 74
D F 1 7 , 1 8 / 1 9 : E n c o d e s A D S - B T e s t Me s s a g e
and generates extended squitter.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and OCTAL.
 COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters
generated since test was run.
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
 PERIOD
Selection: DF17/18/19 squitter
period in seconds. Range: 0.5 to
20.00 seconds with 0.2 sec
distribution.
 SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding).
Fixed for Subtype 7 Radiated ADS-
B T e s t Me s s a g e . R e f e r t o D o -
260/260A change 1.
 A CODE
S e l e c t i o n Mo d e A 4 0 9 6 c o d e .
Range: 0000 to 7777.
 RESERVED
Selection: 9 Hex character
Reserved field.
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII,
Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-
260A for detailed description of data
fields.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 73
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,1

ADS-B GEN BDS 6,1 BAT 2.5 Hr ADS-B GEN BDS 6,2 BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=6, 1 A/ C ST AT US TYPE:28 BDS=6, 2 T ARG ST AT E TYPE:29
DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000
ME=E1A00000000000 PERIOD= 1.00 s ME=E9D2 A02F04 1415 PERIOD: 1.00 s
EMERG/PRIOR CODE: UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC VERT DAT A/ SO URCE INFO:F MS/RNAV
RESERVED:00000000000000 T ARG ALT CAP: HLDG ALT -ACP-F MS/ RNAV
SUBT YPE: EMERG ENCY/ PRIO R ST AT US VERT MODE IND: ACQUIRING SIL: 1
T ARG ALT T YPE: MSL NIC BARO:1
T ARG ALT : 31000 ft TARG HDG:240 deg
T CAS/ ACAS O PERAT IONAL: YES RAA:NO
HORIZ DAT A AVAIL /SOURCE IND: MCP/F CU
HORIZ MODE IND: MAINT AINING NAC:0
EMERG/PRIOR CODE: UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC

RUN BDS PREV NEXT RUN PREV NEXT

BDS
TEST OFF PARAM PARAM RETURN TEST TEST TEST
OFF RETURN

ADS-B GEN BDS 6,1 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6,2 Screen
Figure 75 Figure 76
DF17,18: Encodes Aircraft Status and DF17,18: Encodes Target State and
generates extended squitter. generates extended squitter.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL).
 COUNT COUNT
Indications: Displays total squitters Indications: Displays total squitters
generated since test was run. generated since test was run.
Range 0 to 9999.
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .
format.
 PERIOD
 PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18
Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter in seconds. Range: 0.5 to
squitter period in seconds. Range: 20.00 seconds with 0.2 sec
0.5 to 20.00 seconds with 0.2 sec distribution.
distribution.
TYPE= 29
SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding).
Selections: VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data
NO INFO, Available/Source Indicator)
EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS, Selections:
RESERVED MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l
Unit),
EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority
Status Coding). HLD ALT (Holding Altitude),
Selections: FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System).
- (Not Applicable), V E R T M O D E I N D ( V e r t i c a l Mo d e I n d i c a t o r )
NO EMERGENCY, Selections:
GENERAL EMERGENCY, NOT AVAIL (no valid Vertical Target state
LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL, data available)
MI N I M U M F U E L , U N K N O W N , ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n
N O C O M M, unavailable),
UNLAWFUL INTERFNC, A C Q U I R I N G ( A c q u i r i n g Mo d e ) ,
DOWNED AIRCRAFT, MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r Ma i n t a i n i n g
RESERVED. Mo d e ) .
RESERVED
RESERVED subfield, 12 digit HEX field
containing contents of bits 9 to 56.
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
of data. Refer to table A-2 DO-
260A V2.ADS-B GEN BDS 6,2

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 74
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
Capability) of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
Selections: DO-260A V2.
HLDG ALT (Capability for reporting Holding
altitude only), NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII
HLDG ALT-ACP (Capability for reporting Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
either Holding altitude or Autopilot control detailed description of data fields.
panel selected altitude),
HLDG ALT-ACP-FMS/RNAV (Capability for
reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot
control panel selected altitude, or any
F MS / R N A V l e v e l o f f a l t i t u d e ) .
RESERVED
HORIZ DATA AVAL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal
Data Available/Source Indicator)
Selections:
NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State
Data is available),
MC P / F C U ( M o d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l
Unit selected track angle),
MA I N T A I N ( M a i n t a i n C u r r e n t H e a d i n g o r
Track angle),
F MS / R N A V ( F M S / R N A V S y s t e m )
TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle)
Selections: 0 to 359 degrees and
INVALID
HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode
Indicator)
Selections:
UNKOWN (Unknown Mode or Information
unavailable),
ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode),
MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g
Mo d e ) ,
RESERVED.
NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro)
Selections:
0 (Gillum Cross Checked)
1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked)
SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Selections:
0 (Unknown),
1 (1x10(-3) per flight),
2 (1x10(-5) per flight),
3 (1x10(-7) per flight)
TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS
Operational)
Selections:
YES,
NO.
RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory
Active)
Selections:
YES,
NO.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 75
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,5
ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,5 BAT 2.5 Hr Available when Subtype= Airborne.
BDS=6, 5 A/ C O P ST AT US TYPE:31 Selections:
DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 N/A (Surface)
ME=F800000C0001518 PERIOD: 1.00 s
1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t
SUBTYPE:0-AIRBORNE CAP CL ASS=0000
NAC :5 BAQ:0 SIL:1 TC:0 Air-Reference velocity),
CDT I:0 ARV:0 TS:0 RA: 0 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
VER NBR:DO-260A/DO-242 NOT -T CAS: 0 support Air-Reference velocity).TS (Target
OPER MODE SUBFIELD:3 NIC BARO:1
HORIZ REF DIR:T RUE NORT H IDENT :NO
State Report Capability) Only Available when
TRK/HDG: - NIC:1 L ENGT H/WIDT H: - Subtype= Airborne
REC AT C SERV:0 B2 LOW: - PO A: - Selections:
N/A (Surface)
1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t
Target State Reports),
RUN BDS PREV NEXT
TEST OFF TEST TEST
0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
RETURN
support Target State Reports).
ADS-B GEN BDS 6,5 Screen TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only
Figure 77 Available when Subtype= Airborne.
DF17,18: Encodes Aircraft Operational Status Selections:
and generates extended squitter. N/A (Surface)
0 ( N o c a p a b i l i t y f o r s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX.
support trajectory change reports) ,
 COUNT 1 T C + 0 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
Indications: Displays total squitters support TC+0 report only),
generated since test was run. MT C ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g i n f o r ma t i o n f o r
Range 0 to 9999. mu l t i p l e T C r e p o r t s ) .
M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X TRK/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B
f o r ma t . p a r t i c i p a n t s , s u r f a c e p o s i t i o n me s s a g e
 PERIOD h e a d i n g o r g r o u n d t r a c k d e t e r mi n a t i o n b i t )
Selection: DF17/18 squitter period Selections:
in seconds. Range: 0.5 to 20.00 - (Airborne)
seconds with 0.2 sec distribution. 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported
SUBTYPE 1 (Target Angle Reported)
Selections: IDENT (Ident Switch)
0 - AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message), Selections:
1 - SURFACE (Surface Status message), YES (Ident switch active),
NO (Ident switch not active).
VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services)
supported) Selections:
Selections: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services),
2 6 0 / 2 4 2 ( R T C A D O- 2 6 0 a n d D O - 2 4 2 ) , 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services).
2 6 0 A / 2 4 2 A ( R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A a n d D O- 2 4 2 A ) ,
RESERVED, A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length)
Selections:
CDTI (Cockpit Display of Traffic Information) - (Airborne)
Selections: < 1 5 m,
1 (Traffic Display operational), < 2 5 m,
0 (Traffic Display not operational) < 3 5 m,
< 4 5 m,
< 5 5 m,
< 6 5 m,
< 7 5 m,
< = 2 0 0 m.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 76
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width)

Selections: NOT TCAS
- (Airborne) Selections:
< 1 1 . 5 m, - (Surface)
< 2 3 m, 0 (TCAS operations or unknown)
< 2 8 . 5 m, 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational)
< 3 4 m,
< 3 3 m, OPER MODE Subfield
< 3 8 m, Selections:
< 3 9 . 5 m, 0 (TCAS RA Active, IDENT Switch Active,
< 4 5 m, Receiving ATC Services)
< 5 2 m, 2 (Reserved)
< 5 9 . 5 m, 3 (Reserved)
< 6 7 m,
NIC
< 7 2 m,
Selections:
< 8 0 m,
0 (Rc unknown)
= > 8 0 m.
1 ( R c < 2 0 N M)
SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level)
Selections: B2low
0 (Unknown), Indications:
1 (1x10(-3) per flight), - (Airborne)
2 (1x10(-5) per flight), 0 (>70 W)
3 (1x10(-7) per flight) 1 (<70 W)
NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) POA
Selections: Selections:
N/A (Surface) - (Airborne)
0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 0 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s n o t t h e A D S - B
1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) position reference point)
1 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s t h e A D S - B p o s i t i o n
NAC reference point)
Selections:
0 (EPU >18.52 km) CAPABILITY CLASS
1 (EPU <18.52 km) ME BITS 9-24(airborne)
2 (EPU <7.408 km) ME BITS 9-20 (surface)
3 (EPU <3.704 km) 0000-FFFF (airborne)
4 (EPU <1852 m) 000-FFF (surface)
5 (EPU <926 m)
6 (EPU <555.6 m) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference
7 (EPU <185.2 m) Direction)
8 (EPU <92.6 m) Selections:
9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) TRUE NORTH,
A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m) MAGNETIC NORTH
B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m)  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
C (reserved) of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
D (reserved) DO-260A V2.
E (reserved) NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII
F (reserved) Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
BAQ detailed description of data fields
Selections:
- (Surface)
0 (always 0 for airborne message)
1 (not specified)
2 (not specified)
3 (not specified)

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 77
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
4.6.6 GICB GENERAL
GICB (Ground Intiated Comm B) is a protocol
u s e d b y Mo d e S g r o u n d s t a t i o n s t o e x t r a c t GICB DF20 BAT 2.5 Hr
DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters) from 16 2,0 FL IGHT IDAT - AVAIL
Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r e q u i p p e d a i r c r a f t . 17 2,1 AIRCRAFT REG # - AVAIL
18 3,0 ACAS ARA - AVAIL
DAP’s are utilized by Air Traffic Control 19 4,0 VERT INT ENT - AVAIL
e q u i p me n t , t o p r o v i d e t h e a i r t r a f f i c c o n t r o l l e r 20 4,1 WAYPOINT NAME - AVAIL
with accurate and predictive tracks i.e. 21 4,2 WAYPOINT NAME - AVAIL
anticipated altitude changes. DAP’S are 22 4,3 WAYPOINT NAME - AVAIL
23 5,0 TRACK & TURN - AVAIL
obtained from various sub-systems via a 24 6,0 HEADING & SPEED - AVAIL
separate or transponder integral ADLP (Air 25 6,1 A/ C ST AT US - AVAIL
Data Link Processor). DAP’s are stored in 26 6,2 T ARG ST AT E - AVAIL
the transponder BDS (B-Definition Subfield) 27 6,5 A/ C O P ST AT US - NOT RUN
registers. There are 255 BDS registers, not
a l l d e f i n e d a t t h i s t i me .
RUN BDS PREV
4.6.7 GICB MODE TEST DATA PAGE RETURN

G I C B mo d e o f o p e r a t i o n u s e s U F 4 o r U F 5 GICB List Screen, 16-27

interrogations with reply length set to long, to Figure 80
request DF20 or DF21 replies with MB The GICB screen displays the supported BDS
message field containing transponder BDS r e g i s t e r s ( d e t e r mi n e d b y t e s t s e t s o f t w a r e
register contents, which are decoded and v e r s i o n ) , i d e n t i f i e d b y B D S r e g i s t e r n u mb e r
displayed. and an abbreviated name. The Status of the
received BDS is displayed to the right of the
GICB DF20 BAT 2.5 Hr
B D S n a me . I n d i c a t i o n s a r e N O T R U N ( T e s t
1 0,5 AIRBORNE POS - AVAIL has not retrieved this BDS yet), AVAIL (BDS
2 0,6 SURFACE POS - NOT CAP
3 0,7 SQT R ST AT US - AVAIL
is available), NO DATA (BDS available but
4 0,8 IDENT & CAT - AVAIL not reporting data), NOT CAP (transponder
5 0,9 AIRBORNE VEL - AVAIL has identified that this BDS is not supported
6 1,0 DAT A L NK CAP - AVAIL b y t r a n s p o n d e r / s u b s y s t e m) .
7 1,7 COM GICB CAP - AVAIL
8 1,8 SPEC SERV CAP #1 - AVAIL
9 1,9 SPEC SERV CAP #2 - AVAIL
10 1,A SPEC SERV CAP #3 - AVAIL
11 1,B SPEC SERV CAP #4 - AVAIL
12 1,C SPEC SERV CAP #5 - AVAIL

RUN BDS
TEST DATA RETURN

GICB List Screen, 1-12

Figure 78

GICB DF20 BAT 2.5 Hr

13 1,D MSP CAP RPT 1-28 - AVAIL
14 1,E MSP CAP RPT 29-56 - AVAIL
15 1,F MSP CAP RPT 57-63 - AVAIL
16 2,0 FL IGHT IDAT - AVAIL
17 2,1 AIRCRAFT REG - AVAIL
18 3,0 ACAS ARA - AVAIL
19 4,0 VERT INT ENT - AVAIL
20 5,0 TRACK & TURN - AVAIL
21 6,0 HEADING & SPEED - AVAIL
22 6,1 A/ C ST AT US - AVAIL
23 6,2 CUR/NXT TCP - NOT RUN
24 6,3 COORD MSG - NOT RUN

RUN BDS
TEST DATA RETURN

GICB List Screen, 13-24

Figure 79

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 78
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
BDS registers supported by software version
1.1.2 and above, are listed in 1-2-4 Table 17.

BDS DESCRIPTION
0.5 Ext Squitter Airborne Position
0,6 Ext Squitter Surface Position
0,7 Ext Squitter Status
0,8 Ext Squitter Type and Identific ation
0,9 Ext Squitter Airborne Velocity
Information
1,0 Data Link Capability Report
1,7 Common Usage GICB Capability Report
1,8 Mode S Specific Services #1
1,9 Mode S Specific Serv ices #2
1,A Mode S Specific Serv ices #3
1,B Mode S Specific Serv ices #4
1,C Mode S Specific Serv ices #5
1,D Mode S Specific Service Capability
Report 1-28
1,E Mode S Specific Service Capability
Report 29-56
1,F Mode S Specific Service Capability
Report 57-63
2,0 Aircraft Identification (Flight ID)
2,1 Aircraft Regis tration Number
3.0 ACAS Resolution Adv isory
4,0 Aircraft Vertic al Intention
4,1 Waypoint Name
4,2 Waypoint Position
4,3 Waypoint Details
5,0 Track and Turn Report
6,0 Heading and Speed Report
6,1 Aircraft Status
6,2 Target State
6,5 A/C Operational Status DO-260A
GICB Supported BDS Registers
Table 17

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 79
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS

GICB BDS 0,5

BAT 2.5 Hr
POS (Position Decode)
GICB BDS 0,5 AVAIL
Indications:
BDS=0,5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14 GLOBAL (if Global LAT/LONG not entered in
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=00000000000000
A D S - B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) .
L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W LOCAL (if Local LAT/LONG is entered in
PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC A D S - B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) .
SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO
BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft SURVEILLANCE STATUS
GNSS ALT = N/A Indications:
N O I N F O ( N o I n f o r ma t i o n ) ,
SPI (Special Position Identification),
P E R M A L E R T ( P e r ma n e n t A l e r t ( E me r g e n c y ) ,
T E M P A L E R T ( T e mp o r a r y A l e r t ( c h a n g e i n
Mo d e i d e n t i t y c o d e ) .
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
SAF (Single Antenna Flag)
Indications:
GICB BDS 0,5 Screen 0 (single antenna),
Figure 81 1 (dual antenna).
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,5 T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C )
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and Indications:
d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S N/UTC (not UTC),
register contents and displays airborne UTC.
position.
TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.
be installed or transponder must
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
data from subsystem.
a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
NOTE: Installation must be in the airborne description of data fields
state to transmit airborne position.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
M B me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
format.
LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded
longitude) decoded CPR format in degrees,
minutes and seconds.
BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure
Altitude)
Indications:
N/A
In feet. Displayed for types 9 to 18, range
–1000 to 126700 ft.
GNSS ALT (Global positioning system
derived altitude)
Indications:
N/A
In feet. Displayed for types 20 to 22, range
-1000 to 126700 ft.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 80
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 0,6
HDG (Heading)
GICB BDS 0,6 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr Indications:
BDS=0,6 SURFACE POS TYPE=15 0 to 357 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) valid.
MB=0000000000000
L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C )
MOVMENT= 2kts T=N/UTC
Indications:
HDG=230 deg POS=GLOBAL
N/UTC (Not UTC),
UTC
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA
DO-260A V2.
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST TEST TEST RETURN a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 , f o r d e t a i l e d
description of data fields
GICB BDS 0,6 Screen
Figure 82 NOTE: The surface position decode,
i n c l u d i n g t h e g l o b a l mo d e , h a s
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,6 mu l t i p l e v a l i d r e s u l t s . I t i s
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and necessary to set a ‘reference’
decodes MB message field containing BDS lat/long on the ADSB SETUP Screen
register contents and displays surface that is close to the test set’s current
position. location for the decode to work
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) correctly.
must be installed or transponder
must have embedded ADLP to
r e c e i v e d a t a f r o m s u b s y s t e m.
NOTE: Installation must be in the ground
state to transmit surface position.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded
longitude) decoded Local unambiguous CPR
f o r ma t i n d e g r e e s , m i n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s .
MOVEMENT
Indications:
NO INFO (No Information Available),
STOPPED
0.125-<1 Kt,
1-<2 Kt,
2-<15 Kt,
15-<70 Kt,
70-<100 Kt,
100-<175 Kt,
>175 Kt,
DECELERATING,
ACCELERATING,
BACKING UP

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 81
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 0,7 GICB BDS 0,8

GICB BDS 0,7 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 0,8 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=0, 7 SQT R ST AT US BDS=0, 8 IDENT & CAT TYPE= 2
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=0000000000000 MB=00000000000000
SURF ACE SQT R T RANS RAT E=HIG H AIS= 20420CCB9C10
ALT T YPE=BARO FL IGHT ID =XPN34512
ESS=00000000000000 EMIT CAT SET =A
EMIT CAT =L ARG E

RUN PREV NEXT RUN PREV NEXT

TEST TEST TEST RETURN TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 0,7 Screen GICB BDS 0,8 Screen

Figure 83 Figure 84
Uses UF20/21 BDS 0,5 register request: Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,8
Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
message field containing BDS register d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
contents and displays Squitter Status. register contents and displays Squitter Ident
and Category.
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must
be installed or transponder must NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
data from subsystem. h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e
data from subsystem.
SURF SQTR TRAN RATE
Indications: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
NOT CAP (No Capability to determine surface MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
squitter rate), f o r ma t .
HIGH (High surface squitter rate selected),
LOW (Low surface squitter rate selected). E M I T C A T S E T ( A D S - B E mi t t e r C a t e g o r y S e t )
Indications: D,C,B,A.
ALT TYPE E M I T C A T ( A D S - B E mi t t e r C a t e g o r y ) .
Indications: Indications:
BARO,
GNSS EMIT CAT A:
N O A D S - B E MI T T E R I N F O ,
ESS (Extended Squitter Status) LIGHT,
Indications: SMALL,
14 digit hex field, bits 1 to 56 LARGE,
NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S HIGH VORTEX,
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 HEAVY,
a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d HIGH PERFORMANCE,
description of data fields. ROTOCRAFT,

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 82
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 0,9

ADS-B MON BDS 0,9 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr

E MI T C A T B :
NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO, BDS=0,9 AIRBORNE VEL TYPE=19
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
GLIDER/SAILPLANE, MB=00000000000000
LIGHTER-THAN-AIR, E-W VEL=1000 kts E NACV=4
PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER, N-S VEL=1000 kts N HDG=N/A
ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER, SUB TYPE=VEL OVR GND NORM
VERT RAT E= +12 ft/min
RESERVED, G EO ALT DIFF F RO M BARO= -3125 ft
U N MA N N E D A E R I A L V E H I C L E , SOURCE=BARO INT ENT CHANGE=YES
SPACE VEHICLE. AIRSPEED=N/A AIRSPEED TYPE=N/A
IFR CAP ADS-B/CL ASS A1>=YES
E MI T C A T C :
NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO,
SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE,
SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE, RUN PREV PREV
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR,
CLUSTER OBSTR, GICB BDS 0,9 Screen
LINE OBSTR, Figure 85
RESERVED,
RESERVED Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,9
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
E MI T C A T D : d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
RESERVED, register contents and displays Airborne
RESERVED, Velocity.
RESERVED,
RESERVED, AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
RESERVED, MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
RESERVED, f o r ma t .
RESERVED N O T E : A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) HEX field b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e
containing BDS plus flight ID. e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e d a t a f r o m
FLIGHT ID s u b s y s t e m.
Indications: NOTE: I n s t a l l a t i o n mu s t b e i n t h e a i r b o r n e
8 ICAO character field. s t a t e t o t r a n s mi t a i r b o r n e v e l o c i t y .
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding).
of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA Indications:
DO-260A V2. 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O m a n u a l o n Mo d e S Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e ma n u a l ) n o t
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 supported,
and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground
description of data fields N o r ma l ) ,
VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over
Ground Supersonic),
A I R S P D N O R M ( A i r s p e e d N o r ma l ) ,
AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic),
NOT ASSIGNED,
NOT ASSIGNED,
NOT ASSIGNED
EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity)
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
N O I N F O ( N o I n f o r ma t i o n ) ,
0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1),
0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2),

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 83
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
direction identifier. specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
Indications: description of data fields
N/A (Not Available)
(subtype 1),
(subtype 2)
NOTE: Followed by N (North) or S (South)
direction identifier.
VERT RATE (Vertical Rate).
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
<-32608 to >32608 ft/min
SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate).
Indications:
B A R O ( B a r o me t r i c S o u r c e ) ,
GEO (i.e. GPS Source)
GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude
Difference from Barometric Altitude).
Indications:
N/A
<-3137 to ft >3137 ft
HDG (Heading)
Indications:
N/A (Not Available),
0.0 to 359.6 Degrees.
INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag)
Indications:
YES,
NO
IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability
Flag)
Indications:
NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and
above),
YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above)
AIRSPEED
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
0 to >1021 Kts.(subtype 3)
0 to >4086 Kts.(subtype 4)
AIR SPEED TYPE
Indications:
IAS (Indicated Airspeed),
TAS (True Airspeed).
NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for
Velocity)
Indications:
0 to 4, reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260.
 Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A
V2.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 84
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 1,0 
 SPEC SERV CAP REP
GICB BDS 1,0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr Indications:
BDS=1, 0 DAT A L INK CAP YES (at least one MODE S specific
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) service is supported and the
MB=00000000000000
particular capability report will be
SUBNET VER NBR=1 SI CAP=YES
AIRCRAFT ID CAP=YES XPDR LEVEL=2-4 checked)
CONT FLAG=YES SQUITTER CAP=YES N O ( n o MO D E S s p e c i f i c s e r v i c e i s
SPEC SERV CAP REP=YES DTE=YES supported and the particular
UELM SEG CAP=16/250 ms
DELM SEG CAP=16/250 ms
capability report will not be
COMM USE GICB REP=0 checked)
 DTE
Indications:
YES (DTE supported)
RUN PREV PREV
NO (DTE not supported)
TEST TEST TEST RETURN  COMM USE GICB REP
GICB BDS 1,0 Screen Indications:
Figure 86 0 = (Capabilities reported in BDS
code 1,7 have not changed)
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 1,0 1 (Capabilities reported in BDS
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and code 1,7 has changed)
decodes MB message field containing BDS  DELM Indications:
register contents and displays Data Link NO DELM
Capability Report. 4/15
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) 8/15
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X 16/15
f o r ma t . 1 6 / 5 0 0 ms
1 6 / 2 5 0 ms
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t 1 6 / 1 2 5 ms
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t unassigned
have embedded ADLP to receive unassigned
data from subsystem. unassigned
unassigned
SUBNET VER NBR
unassigned
Indications:
unassigned
0-127
unassigned
 SI CAP unassigned
Indications: unassigned
YES (surveillance identifier code
capability)
 UELM Indications:
NO (no surveillance identifier code
NO UELM
capability)
16/5
 CONT FLAG 16/500 MS
Indications: 16/250 MS
Y E S ( a c o n t i n u a t i o n r e p o r t ma y b e 16/128 MS
found in registers BDS 1,1 up to 16/60 MS
B D S 1 , 6 w h i c h a r e n o t i m p l e me n t e d 16/30 MS
in this revision) unassigned
NO
 XPDR LEVEL  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
Indications: of data. Refer to table A-2 DO-
2-4 OR 5 260A V2.
 AIRCRAFT ID CAP NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
Indications: specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
Yes a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
NO description of data fields

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 85
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 1,7 GICB BDS 1,8 – 1,C

GICB BDS 1,7 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 1,8 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=1,7 COM GICB CAP BDS=1,8 SPECIF IC SERV #1
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=FFFFFF00000000 MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF

:0,5 :0,6 :0,7 :0,8 :0,9 :0,A :0,1 :0,2 :0,3 :0,4 :0,5 :0,6 :0,7
:2,0 :2,1 :4,0 :4,1 :4,2 :4,3 :0,8 :0,9 :0,A :0,B :0,C :0,D :0,E
:4,4 :4,5 :4,8 :5,0 :5,1 :5,2 :0,F :1,0 :1,1 :1,2 :1,3 :1,4 :1,5
:5,3 :5,4 :5,5 :5,6 :5,F :6,0 :1,6 :1,7 :1,8 :1,9 :1,A :1,B :1,C
:1,D :1,E :1,F :2,0 :2,1 :2,2 :2,3
:2,4 :2,5 :2,6 :2,7 :2,8 :2,9 :2,A
:2,B :2,C :2,D :2,E :2,F :3,0 :3,1
:3,2 :3,3 :3,4 :3,5 :3,6 :3,7 :3,8

RUN PREV PREV RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 1,7 Screen GICB BDS 1,8 Screen

Figure 87 Figure 88
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 1,7 BAT 2.5 Hr
GICB BDS 1,9 AVAIL
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S BDS=1,9 SPECIF IC SERV #2
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
register contents and displays Common GICB MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF
Capability Report.
:3,9 :3,A :3,B :3,C :3,D :3,E :3,F
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
:4,0 :4,1 :4,2 :4,3 :4,4 :4,5 :4,6
M B me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X :4,7 :4,8 :4,9 :4,A :4,B :4,C :4,D
format. :4,E :4,F :5,0 :5,1 :5,2 :5,3 :5,4
:5,5 :5,6 :5,7 :5,8 :5,9 :5,A :5,B
Refer to 1-2-4, Table 17. Each BDS register :5,C :5,D :5,E :5,F :6,0 :6,1 :6,2
supported by the transponder is displayed. :6,3 :6,4 :6,5 :6,6 :6,7 :6,8 :6,9
:6,A :6,B :6,C :6,D :6,E :6,F :7,0
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must
be installed or transponder must
RUN PREV PREV
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e TEST TEST TEST RETURN
data from subsystem.
GICB BDS 1,9 Screen
NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S
Figure 89
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
GICB BDS 1,A AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
description of data fields
BDS=1,A SPECIF IC SERV #3
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF

:7,1 :7,2 :7,3 :7,4 :7,5 :7,6 :7,7

:7,8 :7,9 :7,A :7,B :7,C :7,D :7,E
:7,F :8,0 :8,1 :8,2 :8,3 :8,4 :8,5
:8,6 :8,7 :8,8 :8,9 :8,A :8,B :8,C
:8,D :8,E :8,F :9,0 :9,1 :9,2 :9,3
:9,4 :9,5 :9,6 :9,7 :9,8 :9,9 :9,A
:9,B :9,C :9,D :9,E :9,F :A,0 :A,1
:A,2 :A,3 :A,4 :A,5 :A,6 :A,7 :A,8

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 1,A Screen

Figure 90

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 86
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

GICB BDS 1,B AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t

b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
BDS=1,B SPECIF IC SERV #4
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e
MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF data from subsystem.
:A,9 :A,A :A,B :A,C :A,D :A,E :A,F NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
:B,0 :B,1 :B,2 :B,3 :B,4 :B,5 :B,6 specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
:B,7 :B,8 :B,9 :B,A :B,B :B,C :B,D a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
:B,E :B,F :C,0 :C,1 :C,2 :C,3 :C,4
:C,5 :C,6 :C,7 :C,8 :C,9 :C,A :C,B
description of data fields
:C,C :C,D :C,E :C,F :D,0 :D,1 :D,2
:D,3 :D,4 :D,5 :D,6 :D,7 :D,8 :D,9
:D,A :D,B :D,C :D,D :D,E :D,F :E,0

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 1,B Screen

Figure 91

GICB BDS 1,C AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr

BDS=1,C SPECIF IC SERV #5
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=000000FFFFFFFF

:E,1 :E,2 :E,3 :E,4 :E,5 :E,6 :E,7

:E,8 :E,9 :E,A :E,B :E,C :E,D :E,E
:E,F :F,0 :F,1 :F,2 :F,3 :F,4 :F,5
:F,6 :F,7 :F,8 :F,9 :F,A :F,B :F,C
:F,D :F,E :F,F

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 1,C Screen

Figure 92
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 1,8
through 1,C register requests: Receives
DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field
containing BDS register contents and
displays Mode S Specific Service GICB
Capability Reports #1 through #5.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e G I C B C a p a b i l i t y
Reports advise which BDS registers are
currently available from the transponder for
data download via GICB protocol.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 87
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 1,D – 1,F

GICB BDS 1,D AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 1,D
BDS=1,D MSP CAP RPT 1-28
through 1,F register requests: Receives
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) D F 2 0 / 2 1 r e p l y a n d d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d
MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF containing BDS register contents and
UPLINK d i s p l a y s Mo d e S S p e c i f i c P r o t o c o l C a p a b i l i t y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 R e p o r t s 1 , D MS P c h a n n e l s 1 - 2 8 , 1 , E M S P
25 26 27 28 C h a n n e l s 2 9 - 5 6 , 1 , F MS P c h a n n e l s 5 7 - 6 3 .
DOWNL INK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
25 26 27 28
f o r ma t .
Mo d e S S p e c i f i c P r o t o c o l s ( MS P s ) u t i l i z e o n e
o r mo r e o f t h e 6 3 u p l i n k o r d o w n l i n k c h a n n e l s
RUN PREV PREV
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
provided by this protocol to transfer data in
e i t h e r s h o r t o r l o n g f o r m MS P p a c k e t s f r o m
GICB BDS 1,D Screen the GDLP (Ground Data Link Processor) to
Figure 93 the ADLP (Airborne Data Link Processor) or
vice versa. The available channels are
GICB BDS 1,E AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr displayed over three screens BDS 1,D BDS
BDS=1,E MSP CAP RPT 29-56 1,E and BDS 1,F.
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
UPLINK specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56 description of data fields
DOWNL INK
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 1,E Screen

Figure 94

GICB BDS 1,F AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr

BDS=1,F MSP CAP RPT 57-63
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF
UPLINK
57 58 59 60 61 62 63

DOWNL INK
57 58 59 60 61 62 63

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 1,F Screen

Figure 95

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 88
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

GICB BDS 2,0 GICB BDS 2,1

GICB BDS 2,0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 2,1 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=2,0 FL IGHT ID BDS=2, 1 AIRCRAFT REG #
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=00000000000000 MB=00000000000000
FL IGHT ID=UA66121 ARN=12345AB
AR =AA

RUN PREV PREV RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 2,0 Screen GICB BDS 2,1 Screen

Figure 96 Figure 97
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 2,0 Uses UF20/21 BDS 2,1 register request:
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB
decodes MB message field containing BDS me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S r e g i s t e r
register contents and displays AIS Flight ID. contents and displays Aircraft Registration
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) N u mb e r .
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
f o r ma t . MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
Flight Id is seven characters. f o r ma t .
A R N ( A i r c r a f t R e g i s t r a t i o n N u mb e r ) u p t o
seven characters.
AR (Airline Registration) two characters.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 89
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

GICB BDS 3,0

T H R E A T A D D R E S S ( Mo d e S t h r e a t a d d r e s s )
GICB BDS 3,0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr displayed in 6 HEX digits
N/A (Not Available)
BDS=3,0 ACAS ARA
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
Note: Only displayed when TTI = 1.
MB=00000000000000
T IDB= 70 deg
MT E ( Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t E n c o u n t e r ) d i s p l a y e d i n
T IDA= 32000 ft TIDR= 1.00 nm 1 bit binary.
ARA=11101010000000 TID=3A4518
RAC=1010 RAT =1 MTE=3 TTI (Threat Type Indicator)
T HREAT ADDRESS=N/ A Indications:
T T I=2- ALT /RANGE/ BEARING DAT A 0-NO DATA
1-MODE S ADDRESS
2-ALT/RANGE/BEARING DATA
3-NOT ASSIGNED
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part
RUN PREV PREV 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A V2
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
for detailed description of data
GICB BDS 3,0 Screen fields. Also refer to RTCA D0-185A
Figure 98 p a r a 2 . 2 . 3 . 9 . 3 . 2 . 3 MB f i e l d s u s e d b y
TCASII
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 3,0
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
register contents and displays ACAS Active
Resolution Advisory data.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
ARA (Active Resolution Advisories) bits 41-
54 displayed in binary.
RAC (Resolution Advisory Compliment) bit
55-58 displayed in binary.
R A T ( R A T e r mi n a t e d ) i n d i c a t o r b i t 5 9
displayed in binary. Note: Normally 0 until an
R A i s t e r mi n a t e d , t h e n w i l l b e 1 f o r 1 8
seconds.
TIDA (Threat Identity Data Altitude)
displayed in feet.
N/A (Not Available)
Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2, Intruder
Not Mode S Equipped.
TID (Threat Identity Data) Mode S address
(HEX) of the threat. Note: Only displayed
when TTI = 1.
TIDR (Threat Identity Data Range) in nm.
N/A (Not Available)
Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2, Intruder
Not Mode S Equipped.
TIDB (Threat Identity Data Bearing) in
degrees.
N/A (Not Available)
Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2, Intruder
Not Mode S Equipped.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 90
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 4,0
VNAV HOLD MODE (Vertical Navigation
GICB BDS 4,0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr Mo d e )
BDS=4,0 VERT INTENT
Indications:
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) YES,
MB=00000000000000 NO (Not Active)
MCP/F CU SEL ALT = 65536 ft
F MS SEL ALT = 65 536 ft APP MODE=YES ALT HOLD MODE (Altitude Hold Mode)
SOURCE INFO=YES MODE INFO=YES Indications:
T ARG ET ALT =FCU/ MCP SEL ALT YES,
VNAV HOLD MODE ACTIVE=YES
ALT HOLD MODE ACT IVE =YES
NO (Not Active)
BARO PRES SET=1100.0 mb APP MODE (Approach Mode)
Indications:
YES,
NO (Not Active)
RUN PREV PREV MO D E I N F O ( Mo d e I n f o r ma t i o n )
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
Indications
GICB BDS 4,0 Screen Y E S ( Mo d e I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d ) ,
Figure 99 N O ( N o Mo d e I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d ) .
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 4,0
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
decodes MB message field containing BDS NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
register contents and displays Vertical Intent. specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) description of data fields.
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
have embedded ADLP to receive
data from subsystem.
MC P / F C U S E L A L T ( M o d e C o n t r o l
Panel/Flight Control Unit Selected Altitude)
Indications in feet.
N/A (Not Available)
F MS S E L A L T ( F l i g h t m a n a g e m e n t S y s t e m)
Indications in feet.
N/A (Not Available)
TARGET ALT (Target Altitude)
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
UNKNOWN,
AIRCRAFT ALT,
FCU/MCP SEL ALT,
F MS S E L A L T
SOURCE INFO (Target Altitude Source
I n f o r ma t i o n )
Indications:
YES (Source information Provided),
NO (No Source Information Provided)
BARO PRES SET (Barometric Pressure set)
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
800 to 1209.5 in mb.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 91
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 4,1 GICB BDS 4,2

GICB BDS 4,1 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 4,2 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=4,1 WAYPOINT NAME BDS=4,2 WAYPOINT POS
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=00000000000000 MB=00000000000000
WAYPOINT NAME=DFW L AT IT UDE = 32 53 48 N
LONGIT UDE= 97 02 16 W
CRO SSING ALT IT UDE= 32 ,000 ft

RUN PREV PREV RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 4,1 Screen GICB BDS 4,2 Screen

Figure 100 Figure 101
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 4,1 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 4,2
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
register contents and displays Waypoint register contents and displays Waypoint
Name. Position.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t . f o r ma t .
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
be installed or transponder must b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e
data from subsystem. data from subsystem.
W A Y P O I N T N A ME 9 I C A O c h a r a c t e r n a m e LATITUDE decoded format in degrees,
mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s N o r t h o r S o u t h .
NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 L O N G I T U D E d e c o d e d f o r ma t i n d e g r e e s ,
for detailed description of data mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s E a s t o r W e s t .
fields.
CROSSING ALTITUDE range
0 to 131068 ft.
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
for detailed description of data
fields.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 92
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 4,3 GICB BDS 5,0

GICB BDS 4,3 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 5,0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr
BDS=4,3 WAYPOINT DET AIL S BDS=5, 0 T RACK & T URN
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=00000000000000 MB=00000000000000
BEARING TO WAYPOINT= 110.0 deg ROLL ANGLE= 40 .1 deg
TIME TO GO= 25.0 min GND SPEED = 500 kts
DIST ANCE T O GO = 100 .0 nm TRUE AIR SPEED = 560 kts
RESERVED= TRUE TRACK ANGLE= 90.3 deg
T RACK ANGLE RAT E= 4 .0 de g/S

RUN PREV PREV RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 4,3 Screen GICB BDS 5,0

Figure 102 Figure 103
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 4,3 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 5,0
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
decodes MB message field containing BDS d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
register contents and displays Waypoint register contents and displays Track and
Details. Turn Report.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t . f o r ma t .

NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
have embedded ADLP to receive h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e
data from subsystem. data from subsystem.
BEARING TO WAYPOINT ROLL ANGLE.
I n d i c a t i o n s : + / - 1 8 0 d e g r e e s ( 1 d e c i ma l p l a c e ) Indications:
+ / - 9 0 d e g r e e s ( 1 d e c i ma l p l a c e )
TIME TO GO
TRUE TRACK ANGLE (True Track Angle)
Indications: 0 to 409.6 mins
Indications:
DISTANCE TO GO +/-180 degrees (1 decimal place).
Indications: 0 to 6553.6 nm RATE (True Track Angle Rate)
RESERVED Indications:
+ / - 0 t o 1 6 d e g r e e s / s e c o n d ( 1 d e c i ma l p l a c e )
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O m a n u a l o n Mo d e S
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 GND SPEED (Ground Speed)
for detailed description of data Indications:
fields. 0 to 2048 Kts, 2kt resolution.
TRUE AIR SPEED (True Air Speed)
Indications:
0 to 2048 Kts, 2kt resolution.
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S
specific services DOC 9688-AN/952
a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d
description of data fields.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 93
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 6,0

GICB BDS 6,0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr INERT VERT VEL (Inertial Vertical Velocity)
BDS=6,0 HDG & SPEED
Indications:
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) N/A (Not Available)
MB=00000000000000 - 1 6 3 8 4 t o + 1 6 3 5 2 f t / mi n u t e , r e s o l u t i o n 3 2
IND AIR SPEED = 512 kts MACH=0.729 f t / mi n .
BARO ALT RAT E= 1400 ft/min
MAG HDG=180.0 deg
INERT VERT VEL= 1400 ft/min
NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e
S specific services DOC 9688-
A N / 9 5 2 a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r
detailed description of data fields.

RUN PREV PREV

TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 6,0 Screen

Figure 104
Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 6,0
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
register contents and displays Heading and
Speed Report.
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
f o r ma t .
NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must
be installed or transponder must
h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e
data from subsystem.
IND AIR SPEED (Indicated Air Speed)
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
0 to 1023 Kts, 1 kt resolution.
MA C H ( M a c h N u m b e r )
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
0 t o 4 . 0 9 6 ma c h n u m b e r , r e s o l u t i o n t o t h r e e
decimal places.
BARO ALT RATE (Barometric Altitude Rate)
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
-16384 to +16352 ft/ minute, resolution 32
f t / mi n .
MA G H D G ( Ma g n e t i c H e a d i n g )
Indications:
N/A (Not Available)
-180 to 180 degrees.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 94
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

GICB BDS 6,1  GICB BDS 6,2

BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 6,2 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr

GICB BDS 6,1 AVAIL
BDS=6, 1 A/ C ST AT US TYPE=28 BDS=6, 2 T ARG ST AT E TYPE=29
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041)
MB=00000000000000 MB=00000000000000
EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC VERT DAT A/ SO URCE INFO =F MS/NAV
RESERVED=00000000000000 T ARG ALT CAP=HLDG ALT - ACP-F MS/RNAV
SUBT YPE=EMERG ENCY/ PRIO RIT Y ST AT US VERT MODE IND=ACQUIRING SIL =1
T ARG ALT T YPE=MSL NIC BARO=1
T ARG ALT = 31 000 ft T ARG HDG=24 0 deg
T CAS/ ACAS O PERAT IONAL =YES RAA=NO
HORIZ DAT A AVAIL /SOURCE IND=MCP/FCU
HORIZ MODE IND=MAINT AINING NAC=0
EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC

RUN PREV PREV

RUN PREV PREV
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
TEST TEST TEST RETURN

GICB BDS 6,1 Screen GICB BDS 6,2 Screen

Figure 105 Figure 106

Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 6,0 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 6,0
register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and
decodes MB message field containing BDS d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S
register contents and displays Aircraft register contents and displays Target State.
Status. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X
M B me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .
f o r ma t . NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P , t o r e c e i v e
have embedded ADLP, to receive data from subsystem.
data from subsystem. NOTE I n s t a l l a t i o n mu s t b e i n t h e a i r b o r n e
 SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). s t a t e t o t r a n s mi t t a r g e t s t a t e a n d
Indications: status.
NO INFO,
EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS, NOTE: A u t o p i l o t mu s t b e e n g a g e d a n d
s t i mu l a t e d b y s e n s o r d a t a f o r s o me
 RESERVED fields to display data.
EMERG/PRIOR CODE
(Emergency/Priority Status SUBTYPE= 0
Coding).
VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data
Indications:
Available/Source Indicator)
NO EMERGENCY,
Indications:
GENERAL EMERGENCY,
LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL, MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l
MI N I M U M F U E L , Unit),
NO COMM, HLD ALT (Holding Altitude),
UNLAWFUL INTERFNC, FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System).
DOWNED AIRCRAFT, V E R T M O D E I N D ( V e r t i c a l Mo d e I n d i c a t o r )
RESERVED. Indications:
RESERVED subfield, 12 digit HEX field U N K N O W N , ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n
containing contents of bits 9 to 56. unavailable),
A C Q U I R I N G ( A c q u i r i n g Mo d e ) ,
 TYPE Specifies class and accuracy
MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r Ma i n t a i n i n g
of data. Refer to table A-2 DO-
Mo d e ) .
260A V2.
RESERVED

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 95
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory

Capability) Active)
Indications: Indications:
HLD-ALT (Capability for reporting Holding YES,
altitude only), NO.
HOLD+AUTOPILOT (Capability for reporting TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.
either Holding altitude or Autopilot control Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.
panel selected altitude), NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII
HOLD+AUTOPILOT+FMS/RNAV (Capability Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
for reporting either Holding altitude or detailed description of data fields.
Autopilot control panel selected altitude, or
a n y F MS / R N A V l e v e l o f f a l t i t u d e ) .
RESERVED
H DATA AVAIL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal
Data Available/Source Indicator)
Indications:
NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State
Data is available),
MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l
Unit selected track angle),
MA I N T A I N ( Ma i n t a i n C u r r e n t H e a d i n g o r
Track angle),
F MS / R N A V ( F MS / R N A V S y s t e m )
TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle)
Indications: 0 to 359 degrees.
INVALID
HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode
Indicator)
Indications:
UNKNOWN (Unknown Mode or Information
unavailable),
ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode),
MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g
Mo d e ) ,
RESERVED.
NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro)
Indications:
0 (Gillum Cross Checked)
1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked)
SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications:
0 (Unknown),
1 (1x10(-3) per flight),
2 (1x10(-5) per flight),
3 (1x10(-7) per flight)
TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS
Operational)
Indications:
YES,
NO.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 96
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
GICB BDS 6,5

GICB BDS 6,5 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr C D T I ( C o c k p i t D i s p l a y o f T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n )

Indications:
BDS=6, 5 A/ C O P ST AT US TYPE=31
DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) 1 (Traffic Display operational),
ME=00000000000000 0 (Traffic Display not operational)
SUBTYPE=0-AIRBORNE CAP CLASS=0000
NAC =5 BAQ=0 SIL =1 TC=0
ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only
CDT I=0 ARV=0 TS=0 RA=0 Available when Subtype= Airborne.
VER NBR=DO-260A/DO-242 NOT -T CAS=0 Indications:
OPER MODE SUBFIELD=3 NIC BARO=1 N/A (Surface)
HORIZ REF DIR=T RUE NORT H IDENT =0
TRK/HDG=N/A NIC=5 L ENGT H/WIDT H=N/A
1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t
REC AT C SERV=0 B2 LOW=N/A POA=N/A Air-Reference velocity),
0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
support Air-Reference velocity).
TS (Target State Report Capability) Only
RUN PREV PREV
TEST TEST TEST RETURN
Available when Subtype= Airborne
Indications:
GICB 6,5 Screen N/A (Surface)
Figure 107 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t
DF20,21: Receives extended squitter Target State Reports),
decodes and displays Aircraft Operational 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
Status. support Target State Reports).
AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only
Available when Subtype= Airborne.
ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X Indications:
f o r ma t . N/A (Surface)
NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t 0 ( N o c a p a b i l i t y f o r s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t support trajectory change reports) ,
have embedded ADLP, to receive 1 T C + 0 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o
data from subsystem. support TC+0 report only),
2 MT C ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g i n f o r ma t i o n f o r
NOTE Data is displayed over three screens mu l t i p l e T C r e p o r t s )
Part 1, Part 2 and Part 3. 3 (Reserved)
SUBTYPE TRK ANGLE/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B
Indications: p a r t i c i p a n t s , s u r f a c e p o s i t i o n me s s a g e
AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message), h e a d i n g o r g r o u n d t r a c k d e t e r mi n a t i o n b i t )
SURFACE (Surface Status message), Indications:
RESERVED, N/A (Airborne)
RESERVED, 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported
RESERVED, 1 (Target Angle Reported)
RESERVED,
RESERVED, IDENT (Ident Switch)
RESERVED, Indications
YES (Ident switch active),
VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols NO (Ident switch not active).
supported)
REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services)
Indications: Indications:
2 6 0 / 2 4 2 ( R T C A D O- 2 6 0 a n d D O - 2 4 2 ) ,
1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services),
2 6 0 A / 2 4 2 A ( R T C A D O - 2 6 0 A a n d D O- 2 4 2 A ) ,
0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services).
RESERVED,
RESERVED,
RESERVED,
RESERVED,
RESERVED,
RESERVED,

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 97
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) BAQ

Indications: Indications:
N/A (Airborne) N/A (Surface)
<15m, 0 ( a l w a y s 0 f o r a i r b o r n e me s s a g e )
<25m, 1 (not specified)
<35m, 2 (not specified)
<45m, 3 (not specified)
<55m,
<65m, NOT TCAS
<75m, Indications:
< = 2 0 0 m. N/A (Surface)
0 (TCAS operations or unknown)
A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational)
Indications:
N/A (Airborne) OPER MODE Subfield
< 1 1 . 5 m, Indications:
<23m, 0 (TCAS RA Active, IDENT Switch Active,
< 2 8 . 5 m, Receiving ATC Services)
<34m, 2 (Reserved)
<33m, 3 (Reserved)
<38m, N I C ( N I C S u p p l e me n t )
< 3 9 . 5 m, Indications:
<45m, 0 (Rc unknown)
<52m, 1 ( R c < 2 0 N M)
< 5 9 . 5 m,
<67m, B2 LOW
<72m, Indications:
<80m, N/A (Airborne)
= > 8 0 m. 0 (>70 W)
SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) 1 (<70 W)
Indications: POA
0 (Unknown), Indications:
1 (1x10(-3) per flight), N/A (Airborne)
2 (1x10(-5) per flight), 0 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s n o t t h e A D S - B
3 (1x10(-7) per flight) position reference point)
NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) 1 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s t h e A D S - B p o s i t i o n
Indications: reference point)
N/A (Surface)
CAPABILITY CLASS
0 (Gillum Cross Checked)
ME BITS 9-24(airborne)
1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked)
ME BITS 9-20 (surface)
NAC 0000-FFFF (airborne)
Indications: 000-FFF (surface)
0 (EPU >18.52 km)
HORIZ
1 (EPU <18.52 km)
REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction)
2 (EPU <7.408 km)
Indications:
3 (EPU <3.704 km)
TRUE NORTH,
4 (EPU <1852 m)
MAGNETIC NORTH
5 (EPU <926 m)
6 (EPU <555.6 m) TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.
7 (EPU <185.2 m) Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.
8 (EPU <92.6 m)
NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII
9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m)
Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for
A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m)
detailed description of data fields.
B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m)
C (reserved)
D (reserved)
E (reserved)
F (reserved)

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 98
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
4.7 TIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION
4.7.1 T I S MO D E
Primarily a U.S. deployed system, the Traffic
I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e ( T I S ) d a t a l i n k p r o v i d e s P r e s s t h e T C A S mo d e k e y t w i c e t o d i s p l a y
a u t o ma t i c d i s p l a y o f n e a r b y t r a f f i c a n d w a r n s the TIS screen (1-2-4 figure 103).
the pilot of potentially threatening traffic 4.7.2 TIS SETUP
conditions. Using the Mode-S data link, a TIS
ground processor uplinks surveillance S e t u p T I S S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s w h i c h
i n f o r ma t i o n g e n e r a t e d b y M o d e S s e n s o r s t o d e t e r mi n e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e
equipped aircraft. The aircraft TIS processor T I S F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e
receives the data and displays the data on stated, last used values are retained on
the TIS display, providing increased Power-up.
situational awareness and an enhanced “see- NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n
and-avoid” capability for pilots. before conducting test operations.

T I S d a t a i s o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e g r o u n d Mo d e S SETUP-TIS BAT 2.5 Hr

sensor that acquires and maintains aircraft
tracks within its coverage area. RF PORT: ANTENNA
TIS can only provide traffic information to ANT RANGE: 12 ft
aircraft equipped with Mode S, although the ANT HEIGHT: 12 ft
system acquires and maintains track
ANT CABLE: 6 FT ANT GAIN (dBi)
i n f o r ma t i o n o n a l l a i r c r a f t e q u i p p e d w i t h a n ANT CABLE LOSS: 1.8 dB 1.03 GHz: 7.1
ATC Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS). TIS UUT ADDRESS: AUTO 1.03 GHz: 7.1
can also integrate primary radar coverage to MANUAL AA:123456 1.09 GHz: 6.1
ma i n t a i n t r a c k s o f n o n - t r a n s p o n d e r e q u i p p e d
a i r c r a f t . B e c a u s e i t i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l Mo d e S
transponders, TIS is inexpensive and its
availability makes collision avoidance
technology more accessible to the price- PREV NEXT
sensitive general aviation community. PARAM PARAM

Setup TIS Screen

TIS software and Mode S sensors are fielded Figure 108
a t a n u mb e r o f t e r m i n a l s n a t i o n w i d e ( U . S . )
T e r mi n a l M o d e S i n s t a l l a t i o n s c u r r e n t l y STEP PROCEDURE
provide 60 nautical mile coverage, including 1. Press SETUP Soft Key to display
a 5 - mi l e b u f f e r r e q u i r e d f o r T I S c o v e r a g e . SETUP TIS Screen (1-2-4, Figure 103).
A Mo d e S e q u i p p e d a i r c r a f t r e q u e s t s T I S d a t a 2. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT
via a downlink message at 1090 MHz. The PARAM. Press PREV PARAM to select
ground station sends TIS data to the aircraft the field. Use DATA Keys to slew the
v i a a d a t a l i n k t h a t o p e r a t e s a t 1 0 3 0 MH z . d a t a . P a r a me t e r s a r e :
D a t a f o r ma t s f o r T I S a r e d e s c r i b e d i n t h e  RF PORT:
Mi n i mu m O p e r a t i o n a l P e r f o r m a n c e S t a n d a r d s Selects ANTENNA (ANT
for Traffic Information Service (TIS) Data CONNECTOR) or DIRECT
Link Communications RTCA DO-239. The TIS CONNECT via RF I/O Connector.
cockpit display provides at least 5 miles of
display range and TIS encoding provides
values up to seven miles in 1/8-mile
intervals. Relative altitudes from –3,000 to
+3,500 feet are also accommodated.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 99
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE

 ANT DIR CPL CABLE LEN:  ANT HEIGHT:

Selections: 1 to 75 FT. Test Set Antenna Range to
transponder antenna height
 CABLE LOSS field is automatically difference (1 to 99).
calculated. Cable loss may be
ma n u a l l y e n t e r e d b y t h e u s e r . NOTE: U N I T S p a r a me t e r
d e t e r mi n e s f e e t o r me t e r s
 CABLE LOSS:
(1-2-4, Figure 11).
Displays antenna cable loss in dB
(at 1090 MHZ). Figure marked on  UUT ADDRESS:
supplied RF coaxial cable MA N U A L o r A U T O ( d e f a u l t s t o
NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to AUTO on power-up). AUTO
9.9 dB. s e l e c t i o n Mo d e S a d d r e s s i s
obtained via ATCRBS/Mode S All
If preset length 1, 6, 25, 50 or Call (FAR Part 43, Appendix F
60 feet is selected, then cable loss a p p r o v e d me t h o d ) .
in dB is automatically calculated
and displayed. O n l o s s o f A T C R B S / Mo d e S A l l C a l l
reply (i.e., UUT placed in ground
NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied state) tests already running
cables, (25 and 50 foot continue to use last ATCRBS/
cables optional) Mo d e S A l l C a l l o b t a i n e d a d d r e s s .
NOTE: 25 and 50 foot cable A U T O u s e s ma n u a l l y e n t e r e d
selection compensates for address if no reply is received.
delay of Aeroflex optional NOTE: I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7
cables. transponders only replies
 ANT GAIN: t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e
Entered in dBi, gain figures for interrogations when
1030 and 1090 MHz marked on installation is in ground
supplied Directional Antenna. state.
NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to  MA N U A L A D D R E S S :
20.9 dB. A six digit HEX address is entered
 ANT RANGE: i f U U T A D D R E S S : MA N U A L i s
selected.
Test Set Antenna to transponder
antenna horizontal range (6 to 250).
Enter parameters for BOTTOM and
TOP antenna if installation has
diversity capability.
NOTE: UNITS parameter
determines feet or meters
(1-2-4, Figure 11).

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 100
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TIS TEST SCREEN

ALT UUT= UUT Altitude in ft
T IS BAT 2.5 Hr
TIS STATUS: Indications
T ARG ET S:5 UUT HDG:180 deg CONNECTED (Up-linking data to UUTTSCR
1 2 3 4 5 but not up-linking data to UUT)
BRG(deg) : 120 90 234 182 23
RNG(nm) : 6.00 4.00 3.00 2.00 1.00 INFO= (Debug output of IFR 6000)
ALT (ft) : 3500 2000 1000 500 0 0x0001 - Reply to Datalink Cap Report
ALT RAT E:CL IMB LEVEL LEVEL CLIMB LEVEL
HDG(deg) : 234 178 56 22 0
0x0002 - No reply to Datalink Cap Report
T RAFF IC : PRO X PROX PROX PROX TRFC 0x0004 - Reply to MS P C a p R e p o r t
0x0008 - No reply t o MS P C a p R e p o r t
ADDR=3 AC421 (16542041) N12345 0x0010 - Reply to Broadcast Cap Report
TSCR= 5 TSDR= 1 ALT =126700 ft
T IS ST AT US=CO NNECT ING INFO=0000
0x0020 - No reply to Broadcast Cap Report
0x0040 - Reply to keep alive uplink
0x0080 - No reply to keep alive uplink
RUN PREV NEXT
TEST PARAM PARAM 0x0100 - Reply to TIS uplink
0x0200 - No reply to TIS uplink Reply
TIS Operation Screen 0x0400 - Reply to lockout
Figure 109 0x0800 - No reply to lockout

Test Screen Description: TIS DISPLAY

TARGETS: Sets the number of simulated Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 105. The Aircraft
targets 0 to 5. heading is shown at the top of the display
UUT HDG: Provides entry for UUT Heading in and the target headings are shown as lines
degrees range 0 to 354. This orientates the r a d i a t i n g f r o m t h e t a r g e t s y mb o l s .
target bearings with respect to UUT (aircraft)
heading.
BRG: Sets target bearing relative to UUT
(aircraft) range 0 to 354 degrees
RNG: Sets targets range relative to UUT
(aircraft) range 0 to 7 nm
ALT: Sets target altitude relative to UUT
(aircraft) range +/- 3500 ft
ALT RATE: Sets Altitude Rate annunciation
on TIS display indications: CLIMB, LEVEL,
DESCEND, UNUSED.
HDG: Sets target Heading
TRAFFIC: Sets target traffic status on TIS
display. PROX (Proximity), TRFC (Traffic) T I S D i s p l a y E x a mp l e
Figure 110
ADDR= (UUT Aircraft Address) in HEX and
(OCTAL) Target status:
TSCR= Number of TIS connect requests
received W h i t e s y mb o l P r o x i mi t y
TSDR= Number of TIS disconnect requests Y e l l o w s y mb o l Traffic
received

Relative altitudes are displayed alongside the

t a r g e t s w i t h a r r o w s y mb o l s i n d i c a t i n g
c l i mb i n g o r d e s c e n d i n g . T h e b l u e c r o s s
(bottom center), is the UUT Aircraft.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 101
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TIS Operation Flow Chart

Figure 111

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 102
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.7 DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA USE

The Directional Antenna is used three ways.

Directional Antenna Mounted on Test Set

Figure 112

T r i p o d Mo u n t e d D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a
Mo u n t D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a o n f r i c t i o n h i n g e Figure 114
and connect Directional Antenna ANT
Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via
12 in coaxial cable (1-2-4, Figure 107). Connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector
to Test Set ANT Connector via 72 in coaxial
c a b l e . Mo u n t D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a o n t r i p o d
and point at UUT antenna (1-2-4, Figure
109).
XPDR:
X P D R a n t e n n a s a r e t o p a n d b o t t o m mo u n t e d
o n a i r f r a me . V e r i f y w h i c h a n t e n n a ( s ) i s
t r a n s p o n d e r a n t e n n a ( s ) a s t h e D ME
a n t e n n a ( s ) l o o k s i mi l a r .
Position Directional Antenna in direct sight of
UUT antenna, avoiding close obstructions
(such as gantries, ladders and tool chests
e t c . ) , t o mi n i mi z e mu l t i - p a t h r e f l e c t i o n s w h i c h
cause random test failures.
Distance for testing top UUT antenna should
Hand Held Directional Antenna
be sufficient so UUT antenna is visible
Figure 113
(1-2-4, Figures 110 and 111).
Shield with Antenna Shield (Appendix J) or
Connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector d i s c o n n e c t a n d t e r mi n a t e U U T A n t e n n a n o t
to Test Set ANT Connector via 72 in coaxial being tested. Deactivate other area
cable. Point Directional Antenna at UUT transponders or position transponders at
antenna (1-2-4, Figure 108). l e a s t t h r e e t i me s t h e X P D R S e t u p Me n u
Range from Directional Antenna.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 103
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
Procedure to Avoid False TCAS RA’s on
Overflying Aircraft or Altitude:
If the aircraft barometric system is at
altitude, shield UUT Antenna being tested
with Antenna Shield (Appendix J). Shield with
another Antenna Shield or disconnect and
t e r mi n a t e U U T A n t e n n a ( s ) n o t b e i n g t e s t e d .
Deactivate other area transponders or
position transponder >50 ft (15.24 m) from
the Directional Antenna. Position Directional
Antenna ≤20 ft (6.1 m) from UUT Antenna
being tested.
DME: Mo d e S C o v e r a g e
DME Antennas are bottom mounted on W i t h i n 1 2 n mi S i mu l a t e d R a n g e
a i r f r a me . V e r i f y w h i c h a n t e n n a ( s ) i s D M E Figure 115
Antenna(s) as the transponder lower
antenna(s) look similar.
Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 110. Due to high
Position Directional Antenna in direct sight of p o w e r d e n s i t y r e d u c t i o n i n s o me T C A S
UUT antenna, avoiding close obstructions i n t e r r o g a t o r s , Mo d e S e f f e c t i v e c o v e r a g e
(such as gantries, ladders and tool chests d i s t a n c e ma y b e d e p e n d e n t o n t h e T e s t S e t
e t c . ) , t o mi n i mi z e m u l t i p a t h r e f l e c t i o n s w h i c h s i mu l a t e d r a n g e . F o r t h o s e u n i t s p l a c e T e s t
cause random test failures. Usual distance Set according to 1-2-4, Figure 111. For
from UUT antenna is approximately 10 to s i mu l a t e d r a n g e s w i t h i n 1 n m, p o s i t i o n t e s t
20 feet. s e t w i t h i n 3 0 f t ( 9 . 0 m) o f U U T a n t e n n a .
NOTE: Directional Antenna should not be
positioned closer than 6 feet, to
ensure that the antenna far field is
tested
TCAS:
Mo s t T C A S i n s t a l l a t i o n s h a v e t o p a n d b o t t o m
directional antennas. Some aircraft are fitted
w i t h a n o mn i - d i r e c t i o n a l b o t t o m a n t e n n a .
Follow Avoid False TCAS RA’s on Overflying
Aircraft or Altitude procedure.
Position the Test Set Directional Antenna in
direct sight of UUT antenna. To minimize
intruder bearing error, Test Set antenna
should be at the same height as the UUT
antenna. Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 105 to
ensure Test Set Directional Antenna is within
effective coverage area for either ATCRBS or TCAS 6000 Effective Test Coverage
Mo d e S . Figure 116
Avoid close obstructions (such as gantries,
ladders and tool chests) to minimize
mu l t i p a t h r e f l e c t i o n s w h i c h c a u s e e r r o n e o u s
intruder bearings.
Testing in aircraft hangers may result in
erratic bearing of simulated intruder.
Changing bearing may result in a more
reliable track. When testing top antenna in a
hanger use a gantry at the same height as
the top antenna.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 104
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

S u g g e s t e d L a y o u t t o R e d u c e Mu l t i p a t h E r r o r s
Figure 117

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 105
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

R a mp T e s t i n g
Figure 118

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 106
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4.8 BREAKOUT BOX

The Breakout Box accessory provides access
to individual user interfaces via standard
connectors (1-2-4, Figure 114). The Test Set
REMOTE Connector provides the main user
signal interface for the Breakout Box.

IFR 6000 with Breakout Box

Figure 119

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 107
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1-2-4
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 108
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS
N O T E : A 5 m i n u t e w a r m- u p p e r i o d i s r e q u i r e d f o r a l l s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.

DM E M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER AT O R
Output Frequency:
Reply Frequency:
Range: 9 6 2 t o 1 2 1 3 MH z
Accuracy: ±10 kHz
Output Level:
ANT Connector:
Range: -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector
Resolution: 1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
Distance to UUT Antenna: 6 to 300 ft with supplied antenna
RF I/O Connector:
Range: -115 to -47 dBm
Resolution: 1 dB
Accuracy:
-95 to -47 dBm: ±1 dB
-115 to <-95 dBm: ±2 dB
Reply Pulse Spacing:
P1 to P2: 1 2 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s ) ( X C h a n n e l ) a t 5 0 % p e a k
P1 to P2: 3 0 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s ) ( Y C h a n n e l ) a t 5 0 % p e a k
Reply Pulse Width:
P1/P2: 3 . 5 µs ( ± 0 . 5 µ s )
Echo Reply:
Control: On/Off
Position: 3 0 n mi ( ± 1 n mi )
A mp l i t u d e : -11 dB (±1 dB) relative to reply level

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

DM E M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R ( co n t)
Reply Pulse Rise and Fall Times:
All Pulses:
R i s e T i me : 2 . 5 µs ( ± 0 . 2 5 µ s ) ( 1 0 % t o 9 0 % )
F a l l T i me : 2 . 5 µs ( ± 0 . 2 5 µ s ) ( 9 0 % t o 1 0 % )
Reply Delay:
X Channel:
Fixed Reply Delay: 5 0 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s )
Y Channel:
Fixed Reply Delay: 5 6 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s )
Range Delay:
X and Y Channel:
Range: 0 t o 4 5 0 . 0 0 n mi
Resolution: 0 . 0 1 n mi
Accuracy: ± 0 . 0 1 n mi
Range Rate:
X and Y Channel:
Range: 10 to 6500 kts
Resolution: 1 kts
Accuracy: ±0.01 % typical, tested to ±0.5%
Squitter:
PRF: 2700 Hz
Accuracy: ±2%
Distribution: Per ARINC 568
Reply Efficiency:
Range: 0 to 100%
Resolution: 1 % i n c r e me n t s
Accuracy: ±0.5%
Ident Tone:
Selection: Selectable three letter code
Frequency: 1350 Hz
Accuracy: ±2 Hz

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

DM E M O D E U UT M EA SU R E M ENT S
ERP:
Range: +47 to +64 dBm
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
Direct Connection Peak Pulse Power:
Range: +47 to +64 dBm
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1 dB
Frequency:
Range: 1025.00 to 1150.00 MHz
Resolution: 10 kHz
Accuracy: ±20 kHz
Interrogation Pulse Width:
P1 and P2 Pulse Widths:
Range: 2.00 to 5.00 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±50 ns
Interrogation Pulse Spacing:
P1 to P2 Spacing: 1 0 t o 1 4 µs ( X C h a n n e l )
3 4 t o 3 8 µs ( Y C h a n n e l )
Resolution: 10 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns
Interrogation PRF:
Range: 1 to 300 Hz
Resolution: 1 Hz
Accuracy: ±2 Hz

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E S IG N AL G EN E RA T O R
RF Output Frequency:
Interrogation Frequency: 1030 MHz
Accuracy: ±10 kHz
RF Output Level:
Ant Connector: M T L + 6 d B t y p i c a l , a u t o ma t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d f o r a MT L
range of -83 to -68 dBm
Range: -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector
Resolution: 0.5 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
Distance to UUT Antenna: 6 to 200 ft with supplied antenna
RF I/O Connector: M T L + 6 d B t y p i c a l , a u t o ma t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d
Range: -115 to -47 dBm
Resolution: 0.5 dB
Accuracy:
-95 to -47 dBm: ±1 dB
-115 to <-95 dBm: ±2 dB
A T C R B S / Mo d e S I n t e r r o g a t i o n P u l s e S p a c i n g :
Mo d e A :
P1 to P2: 2 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P3: 8 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
Mode C:
P1 to P2: 2 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P3: 2 1 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
Mo d e S :
P1 to P2: 2 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P6: 3 . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to SPR: 4 . 7 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P5 to SPR: 0 . 4 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
Intermode Interrogation Pulse Spacing:
Mode A:
P1 to P3: 8 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P4: 1 0 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E S IG N AL G EN E RA T O R ( con t )
Intermode Interrogation Pulse Spacing (cont):
Mode C:
P1 to P3: 2 1 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P4: 2 3 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
Interrogation Pulse Widths:
Mo d e A , C , S , I n t e r m o d e :
P1, P2, P3: 0 . 8 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
Mo d e S :
P6 (Short DPSK Block): 1 6 . 2 5 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
P6 (Long DPSK Block): 3 0 . 2 5 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
P5 0 . 8 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
I n t e r mo d e :
P4 (Short): 0 . 8 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
P4 (Long): 1 . 6 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
Interrogation Pulse Rise and Fall Times:
A l l Mo d e s :
Rise Time: 50 to 100 ns
Fall Time: 50 to 200 ns
P h a s e Mo d u l a t i o n :
A l l Mo d e s :
Transition Time: ≤80 ns
Phase Shift: 180° (±10°)
SLS Levels:
ATCRBS:
SLS Level (P2): -9 dB, -1 to +0 dB relative to P1 level
0 dB, -0 to +1 dB relative to P1 level
Off
Mo d e S :
SLS Level (P5): NOTE 1 -12 dB, -1 to +0 dB relative to P6 level
+3 dB, -0 to +1 dB relative to P6 level
Off

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E S IG N AL G EN E RA T O R ( con t )
Interrogation Test Signals:
Mode S:
PRF: 50 Hz (±5 Hz)
ATCRBS:
PRF: 235 Hz (±5 Hz)

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E UUT M EA SU R E M EN T S
ERP (at 1090 MHz):
Range: +45.5 to +59 dBm (35.5 to 800 W)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n P e a k P u l s e P o w e r ( a t 1 0 9 0 MH z ) :
Range: +46.5 to +59 dBm (45 to 800 W)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1 dB
Transmitter Frequency:
Range: 1087.000 to 1093.000 MHz
Resolution: 10 kHz
Accuracy: ±50 kHz
Receiver Sensitivity, Radiated MTL:
Range: -79 to -67 dBm into 0 dBi antenna
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB, typical
R e c e i v e r S e n s i t i v i t y , D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n MT L :
Range: -79 to -67 dBm
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
Reply Delay:
ATCRBS:
Range: 1.80 to 7.00 µs
Resolution: 10 ns
Accuracy: ±50 ns
Mo d e S a n d A T C R B S M o d e S A l l - C a l l :
Range: 1 2 5 . 0 0 t o 1 3 1 . 0 0 µs
Resolution: 10 ns
Accuracy: ±50 ns

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E UUT M EA SU R E M EN T S ( c o n t)
Reply Delay Jitter:
ATCRBS:
Range: 0.00 to 2.30 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns
Mo d e S a n d A T C R B S M o d e S A l l - C a l l :
Range: 0.00 to 6.00 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns
Pulse Spacing:
F1 to F2:
Range: 19.70 to 21.60 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns
Mode S Preamble:
Range:
P1 to P2: 0.8 to 1.2 µs
P1 to P3: 3.3 to 3.7 µs
P1 to P4: 4.3 to 4.7 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns
Pulse Widths:
F1 and F2:
Range: 0.25 to 0.75 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns
Mo d e S P r e a m b l e :
Range: 0.25 to 0.75 µs
Resolution: 1 ns
Accuracy: ±20 ns

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E UUT M EA SU R E M EN T S ( c o n t)
Pulse Amplitude Variation:
Range:
Mo d e S ( R e l a t i v e t o P 1 ) : -3 to +3 dB
ATCRBS (Relative to F1): -3 to +3 dB
Resolution: 0.1 dB, (0.01 dB via RCI)
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB
DF 11 Squitter Period:
Range: 0.10 to 4.88 sec
Resolution: 1 0 ms
Accuracy: ± 1 0 ms
Diversity Isolation:
Range: 0 to >20 dB (Depending on Test Distance)
Test Distance is 1.83 m (6 ft) to 28.96 m (95 ft)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±3 dB

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 9
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

T CA S M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R
Output Frequency:
Reply Frequency: 1090 MHz
Accuracy: ±10 kHz
Output Level (Simulated ERP) :
ANT Connector: S i m u l a t e s a 5 0 . 5 d B m X P D R E R P a t 1 0 n mi r a n g e .
Radiated pwr at 0dBi UUT ant: - 6 8 d B m t y p i c a l a t 1 0 n mi r a n g e , a u t o ma t i c a l l y
controlled
Range: -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector
Resolution: 0.5 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
Distance to UUT Antenna: 6 to 300 ft with supplied antenna
RF I/O Connector:
A u t o ma t i c m o d e : - 6 8 d B m a t 1 0 n mi r a n g e , a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d
Ma n u a l Mo d e R a n g e -115 to -47 dBm
Resolution: 0.5 dB
Accuracy:
-95 to -47 dBm: ±1 dB
-115 to <-95 dBm: ±2 dB
Reply Pulse Spacing:
Mo d e C :
F1 to F2: 2 0 . 3 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to C1: 1 . 4 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to A1: 2 . 9 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to C2: 4 . 3 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to A2: 5 . 8 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to C4: 7 . 2 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to A4: 8 . 7 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to B1: 1 1 . 6 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to D1: 1 3 . 0 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to B2: 1 4 . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to D2: 1 5 . 9 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to B4: 1 7 . 4 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
F1 to D4: 1 8 . 8 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 10
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TCA S M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R ( co n t)

Reply Pulse Spacing (cont):
Mo d e S :
P1 to P2: 1 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P3: 3 . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to P4: 4 . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
P1 to D1: 8 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s )
D1 to Dn (n = 2 to 112): 1 . 0 0 µs t i me s ( n - 1 ) ( ± 2 5 n s )
Reply Pulse Widths:
Mo d e C :
All Pulses: 0 . 4 5 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
Mo d e S :
P1 through P4: 0 . 5 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
D1 through D112: 0 . 5 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) , 1 µs c h i p w i d t h
Reply Modes: T C A S I / I I Mo d e C ( w i t h a l t i t u d e r e p o r t i n g )
T C A S I I Mo d e S f o r ma t s 0 , 1 1 , 1 6
Reply Pulse Amplitudes:
ATCRBS: ±1 dB relative to F1
Mo d e S : ±1 dB relative to P1
Reply Pulse Rise and Fall Times:
A l l Mo d e s :
Rise Time: 50 to 100 ns
Fall Time: 50 to 200 ns
Percent Reply:
Range: 0 to 100%
Resolution: 10%
Accuracy: ±1%
Reply Delay
ATCRBS: 3 . 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
Mo d e S : 1 2 8 µs ( ± 5 0 n s )
Range Delay:
Range: 0 t o 2 6 0 n mi
Resolution: 0 . 1 n mi
Accuracy: ± 0 . 0 2 n mi

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 11
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

T CA S M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R ( con t)

Range Rate:
Range: -1200 to +1200 kts
Resolution: 10 kts
Accuracy: 10%
Altitude Range:
Range: -1000 to 126,000 ft
Resolution:
Mo d e C : 100 ft
Mo d e S : 25 ft
Altitude Rate:
Range: -10,000 to +10,000 fpm
Resolution: 100 fpm
Accuracy: 10%
Squitter:
Control: On/Off
Rate: 0 . 8 t o 1 . 2 s e c , r a n d o ml y d i s t r i b u t e d

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 12
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TCA S M O D E U UT M E AS UR E M E NT S
Pulse Spacing:
A TC R B S ( M o d e C A l l C a l l ) :
S1 to P1: 2.0 us
Accepts: ≤ ±200 ns
Rejects: (<10% Replies) ≥ ±1.0 us
P1 to P3: 21.0 us
Accepts: ≤ ±200 ns
Rejects: (<10% Replies) ≥ ±1.0 us
P1 to P4: 23.0 us
Accepts: ≤ ±200 ns
Rejects: (<10% Replies) ≥ ±1.0 us
Mo d e S :
P1 to P2: 2.0 us
Accepts: ≤ ±200 ns
Rejects: (<10% Replies) ≥ ±1.0 us
P1 to SPR: 4.75 us
Accepts: ≤ ±200 ns
Rejects: (<10% Replies) ≥ ±1.5 us
Suppresion
A TC R B S ( P 2 o r S 1 ) :
>0.5dB above level of P1 <10% Replies
ERP (at 1030 MHz):
ATCRBS:
Range: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
Mo d e S :
Range: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±2 dB
D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n P e a k P u l s e P o w e r ( a t 1 0 3 0 MH z ) :
ATCRBS:
Range: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1 dB

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 13
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

T CA S M O D E U UT M E AS UR E M E NT S ( co nt)
D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n P e a k P u l s e P o w e r ( a t 1 0 3 0 MH z ) ( c o n t ) :
Mode S:
Range: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1 dB
Frequency:
Range: 1029.900 to 1030.100 MHz
Resolution: 1 kHz
Accuracy: ±10 kHz
TCAS Broadcast Interval:
Range: 1.0 to 12.0 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Accuracy: ±0.2 sec

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 14
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

MI S C ELL AN EO U S
Inputs/Outputs:
RF I/O:
Type: Input/Output
I mp e d a n c e : 50 Ω typical
Ma x i m u m I n p u t L e v e l : 4 kW peak
10 W average
VSWR: <1.3:1
Antenna:
Type: Input/Output
I mp e d a n c e : 50 Ω typical
Ma x i m u m I n p u t L e v e l : 10 W peak
1/2 W average
Video
Type: Output
I mp e d a n c e : 50 Ω typical
Generate Video Level: 1.1 ± 0.4V peak into 50 Ω
Receive Video Level: Proportional to IF level
Test Antenna:
VSWR: <1.5:1
Gain: 6 dB, Typical
Time Base (TCXO):
T e mp e r a t u r e S t a b i l i t y : ±1 ppm
Aging: ±1 ppm per year
Accuracy: ±1 ppm
Test Limit: ±0.3 ppm
Battery:
Type: Li Ion
Duration: >4 hrs continuous operation
>6 hrs, Typical
Input Power (Test Set):
Input Range: 11 to 32 Vdc
Power Consumption: 5 5 W Ma x i mu m
1 6 W N o mi n a l a t 1 8 V d c w i t h c h a r g e d b a t t e r y
Fuse Requirements: 5 A, 32 Vdc, Type F

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 15
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

MI S C ELL AN EO U S ( co n t)
Input Power (Supplied External AC to DC Converter):
Input Range: 100 to 250 VAC, 1.5 A Max, 47 to 63 Hz
Ma i n s S u p p l y V o l t a g e F l u c t u a t i o n s : ≤ 1 0 % o f t h e n o mi n a l v o l t a g e
Transient Overvoltages: According to Installation Category II
Environmental (Test Set):
Use: Pollution Degree 2
Altitude: ≤4800 m
Operating Temperature: -20°C to 55°C NOTE 2

S t o r a g e T e mp e r a t u r e : -30°C to 71°C NOTE 3

R e l a t i v e H u mi d i t y : 95% (±5%) from 5°C to 30°C

75% (±5%) from 30°C to 40°C
45% (±5%) from 40°C to 55°C
Environmental (Supplied External AC to DC Converter):
Use: Indoors
Altitude: ≤10,000 m
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 40°C
S t o r a g e T e mp e r a t u r e : -20°C to 71°C
Physical Characteristics:
D i me n s i o n s :
Height: 1 1 . 2 i n ( 2 8 . 5 c m)
Width: 9 . 1 i n ( 2 3 . 1 c m)
Depth: 2 . 7 i n ( 6 . 9 c m)
Weight (Test Set only): <8 lbs. (3.6 kg)

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 16
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SU P P LE M E NT A L INF O RM AT IO N:
Test Set Certifications:
Altitude, Operating: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Altitude, Non-Operating: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Bench Handling: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Blowing Dust MI L S T D - 8 1 0 F , Me t h o d 5 1 0 . 4 , P r o c e d u r e 1
Drip Proof: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Explosive Atmosphere: MI L - S T D - 8 1 0 F , Me t h o d 5 1 1 . 4 , P r o c e d u r e 1
Relative Humidity: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Shock, Functional: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Vibration Limits: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
T e mp e r a t u r e , O p e r a t i n g : MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2 NOTE 4

T e mp , N o n - O p e r a t i n g : MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2 NOTE 5

Transit Drop: MI L - P R F - 2 8 8 0 0 F , C l a s s 2
Safety Compliance: UL-61010B-1
EN 61010-1
CSA 22.2 No 61010-1
EMC: EN 61326
External AC-DC Converter Certifications:
Safety Compliance: UL 1950 DS
CSA 22.2 No. 234
VDE EN 60 950
E MI / R F I C o m p l i a n c e : FCC Docket 20780, Curve “B”
EMC: EN 61326
Transit Case Certifications:
Drop Test: FED-STD-101C, Method 5007.1, Paragraph 6.3,
Procedure A, Level A
Falling Dart Impact: ATA 300, Category I
Vibration, Loose Cargo: FED-STD-101C, Method 5019
Vibration, Sweep: ATA 300, Category I
S i mu l a t e d R a i n f a l l : MI L - S T D - 8 1 0 F , Me t h o d 5 0 6 . 4 , P r o c e d u r e I I o f 4 . 1 . 2
FED-STD-101C, Method 5009.1, Sec 6.7.1
I m me r s i o n : MI L - S T D - 8 1 0 F , Me t h o d 5 1 2 . 4

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 17
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

NO T E S
NOTE 1 SLS level is automatically controlled in the SLS LEVEL test.
NOTE 2 Battery charging temperature range is 5° to 40°C (controlled by internal charger).
NOTE 3 Li Ion Battery must be removed below -20° C and above 60° C.
NOTE 4 T e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e e x t e n d e d t o - 2 0 ° C t o 5 5 ° C .
NOTE 5 T e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e r e d u c e d t o - 3 0 ° C t o 7 1 ° C .

1-3-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 18
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SECTION 4 - SHIPPING
1. SH I P PI NG T E ST S ET S Shipping Containers
Aeroflex Test Sets returned to factory for T e s t S e t s mu s t b e r e p a c k a g e d i n o r i g i n a l
calibration, service or repair must be shipping containers using Aeroflex packing
repackaged and shipped according to the mo l d s . I f o r i g i n a l s h i p p i n g c o n t a i n e r s a n d
following conditions: ma t e r i a l s a r e n o t a v a i l a b l e , c o n t a c t A e r o f l e x
C u s t o me r S e r v i c e f o r s h i p p i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s .
Authorization
Do not return any products to factory without Freight Costs
first receiving authorization from Aeroflex A l l fr e i g ht c os ts o n no n- w ar r a nty
C u s t o me r S e r v i c e D e p a r t m e n t . s h ip m en ts ar e as s um e d by t he c us t om er .
Contact Aeroflex: ( S ee “ W ar r a n ty P ac k e t ” f or fr ei g ht c h ar g e
Customer Service Dept. po l ic y o n w ar r a n ty c l a i ms .)
Telephone: (800) 835-2350 Freight Insurance
FAX: (316) 524-5330
A e r o f l e x r e c o m me n d s t h a t c u s t o me r s o b t a i n
E-Mail: americas.service@aeroflex.com
freight insurance with the freight carrier when
Tagging Test Sets shipping Test Set. Aeroflex is not responsible
f o r c o s t o f r e p a i r s f o r d a ma g e s t h a t o c c u r
All Test Sets must be tagged with: d u r i n g s h i p me n t o n w a r r a n t y o r n o n - w a r r a n t y
 Identification and address of owner i t e ms . C o n t a c t A e r o f l e x C u s t o me r S e r v i c e f o r
 Nature of service or repair required Test Set shipping instructions.
 Mo d e l N u m b e r
 Serial Number NOTE: T e s t S e t mu s t b e p r o p e r l y p a c k a g e d
o r f r e i g h t c o mp a n y ma y n o t h o n o r
i n s u r a n c e c l a i m.

1-4-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

1.2 REPACKING PROCEDURE

 P l a c e t o p p a c k i n g mo l d o v e r t o p o f T e s t
 Ma k e s u r e b o t t o m p a c k i n g m o l d i s s e a t e d
Set and press down until top packing mold
on floor of shipping container.
rests solidly on Test Set.
 Carefully wrap Test Set with polyethylene
 Close shipping container lids and seal with
sheeting to protect finish.
shipping tape or an industrial stapler. Tie
 Place Test Set into shipping container, all sides of container with break resistant
ma k i n g s u r e T e s t S e t i s s e c u r e l y s e a t e d i n rope, twine or equivalent.
bottom packing mold.

1-4-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Repacking Procedure
Figure 1
S EC T IO N 5 - St or a ge
Perform the following storage precautions
whenever the Test Set is stored for extended
periods:
 Disconnect Test Set from any electrical
power source.
 Disconnect the wire harness connecting
t h e b a t t e r y t o t h e T e s t S e t a n d r e mo v e t h e
battery. Refer to the Battery/Voltage
Instructions.
 Disconnect and store ac power cable and
other accessories with Test Set.
 Cover Test Set to prevent dust and debris
from covering and entering Test Set.

1-5-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

1-5-1
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX A - CONNECTOR PIN-OUT TABLES

1. I/O CO NN E CT O R S

CONNECTOR TYPE SIGNAL TYPE INPUT/OUTPUT

SYNC BNC TTL OUTPUT
VIDEO BNC TTL OUTPUT
DC POWER 2.5 mm CIRCULAR 11 to 32 Vdc INPUT
(2.5 mm center,
5.5 mm outer diameter,
c enter positiv e)
RF I/O TNC RF, 30 W CW MAX INPUT/OUTPUT
ANT TNC RF, 0.5 W CW MAX INPUT/OUTPUT
REMOTE 44-Pin Female MIXED INPUT/OUTPUT
Re f er t o A pp e n dix A , T a bl e 2 f o r REM OTE Co nn ect o r d esc ri pt i on.

I/O Connectors
Table 1

APPENDIX A
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R PI N- O UT T A BL E

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5V supply for USB device port
2 GND_DN1 Ground Ground for USB dev ice port
3 VBUS_UP Supply +5V supply input from USB host
4 GND_UP Ground Ground for USB hos t port
5 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
6 HOST-RTS Output RS-232 Request to send
7 A2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
8 A4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
9 C2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
10 C4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
11 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
12 REM_IN1 Input General Purpose Input
13 REM_OUT2 Output General Purpose Output
14 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
15 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
16 H_D- In/Out USB Host Data Compliment
17 H_D+ In/Out USB Host Data True
18 D_D- In/Out USB Host Data Compliment
19 D_D+ In/Out USB Host Data True
20 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
21 HOST_TXD Output RS-232 Data Output
22 HOST_CTS Input RS-232 Clear to s end
23 B1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
24 B2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
25 D2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input

REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table

Table 2

APPENDIX A
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R PI N- O UT TA BL E ( c o n t)

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

26 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
27 REM_IN2 Input General Purpose Input
28 REM_IN3 Input General Purpose Input
29 REM_OUT4 Output General Purpose Output
30 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
31 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5V supply for USB device port
32 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5V supply for USB device port
33 VBUS_UP Supply +5V supply input from USB host
34 GND_UP Ground Ground for USB host port
35 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
36 HOST_RXD Input RS-232 Data Input
37 A1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
38 B4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
39 C1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
40 REM_SP1 Spare Pin
41 D4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
42 REM_IN4 Input General Purpose Input
43 REM_OUT1 Output General Purpose Output
44 REM_OUT3 Output General Purpose Output

REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table (cont)

Table 2

APPENDIX A
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX A
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX B - METRIC/BRITISH IMPERIAL CONVERSION TABLE

WITH NAUTICAL DISTANCE CONVERSIONS

TO MULTIPLY TO MU L T I P L Y
CONVERT: INTO: BY: CONVERT: INTO: BY:
cm feet 0.03281 me t e r s feet 3.281
cm inches 0.3937 me t e r s inches 39.37
feet cm 30.48 m/ s e c ft/sec 3.281
feet meters 0.3048 m/ s e c k m/ h r 3.6
ft/sec km/hr 1.097 m/ s e c mi l e s / h r 2.237
ft/sec knots 0.5921 mi l e s feet 5280
ft/sec miles/hr 0.6818 mi l e s km 1.609
2 2
ft/sec cm/sec 30.48 mi l e s me t e r s 1609
2 2
ft/sec m/sec 0.3048 mi l e s n mi 0.8684
g r a ms ounces 0.03527 mi l e s / h r ft/sec 1.467
inches cm 2.54 mi l e s / h r k m/ h r 1.609
kg pounds 2.205 mi l e s / h r knots 0.8684
2
kg/cm psi 0.0703 n mi feet 6080.27
km feet 3281 n mi km 1.8532
km miles 0.6214 n mi me t e r s 1853.2
km nmi 0.5396 n mi mi l e s 1.1516
km/hr ft/sec 0.9113 ounces g r a ms 28.34953
km/hr knots 0.5396 pounds kg 0.4536
2
km/hr miles/hr 0.6214 psi kg/cm 0.0703
knots ft/sec 1.689 100 ft km 3.048
knots km/hr 1.8532 100 ft mi l e s 1.894
knots miles/hr 1.1516 100 ft n mi 1.645

APPENDIX B
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX B
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX C - FACTORY/POWER UP PRESETS

Setup General

CONTROL FACTORY POWER UP

P OWE R DOW N 1 0 mi ns L as t Use d
E RP UNIT S d Bm L as t Use d
UNITS F e et L as t Use d
REM OTE OPE RA TIO N RS -23 2 L as t Use d

Setup XPDR Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

A NTE NNA SEL ECTI ON B ott om L as t Use d
RF PO RT A nt e nn a L as t Use d
A NTE NNA RA NGE 1 2 f ee t L as t Use d
A NTE NNA HE IG HT 1 f o ot L as t Use d
DI R CAB LE LO SS 1 . 2 dB L as t Use d
A NT CA BL E Us er Def i ne d L as t Use d
A NT CA BL E L OSS 0 . 1 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 3 GHZ 7 . 1 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 9 GHZ 6 . 1 dB L as t Use d
UUT A DDRESS A UT O A UT O
MA NUA L AA 0 0 0 0 00 L as t Use d
DIVE RSI TY TEST ON L as t Use d
CO NFIG TYPE G ENERIC MO DE S L as t Use d

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

S e t u p D ME S c r e e n

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

RF PO RT A nt e nn a L as t Use d
A NTE NNA RA NGE 1 2 f ee t L as t Use d
I DE NT TO NE I FR L as t Use d
DI R CAB LE LO SS 1 . 2 dB L as t Use d
CAB LE LO SS 1 . 3d B L as t Use d
A NT CA BL E Us er Def i ne d L as t Use d
A NT CA BL E L OSS 0 . 1 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 0. 9 6 GHZ 7 . 5 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 3 GHZ 7 . 1 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 9 GHZ 6 . 1 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 1. 1 5 GHZ 5 . 0 dB L as t Use d
A NT GAI N 1. 2 2 GHZ 2 . 8 dB L as t Use d
MAX RANGE 4 0 0 nm L as t Use d

DME Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

V OR / F RE Q / CHA N 9 7 8/ 1 0 8. 00 /1 7X 9 7 8/ 1 0 8. 00 /1 7X
RF LV L M axi mu m M axi mu m
RA NGE 0 nm 0 nm
RATE 1 0 kts 1 0 kts
RATE DIRECTI ON O UT O UT
% REP LY 1 0 0% 1 0 0%
E CHO O FF O FF
I DE NT ON ON
S QT R ON ON

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

XPDR Auto Test Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

CO NFIG G ENERIC MO DE S L as t Use d
A NTE NNA B ott om L as t use d
L EVE L B la nk B la nk
REP LIES B la nk B la nk
F RE Q B la nk B la nk
T OP E RP B la nk B la nk
T OP M T L B la nk B la nk
B OT E RP B la nk B la nk
B OT M T L B la nk B la nk
A CODE B la nk B la nk
C A LT B la nk B la nk
S CODE B la nk B la nk
S ALT B la nk B la nk
T AIL B la nk B la nk
DF 1 7 B la nk B la nk
F LI G HT I D B la nk B la nk
AA B la nk B la nk
FS B la nk B la nk
VS B la nk B la nk
CO UNT RY B la nk B la nk

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

TCAS Setup Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

RF PO RT A nt e nn a L as t use d
A NT RA NGE 1 2 ft L as t use d
A NT HE IG HT 1 ft L as t use d
UUT A DDRESS A ut o A ut o
MA NUA L AA 0 0 0 0 00 L as t use d
DI R CAB LE LO SS 1 . 2d B L as t use d
A NT CA BL E Us er d ef i ne d L as t use d
A NT CA BL E L OSS 0 . 1d B L as t use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 3G HZ 7 . 1d B L as t use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 9G HZ 6 . 1d B L as t use d
S QUITT ERS ON L as t use d
A LT RE PO RTI NG ON L as t use d
DISP LAYE D AL T Re l ativ e L as t use d
T EST S ET AA A 9 24 9 3 L as t use d

TCAS Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

S CE NA RI O 0 Custo m 0 Custo m
T CAS TYPE T CAS II T CAS II
REP LY 1 0 0% 1 0 0%
I NT RUDE R T YPE M o de S M o de S
RA NGE STA RT 1 0 .0 0 nm 1 0 .0 0 nm
RA NGE ST OP 0 . 00 n m 0 . 00 n m
RA NGE RATE 3 0 0 k ts 3 0 0 k ts
A LT STA RT + 1 0 0 0 ft + 1 0 0 0 ft
A LT ST OP 0 ft 0 ft
A LT RA TE 5 0 0 fp m 5 0 0 fp m
CO NVE RGE O FF O FF
UUT A LT 0 ft 0 ft
A LT DE TE CT O FF O FF

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ADS-B Setup Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

P OS DE CO DE G l o ba l L as t use d
L AT 90 0 O N L as t use d
L O NG 180 0 0 E L as t use d
A DS -B GE N DF 1 7 L as t use d
A DS -B M O N DF 1 7 L as t use d
G I CB DF 2 0 L as t use d

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,5 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 9 9
DF 18 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
L AT 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 N
L O NG 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 E
P OS - -
SA F 0 0
T N/ UT C N/ UT C
S URVEI L LA NCE No i nf o No i nf o
S TAT US
BA RO P RES A L T 0 ft 0 ft
G NS S A LT - -

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,6 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 5 5
DF 17 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
L AT 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 N
L O NG 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 E
M OVEME NT No i nf o No i nf o
T N/ UT C N/ UT C
HDG 0 de g 0 de g

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,8 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 1 1
DF 18 L as t use d
CO UNT 0 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
F LI G HT I D + + ++ + ++ + + + ++ + ++ +
EM IT CAT SET D D
EM IT CAT Re se rv e d Re se rv e d

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ADS-B GEN BDS 0,9 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 19 19
DF 17 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
E-W 0 kts E 0 kts E
NA CV 0 0
N-S 0 kts N 0 kts N
HDG - -
S UBT YPE 1 – v el ov r g nd n o rm 1 – v el ov r g nd n o rm
VE RT RATE 0 ft / m in 0 ft / m in
G EO AL T DIF F F ROM 0 ft 0 ft
BA RO
S OURCE G EO G EO
I NT ENT CHA NGE NO NO
AI RSP EE D - -
AI RSP EE D TYP E - -
I FR CAP A DS -B/ CLASS NO NO
A 1>

ADS-B GEN BDS 6,1 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 28 28
DF 18 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
EME RG / PRIO R CO DE 0 – No i nf o 0 – No i nf o
RESE RVE D 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0
S UBT YPE 0 – No i nf o 0 – No i nf o

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ADS-B GEN BDS 6,2 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 29 29
DF 17 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
VE RT DATA / SO URCE No t use d No t use d
I NF O
T ARG A LT CA P HL DG A LT HL DG A LT
VE RT MO DE I ND Un kn o wn Un kn o wn
SI L 0 0
T ARG A LT TYPE FL FL
NI C BA RO 0 0
T ARG A LT 0 ft 0 ft
T ARG HDG 0 de g 0 de g
T CAS /A CAS No No
O PE RATI O NA L
RAA No No
HO RI Z DATA AVA L/ No t v al id No t v al id
S OURCE IND
HO RI Z M ODE I ND Un kn o wn Un kn o wn
NA C 0 0
EME RG/P RI O R CO DE No Em e rg e ncy No Em e rg e ncy

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

ADS-B GEN BDS 6,3 Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T YPE 31 31
DF 18 L as t use d
AA A 9 24 9 2 A 9 24 9 2
PE RI O D 1 . 00 s 1 . 00 s
S UBT YPE D- a i rbo rn e D-a i rbo rn e
NA C D D
BA Q D D
SI L 0 0
TC 0 0
CDTI 0 0
A RV 0 0
TS 0 0
RA 0 0
VE R NB R Do - 2 6 0 / Do -2 4 2 Do -2 6 0 / Do -2 4 2
NO T -T CAS 0 0
O PE R M ODE S UBFIE L D 0 0
NI C BA RO 0 0
HO RI Z REF DI R T ru e North T ru e North
I DE NT No No
T RK /HDG - -
NI C 0 0
L E NG TH/WI DTH - -
RE C AT C SE RV 0 0
B 2 LO W - -
P OA - -

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 9
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Setup TIS Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

RF PO RT A nt e nn a L as t use d
A NT RA NGE 1 2 ft L as t use d
A NT HE IG HT 1 ft L as t use d
DI R CAB LE LO SS 1 . 2 dB L as t use d
A NT CA BL E Us er d ef i ne d L as t use d
A NT CA BL E L OSS 0 . 1 dB L as t use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 3 GHz 7.1 L as t use d
A NT GAI N 1. 0 9 GHz 6.1 L as t use d
UUT A DDRESS A ut o A ut o
MA NUA L AA 0 0 0 0 00 L as t use d

TIS Screen

FIELD FACTORY POWER UP

T ARGET S 5 L as t use d
UUT HDG 0 L as t use d
B RG (d e g ) (1- 5 ) 0 L as t use d
RNG (nm ) (1 -5 ) 0 L as t use d
A LT (ft ) (1 - 5 ) 0 L as t use d
A LT RA TE L ev e l L as t use d
HDG (1 - 5) 0 L as t use d
T RA FFI C (1 - 5) P r ox L as t use d

APPENDIX C
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 10
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR-6000

APPENDIX D - ABBREVIATIONS

A C
A Amperes C Celsius or Centigrade
AA Address Announced CA Transponder Capability
AC Altitude Code CC Crosslink Capability
AC Alternating Current ccw Counterclockwise
ac Alternating Current CFS Continuation Subfield
ACAS Airborne Collision Avoidance CHAN Channel
System CHC Cancel Horizontal Resolution
ACS C o m m- A C a p a b i l i t i y S u b f i e l d Advisory
A/D Analog to Digital CLOS Closeout
-2
ADC Analog to Digital Converter cm C e n t i me t e r ( 1 0 Me t e r s )
ADDR Address Cont Continued
ADLP Airborne Data Link Processor CPU Central Processing Unit
ADS A-Definition Subfield CrLf Carriage Return and Line Feed
AIS C o m m- A C a p a b i l i t y S u b f i e l d CTRL Control
ALT Altitude CTS Clear to Send/(One-way
AP Address Parity hardware)
AQ Acquisition Special CTS/DTR Two-way hardware
ASCII American National Standard CVC Cancel Vertical Resolution
Code for Information A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t
Interchange CW Continuous Wave
ATC Air Traffic Control cw Clockwise
ATC ATCRBS (screen abbreviation)
ATCRBS Air Traffic Control Radar D
Beacon System D/A Digital to Analog
ATE A u t o m a t i c T e s t E q u i p me n t DABS Discrete Address Beacon
ATTEN Attenuation System
AUTO Automatic DAC Digital to Analog Converter
AVG Average dB Decibel
dBi Decibels above isotropic
B
dBm D e c i b e l s a b o v e o n e mi l l i w a t t
2
BAT Battery dB W/m Decibels above one watt per
BCS C o m m- B C a p a b i l i t y S u b f i e l d s q u a r e me t e r
BD C o m m- B D a t a DCD Data Carrier Detect
BDS B-Definition Subfield DCXO D i g i t a l l y C o mp e n s a t e d C r y s t a l
BIT Built In Test Oscillator
BOT Bottom DELM Downlink Extended Length
bps Bits per Second Me s s a g e
BR Bridge Rectifier DF Downlink Format
BT Battery DI Designator Identification
DMM D i g i t a l Mu l t i me t e r
DPSK Differential Phase Shift Keying
DR Downlink Request
DSP Digital Signal Processor
DSR Data Set Ready
DTR D a t a T e r mi n a l R e a d y

APPENDIX D
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR-6000

E L
ECS Extended Capability LCA Logic Cell Array
Subfield LCD Liquid Crystal Display
ELM Extended Length Message LED L i g h t E mi t t i n g D i o d e
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility LF Line Feed
E MI Electromagnetic Interference LO Local Oscillator
EOL End of Line LOS Lockout Subfield
ERP Effective Radiated Power LSB Least Significant Bit
ESB Encoded Sense Bits LSD Least Significant Digit
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
EXT External M

F m Me t e r s
MA Me s s a g e , C O M M- A
FCC Federal Communications MA X Ma x i mu m
Commission
MB Me s s a g e , C O M M- B
FPM Feet Per Minute
FREQ Frequency MB S Mu l t i s i t e C O M M- B S u b f i e l d
FS Flight Status MC Me s s a g e , C O M M- C
FT Foot/Feet MD Me s s a g e , C O M M- D
Ft Foot/Feet ME Me s s a g e , C O M M- E
ME A S Me a s u r i n g
G ME S Mu l t i s i t e E L M S u b f i e l d
6
GEN Generator MH z Me g a h e r t z ( 1 0 H e r t z )
-6
GND Ground µs Mi c r o s e c o n d ( 1 0 S e c o n d s )
MI D Mo d e S A d d r e s s
H
MI N Mi n i mu m
h Hexadecimal MP U Mi c r o p r o c e s s i n g U n i t
Hz Hertz ms
-3
Mi l l i s e c o n d ( 1 0 S e c o n d s )
HRC Horizontal Resolution Advisory MT B Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t B i t
Complement
MT E Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t E n c o u n t e r
I MT L Mi n i mu m T h r e s h o l d L e v e l
MU Me s s a g e , C O M M- U
ID Identification MV Me s s a g e , C O M M- V
IDS Identifier Des ignators Subfield
IFF Identification Friend or Foe N
II Interrogator Identification
IIS Interrogator Identification N/A Not Applicable
Subfield NC C - S e g me n t N u mb e r
IN Input ND D - S e g me n t N u mb e r
INTERR Interrogation n mi N a u t i c a l Mi l e s
I/O Input/Output No N u mb e r
-9
ITM Intermode ns Nanosecond (10 Seconds)

K O
KE Control, ELM o Octal
3
kg Kilogram (10 Grams) OUT Output
3
kHz Kilohertz (10 Hertz) Ω Ohm
3
km Kilometer (10 meters)
Kts Knots (Velocity)

APPENDIX D
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR-6000

P T
PC Personal Computer TAS T r a n s mi s s i o n A c k n o w l e d g me n t
PC Printed Circuit Subfield
PC Protocol TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision
PI Parity/Interrogator Identity Avoidance System
PLCS Places TID Threat Identity Data
PN Part Number T MS T a c t i c a l Me s s a g e S u b f i e l d
PPM Pulse Position Modulation Trig Trigger
ppm Parts per Million TTI Threat Type Indicator
PR Probability of Reply TTL Transistor-Transistor Logic
PRF Pulse Repetition Frequency TX T r a n s mi t
PROM Programmable Read Only TXD T r a n s mi t D a t a
Me mo r y
psi Pounds per Square Inch U
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
UDS U-Definition Subfield
PWR Power
UELM Uplink Extended Length
R Me s s a g e
UF U p l i n k F o r ma t
RAM Random Access Memory UM U t i l i t y Me s s a g e
RAC Resolution Advisory UUT Unit Under Test
Complement
RAT Resolution Advisory V
Termination
V Volt
RC Reply Control
VAC Volts, Alternating Current
RCI Remote Control Interface
VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator
RCVD Received
Vdc Volts, Direct Current
RCVR Receiver
VDS V-Definition Subfield
Ref Reference
VERS Version
RF Radio Frequency
VRAM V i d e o R a n d o m A c c e s s M e mo r y
RI Reply Information Air-to-Air
VRC Vertical Resolution Advisory
RL Reply Length
C o mp l e me n t
RMS Root Mean Square
V r ms V o l t s R o o t Me a n S q u a r e
ROM Read Only Memory
VS Vertical Status
RR Reply Request
VSB Vertical Sense Bits
RRS Reply Request Subfield
VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio
RSS Reservation Status Subfield
RTCA Requirements and Technical W
Concepts for Aviation
organization W Watt
RTS Request to Sent
RX Receive X
RXD Receive Data X MT R T r a n s mi t t e r
Xon/Xoff Software Handshake
S
XPDR Transponder
SCOPE Oscilloscope
SCPI Standard Commands for
Programmable Instruments
organization
SD Special Designator
Sec Second
SL Sensitivity Level
SLM Standard Length Message
SLS Side-Lobe Suppression
SPI Special Identifier Pulse
SQTR Squitter
SRQ Service Request
SRS Segment Request Subfield
SSR Secondary Surveillance Radar
SYNC Synchronous

APPENDIX D
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR-6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX D
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX E - BREAKOUT BOX

Breakout Box - Top View

Figure 1

Breakout Box - Front View

Figure 2

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

1. US B HO ST CO NN E CT O R

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5 V supply for USB devic e port
2 H_D- In/Out USB Host Data Compliment
3 H_D+ In/Out USB Host Data True
4 GND_DN1 Ground Ground for USB dev ice port

USB HOST Connector Table

Table 1

2. US B D E VI C E CO N N E CT O R

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 VBUS_UP Supply +5 V supply input from USB host
2 D_D- In/Out USB Host Data Compliment
3 D_D+ In/Out USB Host Data True
4 GND_UP Ground Ground for USB hos t port

USB DEVICE Connector Table

Table 2

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

3. AL T I T U D E E NCO D ER CO N N ECT O R

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 A1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
2 A2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
3 A4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
4 B1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
5 B2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
6 B4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
7 C1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
8 C2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
9 C4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
10
11 D2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
12 D4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
13 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
14
15

ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Table

Table 3

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

4. AU X IN C O N N ECT O R

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 REM_IN1 Input General Purpose Input
2 REM_IN2 Input General Purpose Input
3 REM_IN3 Input General Purpose Input
4 REM_IN4 Input General Purpose Input
5 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
6 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
7 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
8 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
9 DNU Supply Do Not Use, Reserved

AUX IN Connector Table

Table 4

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

5. RS - 2 3 2 CO N N ECT O R

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1
2 HOST_TXD BIPOLAR RS-232 Data Output
3 HOST_RXD BIPOLAR RS-232 Data Input
4
5 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
6
7 HOST_CTS BIPOLAR RS-232 Clear to Send (Input)
8 HOST_RTS BIPOLAR RS-232 Clear to Send (Output)
9

RS-232 Connector Table

Table 5

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

6. AU X O UT C O N NE CT O RS

CONNECTOR SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

AUX OUT 1 Output Mode S Interrogation Trigger
AUX OUT 2 Output ATCRBS Interrogation Trigger
AUX OUT 3 Output Not Used
AUX OUT 4 Output Not Used

Remote OUT Connector Table

Table 6

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

7. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5 V supply for USB devic e port
2 GND_DN1 Ground Ground for USB dev ice port
3 VBUS_UP Supply +5 V supply input from USB host
4 GND_UP Ground Ground for USB hos t port
5 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
6 HOST-RTS Output RS-232 Request to send
7 A2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
8 A4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
9 C2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
10 C4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
11 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
12 REM_IN1 Input General Purpose Input
13 REM_OUT2 Output General Purpose Output
14 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
15 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
16 H_D- In/Out USB Host Data Compliment
17 H_D+ In/Out USB Host Data True
18 D_D- In/Out USB Host Data Compliment
19 D_D+ In/Out USB Host Data True
20 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
21 HOST_TXD Output RS-232 Data Output
22 HOST_CTS Input RS-232 Clear to s end
23 B1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
24 B2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
25 D2 Input Altitude Enc ode Input

R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r P i n - O u t T a b l e
Table 2

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

7. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R ( co n t )

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE DESCRIPTION

26 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
27 REM_IN2 Input General Purpose Input
28 REM_IN3 Input General Purpose Input
29 REM_OUT4 Output General Purpose Output
30 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
31 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5 V supply for USB devic e port
32 VBUS_DN1 Supply +5 V supply for USB devic e port
33 VBUS_UP Supply +5 V supply input from USB host
34 GND_UP Ground Ground for USB hos t port
35 GND Ground Sys tem Ground
36 HOST_RXD Input RS-232 Data Input
37 A1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
38 B4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
39 C1 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
40 REM_SP1 Spare Pin
41 D4 Input Altitude Enc ode Input
42 REM_IN4 Input General Purpose Input
43 REM_OUT1 Output General Purpose Output
44 REM_OUT3 Output General Purpose Output

REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table (cont)

Table 2

APPENDIX E
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX F - CONFIGURATIONS

F AR 4 3

ANT/DIR Configuration TX Power (dBm) R X MT L ( d B m ) T X F r e q ( MH z )

GENERIC ATCRBS 48.5 to 57.0 -73 (±4) 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S A 51.0 to 57.0 -73 (±4) 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S B 48.5 to 57.0 -73 (±4) 1090 (±3)

GENERIC MODE S 48.5 to 57.0 -74 (±3) 1090 (±3)

MO D E S C L A S S A 51.0 to 57.0 -74 (±3) 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L A S S B 48.5 to 57.0 -74 (±3) 1090 (±3)

MODE S CL B OPT FRQ 48.5 to 57.0 -74 (±3) 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L B O P T P O W 51.0 to 57.0 -74 (±3) 1090 (±3)

DIR w/ Coupler TX Power (dBm) R X MT L ( d B m ) T X F r e q ( MH z )

Configuration

GENERIC ATCRBS 48.5 to 57.0 -66 to -77 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S A 51.0 to 57.0 -66 to -77 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S B 48.5 to 57.0 -66 to -77 1090 (±3)

GENERIC MODE S 48.5 to 57.0 -68 to -77 1090 (±3)

MO D E S C L A S S A 51.0 to 57.0 -68 to -77 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L A S S B 48.5 to 57.0 -68 to -77 1090 (±3)

MODE S CL B OPT FRQ 48.5 to 57.0 -68 to -77 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L B O P T P O W 51.0 to 57.0 -68 to -77 1090 (±3)

APPENDIX F
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

MO D 43

Port Configuration TX Power (dBm) R X MT L ( d B m ) T X F r e q ( MH z )

GENERIC ATCRBS ≥48.5 ≤-69 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S A ≥51.0 ≤-69 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S B ≥48.5 ≤-69 1090 (±3)

GENERIC MODE S ≥48.5 ≤-71 1090 (±3)

MO D E S C L A S S A ≥51.0 ≤-71 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L A S S B ≥48.5 ≤-71 1090 (±3)

MODE S CL B OPT FRQ ≥48.5 ≤ -71 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L B O P T P O W ≥51.0 ≤-71 1090 (±3)

DIR w/ Coupler TX Power (dBm) R X MT L ( d B m ) T X F r e q ( MH z )

Configuration

GENERIC ATCRBS ≥48.5 ≤-66 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S A ≥51.0 ≤-66 1090 (±3)

A TC R B S C L A S S B ≥48.5 ≤-66 1090 (±3)

GENERIC MODE S ≥48.5 ≤-68 1090 (±3)

MO D E S C L A S S A ≥51.0 ≤-68 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L A S S B ≥48.5 ≤-68 1090 (±3)

MODE S CL B OPT FRQ ≥48.5 ≤-68 1090 (±1)

MO D E S C L B O P T P O W ≥51.0 ≤-68 1090 (±3)

APPENDIX F
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX G - MODE S ADDRESS BLOCKS

This table contains Mode S address blocks for countries whose tail numbers are decoded by the
IFR 6000. For an expanded list of Mode S codes, refer to Appendix H.

COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK

Belgium 448000 - 448FFF

Canada C00000 - C3FFFF

Denmark 458000 - 45FFFF

France 380000 - 3AFFFF

Germany 3C0000 - 3FFFFF

Poland 488000 - 48FFFF

Switzerland 4B0000 - 4B7FFF

USA A00000 - AFFFFF

APPENDIX G
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX G
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX H - MODE S ADDRESS BLOCKS

T h i s t a b l e c o n t a i n s a c o m p l e t e l i s t o f Mo d e S a d d r e s s b l o c k s . F o r c o u n t r i e s w h o s e t a i l n u mb e r s
are decoded by the IFR 6000, refer to Appendix G.

COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK

Afghanistan 70000 - 700FFF Brazil E40000 - E4FFFF

Albania 501000 - 5013FF Brunei Darassalam 895000 - 8953FF

Algeria 0A0000 - 0A7FFF Bulgaria 450000 - 457FFF

Angola 090000 - 090FFF Burkin Faso 09C000 - 09CFFF

Antigua and Barbuda 0CA000 - 0CA3FF Burundi 032000 - 032FFF

Argentina E00000 - E3FFFF Cambodia 70E000 - 70EFFF

Armenia 600000 - 6003FF Cameroon 034000 - 034FFF

Australia 7C0000 - 7FFFFF Canada C00000 - C3FFFF

Austria 440000 - 447FFF Cape Verde 096000 - 096FF

Azerbaijan 600800 - 600BFF Central African 06C000 - 06CFFF

Republic

Bahamas 0A8000 - 0A8FFF Chad 084000 - 084FFF

Bahrain 894000 - 894FFF Chile E80000 - E80FFF

Bangladesh 702000 - 702FFF China 780000 - 78BFFF

Barbados 0AA000 - 0AA3FF Colombia 0AC000 - 0ACFFF

Belarus 510000 - 5103FF Comoros 035000 - 0353FF

Belgium 448000 - 448FFF Congo 036000 - 036FFF

Belize 0AB000 - 0AB3FF Cook Islands 901000 - 9013FF

Benin 094000 - 0943FF Costa Rica 0AE000 - 0AEFFF

Bhutan 680000 - 6803FF Côte d/Ivoire 038000 - 038FFF

Bolivia E94000 - E94FFF Croatia 501C00 - 501FFF

Bosnia and 513000 - 5133FF Cuba 0B0000 - 0B0FFF

Herzegovina

Botswana 030000 - 0303FF Cyprus 4C8000 - 4C83FF

APPENDIX H
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK

Czech Rep 498000 - 49FFFF Guinea-Bissau 048000 - 0483FF

Dem Republic Korea 72000 - 727FFF Guyana 0B6000 - 0B6FFF

Dem Republic Congo 08C000 - 08CFFF Haiti 0B800 - 0B8FFF

Denmark 458000 - 45FFFF Honduras 0BA000 - 0BAFFF

Djibouti 098000 - 0983FF Hungary 470000 - 477FFF

Dominican Rep 0C4000 - 0C4FFF Iceland 4CC000 - 4CCFFF

Ecuador E84000 - E84FFF India 800000 - 83FFFF

Egypt 010000 - 017FFF Indonesia 8A0000 - 8A7FFF

El Salvador 0B2000 - 0B2FFF Iran, Islamic Rep 730000 - 737FFF

Equatorial Guinea 042000 - 042FFF Iraq 728000 - 72FFFF

Eritrea 202000 - 2023FF Ireland 4CA000 - 4CAFFF

Estonia 511000 - 5113FF Israel 738000 - 73FFFF

Ethiopia 040000 - 040FFF Italy 300000 - 33FFFF

Fiji C88000 - C88FFF Jamaica 0BE000 - 0BEFFF

Finland 460000 - 467FFF Japan 840000 - 87FFFF

France 380000 - 3AFFFF Jordan 740000 - 747FFF

Gabon 03E000 - 03EFFF Kazakhstan 683000 - 6733FF

Gambia 09A000 - 09AFFF Kenya 04C000 - 04CFFF

Georgia 514000 - 5143FF Kiribati C8E000 - C8E3FF

Germany 3C0000 - 3FFFFF Kuwait 706000 - 706FFF

Ghana 044000 - 044FFF Kyrgyzstan 601000 - 6013FF

Greece 468000 - 46FFFF Lao Dem Rep 708000 - 708FFF

Grenada 0C000 - 0CC3FF Latvia 502C0 - 502FFF

Guatemala 0B4000 - 0B4FFF Lebanon 748000 - 74FFFF

Guinea 046000 - 046FFF Lesotho 04A000 - 04A3FF

APPENDIX H
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK

Liberia 050000 - 050FFF New Zealand C80000 - C87FFF

Libyan Arab Jam 018000 - 01FFFF Nicaragua 0C0000 - 0C0FFF

Lithuania 503C00 - 503FFF Niger 062000 - 062FFF

Luxembourg 4D0000 - 4D03FF Nigeria 064000 - 064FFF

Madagascar 054000 - 054FFF Norway 478000 - 47FFFF

Malawi 057000 - 058FFF Oman 70C000 - 70C3FF

Malaysia 75000 - 757FFF Pakistan 760000 - 767FFF

Maldives 05A000 - 05A3FF Palau 684000 - 6843FF

Mali 05C000 - 05CFFF Panama 0C2000 - 0C2FFF

Malta 4D2000 - 4D23FF Papua New Guinea 898000 - 898FFF

Marshall Islands 900000 - 9003FF Paraguay E88000 - E88FFF

Mauritania 05E000 - 05D3FF Peru E8C000 - E8CFFF

Mauritius 060000 - 0603FF Philippines 758000 - 75FFFF

Mexico 0D0000 - 0D7FFF Poland 488000 - 48FFFF

Micronesia, Federal 681000 - 6813FF Portugal 490000 - 497FFF

States

Monaco 4D4000 - 4D43FF Qatar 06A000 - 06A3FF

Mongolia 682000 - 6823FF Rep of Korea 718000 - 71FFFF

Morocco 020000 - 027FFF Rep of Moldova 504C00 - 504FFF

Mozambique 006000 - 006FFF Romania 4A0000 - 4A7FFF

Myanmar 704000 - 704FFF Russian Fed 100000 - 1FFFFF

Namibia 201000 - 2013FF Rwanda 06E000 - 06EFFF

Nauru C8A000 - C8A3FF Saint Lucia C8C000 - C8C3FF

Nepal 70A000 - 70AFFF St Vincent and 0BC000 - 0BC3FF

Grenadines

Netherlands, Kingdom 480000 - 487FFF Samoa 902000 - 9023FF

APPENDIX H
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK

San Marino 500000 - 5003FF The Former Yugoslav 512000 - 5123FF

Republic of Macedonia

Sao Tome and 09E000 - 09E3FF Togo 08800 - 088FFF

Principe

Saudi Arabia 710000 - 717FFF Tonga C8D000 - C8D3FF

Senegal 070000 - 070FFF Trinidad and Tobago 0C6000 - 0C6FFF

Seychelles 074000 - 0743FF Tunisia 028000 - 02FFFF

Sierra Leone 076000 - 0763FF Turkey 4B8000 - 4BFFFF

Singapore 768000 - 76FFFF Turkmenistan 601800 - 601BFF

Slovakia 505C00 - 505FFF Uganda 068000 - 068FFF

Slovenia 506C00 - 506FFF Ukraine 508000 - 50FFFF

Solomon Islands 897000 - 8973FF United Arab Emirates 896000 - 896FFF

Somalia 078000 - 078FFF United Kingdom 400000 - 423FFFF

South Africa 008000 - 00FFFF United Rep of 080000 - 080FFF

Tanzania

Spain 340000 - 37FFFF United States A00000 - AFFFFF

Sri Lanka 770000 - 777FFF Uruguay E90000 - E00FFF

Sudan 07C000 - 07CFFF Uzbekistan 507C00 - 507FFF

Suriname 0C80000 - 0C8FFF Vanuatu C90000 - C903FF

Swaziland 07A000 - 07A3FF Venezuela 0D8000 - 0DFFFF

Sweden 4A8000 - 4AFFFF Viet Nam 888000 - 88FFFF

Switzerland 4B0000 - 4B7FFF Yemen 890000 - 890FFF

Syrian Arab Rep 778000 - 77FFFF Zambia 08A000 - 08AFFF

Tajikistan 515000 - 5153FF Zimbabwe 004000 - 0043FF

Thailand 880000 - 887FFF

APPENDIX H
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK

Non-Contracting States

Yugoslavia 4C0000 - 4C7FFF

Other Allocations

ICAO (1) F00000 - F07FFF

ICAO (2) 899000 - 8993FF

ICAO (2) F09000 - F093FF

(1) I C A O o r i t s d e s i g n a t e a d m i n i s t e r s t h i s b l o c k f o r a s s i g n i n g t e mp o r a r y a i r c r a f t a d d r e s s e s i f
a n d w h e n a n i m m e d i a t e a c t i o n i s t o b e t a k e n t o a v o i d t h e a s s i g n me n t o f a n u n a u t h o r i z e d
24-bit aircraft address.

It is intended that the temporary address is to be relinquished as soon as practicable when

t h e 2 4 - b i t a i r c r a f t a d d r e s s i s a s s i g n e d b y a S t a t o f R e g i s t r y o r c o mmo n ma r k r e g i s t e r i n g
authority in conformance with the provisions in 4, 5 and 6 of the ICAO Annex 10 Vol. III.

The State concerned is then expected to inform ICAO or its designate regarding the release
of the temporary address.
(2) Block allocated for special use in the interest of flight safety

APPENDIX H
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX H
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX I - SIGNAL FORMATS

1. O P E RAT ING G O AL S
Mo d e S c o m b i n e s s e c o n d a r y s u r v e i l l a n c e r a d a r 2.3 DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS
and a ground-air-ground data link system to The discrete addressing and digital encoding
provide aircraft surveillance and a l l o w Mo d e S t r a n s mi s s i o n s t o b e u s e d a s
c o m mu n i c a t i o n s n e c e s s a r y f o r s u p p o r t i n g digital data links. Interrogation and reply
a u t o ma t e d A T C i n d e n s e t r a f f i c e n v i r o n me n t s . f o r ma t s o f t h e Mo d e S s y s t e m c o n t a i n
Mo d e S p r o v i d e s c o m m o n - c h a n n e l s u f f i c i e n t c o d i n g s p a c e t o t r a n s mi t d a t a . M o s t
interoperation with the ATC beacon system Mo d e S d a t a l i n k t r a n s m i s s i o n s a r e h a n d l e d a s
a n d ma y b e i m p l e m e n t e d o v e r a n e x t e n d e d o n e 5 6 - b i t me s s a g e i n c l u d e d a s p a r t o f l o n g
ATCRBS-to-Mode S transition period. In 112-bit interrogations or replies. The
supporting ATC automation, Mode S provides t r a n s mi s s i o n s i n c l u d e t h e me s s a g e i n a d d i t i o n
the reliable communications necessary for to surveillance data, and is generally used in
data link services. place of a surveillance interrogation and/or
reply.
2. MO D E S M E S SAG E C O NT EN T
A n e f f i c i e n t t r a n s mi s s i o n o f l o n g e r me s s a g e s
2.1 ADDRESS/PARITY (FIELD AP) i s a c c o mp l i s h e d b y t h e e x t e n d e d l e n g t h
All discrete Mode S interrogations (56-bit or me s s a g e ( E L M ) c a p a b i l i t y ( U F 2 4 a n d D F 2 4 ) .
112-bit) and replies (except the All Call reply) Using this capability, a sequence of up to
contain the 24-bit discrete address of the s i x t e e n 8 0 - b i t me s s a g e s e g me n t s ( e a c h w i t h a
Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r u p o n w h i c h 2 4 e r r o r - 1 1 2 - b i t t r a n s mi s s i o n ) i s t r a n s mi t t e d , e i t h e r
detecting parity check bits are overlaid. In the ground-to-air or air-to-ground and is
All Call reply, the 24 parity check bits are acknowledged with a single reply/interrogation.
overlaid on the address of the Mode S E L Ms d o n o t c o n t a i n s u r v e i l l a n c e d a t a a n d
interrogator. The text of the reply includes the thus cannot substitute for a surveillance
discrete address of the transponder. interrogation-reply cycle.
3. SI G N AL FO R M AT S
2.2 SURVEILLANCE
S i g n a l f o r ma t s f o r u p l i n k a n d d o w n l i n k
T h e p r i ma r y f u n c t i o n o f M o d e S i s me s s a g e s a r e o u t l i n e d i n C h a p t e r 2 , R T C A
surveillance. For the Mode S transponder, this D O - 1 8 1 a n d C h a p t e r 2 , V o l u me I o f R T C A D O-
function is accomplished by using short (56- 185. Tables 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in Appendix B
bit) transmissions in both directions. In these c o n t a i n t h e s i g n a l f o r ma t s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s .
t r a n s mi s s i o n s , t h e a i r c r a f t r e p o r t s a l t i t u d e D a t a i s e x p r e s s e d i n d e c i ma l u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e
(DF04) or ATCRBS 4096 code as well as flight specified. Refer to Appendix B, Table 6 for
status (airborne, on the ground, alert, Special conversion to hexadecimal, octal or binary.
Position Identification [SPI], etc.). Appendix B, Table 7 shows the ATC-601-2
f i x e d f o r ma t s f o r Mo d e S u s i n g F r o n t P a n e l
operation.
NOTE: T C A S o p e r a t e s i n Mo d e S a n d ma n y
signals pertain only to TCAS.

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
FORMAT
NO. UF
0 (0 0000)  3 (RL:1) 4 (AQ:1) (BD:8) 10  (AP:24) ........ Short Air-Air Surveillance
1 (0 0001)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
2 (0 0010)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
3 (0 0011)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
4 (0 0100) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (AP:24) ..Surveillance, Altitude Request
5 (0 0101) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (AP-24) .. Surveillance, Identity Request
6 (0 0110)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
7 (0 0111)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
8 (0 1000)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
9 (0 1001)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
10 (0 1010)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
11 (0 1011) ( P R : 4 ) ( I I : 4 )       1 9       ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mo d e S O n l y A l l C a l l
12 (0 1100)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
13 (0 1101)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
14 (0 1110)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
15 (0 1111)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
1 6 ( 1 0 0 0 0 )  3  ( R L : 1 )  4  ( A Q : 1 )  1 8  ( MU : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . . . L o n g A i r - A i r S u r v e i l l a n c e
17 (1 0001)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
18 (1 0010)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
19 (1 0011)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
20 (1 0100) ( P C : 3 ) ( R R : 5 ) ( D I : 3 ) ( S D : 1 6 ) ( MA : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . C o m m- A , A l t i t u d e R e q u e s t
21 (1 0101) ( P C : 3 ) ( R R : 5 ) ( D I : 3 ) ( S D : 1 6 ) ( MA : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . C o m m- A , I d e n t i t y R e q u e s t
22 (1 0110)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
23 (1 0111)  27 or 83  (AP:24)
24 (1 1xxx) (RC:2) (NC:4) (MC:80) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C o m m- C ( E L M )
NOTE: ( X X : M) r e p r e s e n t s a f i e l d d e s i g n a t e d X X c o n t a i n i n g M n u mb e r o f a s s i g n e d b i t s .
NOTE: N represents free coding space with N available bits, coded as Zeros for
t r a n s mi s s i o n .
NOTE: F o r U p l i n k F o r m a t s ( U F ) 0 t h r o u g h 2 3 , t h e f o r ma t n u mb e r c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h e b i n a r y c o d e
i n t h e f i r s t 5 b i t s o f t h e i n t e r r o g a t i o n . F o r ma t n u mb e r 2 4 i s a r b i t r a r i l y d e f i n e d a s t h e
f o r ma t b e g i n n i n g w i t h O n e s i n t h e f i r s t t w o b i t p o s i t i o n s . T h e f o l l o w i n g t h r e e b i t s ( x x x )
vary with the interrogation content.
NOTE: A l l f o r ma t s a r e s h o w n f o r c o m p l e t e n e s s , a l t h o u g h a n u mb e r o f t h e m a r e u n u s e d .
O v e r v i e w o f M o d e S I n t e r r o g a t i o n F o r ma t s
Table 1

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
FORMAT
NO. DF
0 (0 0000) (VS:1) (CC:1)-1-(SL:3)-2-(RI:4)-2-(AC:13) (AP:24)......... Short Air-Air Surveillance
1 (0 0001)  27 or 83  (P:24)
2 (0 0010)  27 or 83  (P:24)
3 (0 0011)  27 or 83  (P:24)
4 (0 0100) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (AC:13) (AP:24) ..... Surveillance, Altitude Reply
5 (0 0101) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (ID:13) (AP-24) ...... Surveillance, Identity Reply
6 (0 0110)  27 or 83  (P:24)
7 (0 0111)  27 or 83  (P:24)
8 (0 1000)  27 or 83  (P:24)
9 (0 1001)  27 or 83  (P:24)
10 (0 1010)  27 or 83  (P:24)
11 (0 1011) (CA:3) (AA:24) (PI:24) ............. All Call Reply/Squitter
12 (0 1100)  27 or 83  (P:24)
13 (0 1101)  27 or 83  (P:24)
14 (0 1110)  27 or 83  (P:24)
15 (0 1111)  27 or 83  (P:24)
16 (1 0000) (VS:1)-2-(SL:3)-2-(RI:4)-2-(AC:13)(MV:56)(AP:24)......... Long Air-Air Surveillance
17 (1 0001) (CA:3) (AA:24) (ME:56) (PI:24) ....................Extended Squitter
18 (1 0010)  27 or 83  (P:24)
19 (1 0011)  27 or 83  (P:24)
2 0 ( 1 0 1 0 0 ) ( F S : 3 ) ( D R : 5 ) ( U M: 6 ) ( A C : 1 3 ) ( MB : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . C o m m- B , A l t i t u d e R e p l y
21 (1 0101) ( F S : 3 ) ( D R : 5 ) ( U M: 6 ) ( I D : 1 3 ) ( MB : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . C o m m- B , I d e n t i t y R e p l y
22 (1 0110)  27 or 83  (P:24)
23 (1 0111)  27 or 83  (P:24)
24 (1 1xxx) (KE:1) (ND:4) (MD:80) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C o m m- D ( E L M )
NOTE: ( X X : M ) r e p r e s e n t s a f i e l d d e s i g n a t e d X X c o n t a i n i n g M n u mb e r o f a s s i g n e d b i t s .
NOTE: ( P : 2 4 ) r e p r e s e n t s a 2 4 - b i t f i e l d r e s e r v e d f o r p a r i t y i n f o r ma t i o n .
NOTE: N represents free coding space with N available bits, coded as Zeros for
transmission.
NOTE: F o r D o w n l i n k F o r m a t s ( D F ) 0 t h r o u g h 2 3 , t h e f o r ma t n u mb e r c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h e b i n a r y
c o d e i n t h e f i r s t 5 b i t s o f t h e r e p l y . F o r ma t n u mb e r 2 4 i s a r b i t r a r i l y d e f i n e d a s t h e f o r ma t
beginning with Ones in the first two bit positions. The following three bits (xxx) vary with
the reply content.
NOTE: A l l f o r m a t s a r e s h o w n f o r c o mp l e t e n e s s , a l t h o u g h a n u mb e r o f t h e m a r e u n u s e d .
O v e r v i e w O f Mo d e S R e p l y F o r ma t s
Table 2

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 3
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
AA 24 9-32 X The aircraft address announced in the
clear, used in DF=11, 17.
AC 13 20-32 X T h e a l t i t u d e c o d e u s e d i n f o r ma t s D F = 0 , 4 ,
16 and 20. All bits are Zeros if altitude
i n f o r ma t i o n i s n o t a v a i l a b l e . C o n t a i n s
me t r i c a l t i t u d e i f M - b i t ( 2 6 ) i s O n e .
AP 24 33-56 X Parity overlaid on the Address appears at
24 89-112 t h e e n d o f a l l t r a n s mi s s i o n s , u p l i n k a n d
d o w n l i n k , w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f f o r ma t
DF=11.
AQ 1 14 X D e s i g n a t e s f o r ma t s U F = 0 , 1 6 a s a c q u i s i t i o n
t r a n s mi s s i o n s . B i t 1 4 ( R I , D F = 0 , 1 6 ) ,
repeats AQ as received by transponder.
BD 8 15-22 X Contains the identity of the ground-initiated
C o m m- B r e g i s t e r c o n t e n t s t o a p p e a r i n t h e
MV f i e l d o f t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g r e p l y , u s e d i n
UF=0.
CA 3 6-8 X Used in DF=11, Acquisition Squitter & DF17
Extended Squitter or All Call reply, to report
transponder capability. Codes are:
0 = S i g n i f i e s n o c o mm u n i c a t i o n s c a p a b i l i t y
(surveillance only,) no ability to set CA
code 7, either on the ground or airborne.
1 = Not Used
2 = Not Used
3 = Not Used
4 = Level 2, 3 or 4; ability to set code 7, and
is on the ground.
5 = Level 2, 3 or 4; ability to set code 7, and
is airborne.
6 = Level 2,3 or 4; ability to set code 7.
7 = DR≠0 or FS=3,4 or 5.
NOTE: Codes 1 to 3 were used by earlier
Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s t h a t d i d n o t
use CA code 7.

CC 1 7 X Indicates transponder has ability to support

crosslink capability (decode the contents of
the UF=0 BD field and respond with the
contents of the specified ground-initiated
C o m m- B r e g i s t e r i n t h e MV f i e l d o f t h e
corresponding DF=16 reply. Used in DF=0.
0= Aircraft Cannot Support
1= Aircraft Can Support
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
CL 3 14-16 X Coding in Binary
000=IC Field contains the II code
001=IC Field contains SI codes 1 to 15
010=IC Field contains SI codes 16 to 31
011=IC Field contains SI codes 32 to 47
100=IC Field contains SI codes 48 to 63
DF 5 1-5 X T h e f i r s t f i e l d i n a l l d o w n l i n k f o r ma t s i s t h e
t r a n s mi s s i o n d e s c r i p t o r .
DI 3 14-16 X Identifies coding contained in the SD codes
are:
0 = SD has Interrogator Identifier (IIS).
1 = SD contains (IIS, MBS, MES, LOS, RSS,
T MS ) .
2 = SD used for extended squitter surface
control
3 = SD contains SIS, LSS, RRS
4-6 = Not assigned.
7 = S D c o n t a i n s I I S , R R S , L O S , T MS
DR 5 9-13 X Requests extraction of downlink messages
from the transponder by the interrogator
a n d a p p e a r s i n f o r ma t s D F = 4 , 5 , 2 0 , 2 1 .
The codes are:
0 = No downlink request.
1 = R e q u e s t t o s e n d C o m m- B me s s a g e ( B
bit set),
2 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a v a i l a b l e .
3 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a v a i l a b l e a n d r e q u e s t
t o s e n d C o m m- B me s s a g e .
4 = C o m m- B B r o a d c a s t # 1 a v a i l a b l e .
5 = C o m m- B B r o a d c a s t # 2 a v a i l a b l e .
6 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a n d C o m m- B
Broadcast #1 available.
7 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a n d C o m m- B
Broadcast #2 available.
8-15 = Not assigned.
16-31 = Request to send n-segments,
signified by 15 + n.
Codes 1-15 take priority over codes 16-31.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 5
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
FS 3 6-8 X Reports flight status of aircraft and is used
i n f o r ma t s D F = 4 , 5 , 2 0 , 2 1 . C o d e s a r e :
ON THE
CODE ALERT SPI AIRBORNE GROUND
0 no no yes no
1 no no no yes
2 y es no yes no
3 y es no no yes
4 y es y es either
5 no y es either
6 -Reserved
7- Not assigned.
ID 13 2-32 X T h e 4 0 9 6 i d e n t i f i c a t i o n c o d e , n u mb e r s , a s ,
set by the pilot, in DF=5, 21.
IC 4 10-13 X Contains II or SI depending on value of CL
field.
II: Identifies the interrogator and appears in
UF=11, the Mode S Only All Call.
N O T E : T h e s a me i n f o r ma t i o n m a y a l s o
appear in the IIS subfields.
SI: Surveillance Identifer
(lower 4 bits of 6 bit SI code)
NOTE: Surveillance Identifier is derived
from CL and IC fields of UF11, or
directly in the SIS subfield of SD
f i e l d v a l u e o f C L f i e l d i n f o r ma t s
UF4,5,20 and 21
KE 1 4 X D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e N D a n d MD f i e l d s
i n C o mm - D r e p l i e s , D F = 2 4 .
MA 56 33-88 X Me s s a g e s d i r e c t e d t o t h e a i r c r a f t , p a r t o f
C o m m- A i n t e r r o g a t i o n s , U F = 2 0 , 2 1 .
ADS 8 33-40 X D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MA me s s a g e f i e l d
i n C o mm - A r e q u e s t s a n d i s e x p r e s s e d i n
two groups of 4 bits each, ADS1 (33-36)
and ADS2 (37-40).
ADS1 4 33-36 X Part of the A-Definition Subfield and is set
t o 0 f o r T C A S S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l C o m ma n d s .
ADS2 4 37-40 X Part of the A-Definition Subfield and is set
t o 5 f o r T C A S S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l C o m ma n d s .
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 6
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
MA SLC 4 41-44 X S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l C o m ma n d f o r t h e T C A S
aircraft. The codes are:
0 = N o c o m ma n d .
1 = Not Assigned.
2 = S e l e c t T A _ O N L Y mo d e o f o p e r a t i o n .
3 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 3.
4 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 4.
5 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 5.
6 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 6.
7 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 7.
8-14 = Not Assigned.
15 = Cancel previous Sensitivity Level.
MB 56 33-88 X Me s s a g e s t o b e t r a n s mi t t e d t o i n t e r r o g a t o r ,
p a r t o f t h e C o m m- B r e p l i e s , D F = 2 0 , 2 1 .
The field contains Data Link, Capability
Reports or Aircraft Identification Reports or
TCAS Resolution Advisory Reports.
ACS 20 45-64 X C o m m- A c a p a b i l i t y s u b f i e l d r e p o r t s d a t a l i n k
service(s) supported by the installation. If
a l l b i t s a r e Z e r o s , n o C o m m- A d a t a l i n k
services are supported.
AIS 48 41-88 X Aircraft Identification, reported when a
s u r v e i l l a n c e o r C o m m- A i n t e r r o g a t i o n
(UF=4, 5, 20, 21) contains RR=18 and
DI=anything but 7. AIS contains up to eight
6-bit characters as defined in Table 4.
MB ARA 14 41-54 X TCAS Resolution Advisory Report indicating
current Active Resolution Advisories (if any)
generated by own TCAS unit against one or
mo r e t h r e a t a i r c r a f t . E a c h b i t i n d i c a t e s a
specific resolution advisory with One being
active and Zero being inactive. Bit
indications are:
4 1 - C l i mb .
42-Don't descend.
4 3 - D o n ' t d e s c e n d f a s t e r t h a n 5 0 0 F P M.
4 4 - D o n ' t d e s c e n d f a s t e r t h a n 1 0 0 0 F P M.
4 5 - D o n ’ t d e s c e n d f a s t e r t h a n 2 0 0 0 F P M.
46-Descend.
4 7 - D o n ' t c l i mb .
4 8 - D o n ' t c l i mb f a s t e r t h a n 5 0 0 F P M.
4 9 - D o n ' t c l i mb f a s t e r t h a n 1 0 0 0 F P M.
5 0 - D o n ' t c l i mb f a s t e r t h a n 2 0 0 0 F P M.
51-Turn left.
52-Turn right.
53-Don't turn left.
54-Don't turn right.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 7
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
MB BCS 16 65-80 X C o m m- B c a p a b i l i t y s u b f i e l d r e p o r t s i n s t a l l e d
data sources that can be accessed by the
g r o u n d f o r t r a n s mi s s i o n v i a a g r o u n d -
i n i t i a t e d C o m m- B . I f a l l b i t s a r e Z e r o s , n o
data is accessible by a ground-initiated
C o m m- B .
BDS 8 33-40 X D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MB me s s a g e f i e l d
i n r e p l y t o g r o u n d - i n i t i a t e d C o mm - B a n d i s
expressed in two groups of 4 bits each,
BDS1 (33-36) and BDS2 (37-40).
BDS1 4 33-36 X Corresponds with RR in UF=4, 5, 20, 21.
The codes are:
0 = MB c o n t a i n s A i r - i n i t i a t e d C o mm - B .
1 = MB c o n t a i n s D a t a L i n k C a p a b i l i t y
Report.
2 = MB c o n t a i n s A i r c r a f t I d e n t i f i c a t i o n .
3 = MB c o n t a i n s T C A S R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y .
4-15 = Not assigned.
BDS2 4 37-40 X B a s i c r e p o r t u s e s B D S 2 = 0 . Mo r e c o mp l e x
Mo d e S i n s t a l l a t i o n s r e p o r t a d d i t i o n a l
c a p a b i l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f o r ma t s a s s i g n e d t o
BDS2 codes other than 0 as requested by
interrogator, specified in the RRS subfield
of SD.
CFS 4 41-44 X Continuation subfield contains the BDS2
value of the next additional capability report
available from the installation.
MB ECS 8 81-88 X Data Link Capability subfield reports ELM
capability of installation. No ELM data link
services are supported if all bits are Zeros.
MTE 1 60 X Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t E n c o u n t e r b i t i n d i c a t e s ≥ 2
s i mu l t a n e o u s T C A S t h r e a t s .
RAC 4 55-58 X R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t s s u b f i e l d
indicates currently active resolution,
a d v i s o r y c o mp l e me n t s ( i f a n y ) r e c e i v e d f r o m
all other TCAS aircraft with on-board
resolution capability. Bits are set to One
when active and Zero when inactive. Bit
indications are:
55-Don't descend.
5 6 - D o n ' t c l i mb .
57-Don’t turn left.
58-Don't turn right.
RAT 1 59 X R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y T e r mi n a t e d i n d i c a t o r i s
set to One for 18 seconds (±1 second)
f o l l o w i n g t e r mi n a t i o n o f a p r e v i o u s l y
reported resolution advisory.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 8
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
MB TID 26 33-88 X Threat Identity Data subfield contains data
according to TTI field. If TTI=1, TID
c o n t a i n s Mo d e S a d d r e s s o f t h r e a t i n b i t s
63-85 (bits 87-88 are Zero). If TTI=2, TID
contains altitude, range and bearing data.
TIDA 13 63-75 X Threat Identity Data, Altitude subfield
r e p o r t s Mo d e C a l t i t u d e c o d e o f t h e t h r e a t .
TIDB 6 83-88 X Threat Identity, Bearing subfield reports
mo s t r e c e n t b e a r i n g o f t h e t h r e a t .
TIDR 7 76-82 X Threat Identity, Range subfield reports most
recent range of the threat.
TTI 2 61-62 X Threat Type Indicator subfield defines type
of data in TID field.
MC 80 9-88 X C o m m- C f i e l d c o n t a i n s o n e s e g me n t o f a
s e q u e n c e o f s e g me n t s t r a n s mi t t e d t o t h e
t r a n s p o n d e r i n t h e E L M mo d e . M C i s p a r t
of UF=24.
IIS 4 9-12 (if X Interrogator Identifier subfield reports the
RC=0 to 2) identity of the interrogator (See SD and UM
or 25-28 (if fields).
RC=3)
SRS 16 9-24 X I f a C o m m- C i n t e r r o g a t i o n ( U F = 2 4 ) c o n t a i n s
RC=3, the SRS subfield contains a list of
s e g me n t r e q u e s t - a u t h o r i z a t i o n s f o r D E L Ms
in the 16-bit (9-24) SRS subfield. Starting
w i t h b i t 9 , d e n o t i n g t h e f i r s t s e g me n t , e a c h
of the following bits is set to One if the
t r a n s mi s s i o n o f t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g s e g me n t
is requested. Refer to Table 5.
MD 80 9-88 X C o m m- D f i e l d , p a r t o f D F = 2 4 , c o n t a i n s o n e
s e g me n t o f a s e q u e n c e o f s e g me n t s
t r a n s mi t t e d b y t h e t r a n s p o n d e r i n t h e E L M
mo d e . I t ma y c o n t a i n a s u m ma r y o f
r e c e i v e d M C s e g me n t s o f a n u p l i n k E L M.
TAS 16 17-32 X R e p o r t s s e g me n t s r e c e i v e d i n a C o m m- C
sequence. Starting with bit 17 denoting the
f i r s t s e g me n t , e a c h s u c c e s s i v e b i t i s O n e i f
the corresponding segment was received.
T A S a p p e a r s i f K E = 1 i n t h e s a me r e p l y .
Refer to Table 5 for values.
ME 56 33-88 X E x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r me s s a g e , p a r t o f D F = 1 7 ,
c o n t a i n s b r o a d c a s t me s s a g e s .
MU 56 33-88 X Field, part of the long air-air surveillance
i n t e r r o g a t i o n U F = 1 6 , c o n t a i n s i n f o r ma t i o n
used in air-to-air exchanges (TCAS,
R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s a n d T C A S B r o a d c a s t
Me s s a g e s ) .
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 9
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
MU CHC 3 47-49 X Cancel Horizontal Resolution Advisory
C o mp l e me n t . I n T C A S R e s o l u t i o n
Me s s a g e s t r a n s mi t t e d b y T C A S w i t h o u t
horizontal resolution capability, CHC is set
to 0. The codes are:
0 = No cancellation.
1 = Cancel, don't turn left.
2 = Cancel, don't turn right.
3-7 = Not assigned.
CVC 2 43-44 X Cancel Vertical Resolution Advisory
C o mp l e me n t . T h e c o d e s a r e :
0 = No cancellation.
1 = Cancel, don't descend.
2 = C a n c e l , d o n ’ t c l i mb .
3 = Not assigned.
HRC 3 50-52 X Horizontal Resolution Advisory
C o mp l e me n t . I n T C A S R e s o l u t i o n
Me s s a g e s t r a n s mi t t e d b y T C A S w i t h o u t
horizontal resolution capability, HRC is set
to 0. The codes are:
0 = No horizontal resolution advisory
c o mp l e me n t s e n t .
1 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/do not
turn left.
2 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/do not
turn right.
3-4 = Not assigned.
5 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/do not
turn left.
6 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/do not
turn right.
7 = Not assigned.
HSB 5 56-60 X Encoded Sense Bits for Horizontal
R e s o l u t i o n C o mp l e me n t s p r o v i d e a p a r i t y
coding field protecting the six horizontal
sense bits (CHC and HRC) and are used in
T C A S I I I R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s .
MID 24 65-88 X Contains discrete address of interrogating
aircraft and is in TCAS Resolution
Advisories Lock Requests, TCAS Resolution
Me s s a g e s a n d T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s .
N O T E : T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e i s s e n t a t
10-second intervals.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 10
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
MU MTB 1 42 X Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t B i t i n d i c a t e s mo r e t h a n o n e
T C A S t h r e a t w h e n s e t t o O n e a n d n o mo r e
than one threat when set to Zero.
UDS 8 33-40 X D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e M U me s s a g e
field and is expressed in two 4-bit groups,
UDS1 (33-36) and UDS2 (37-40).
UDS1 4 33-36 X I s s e t t o 3 f o r T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s
a n d T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s .
UDS2 4 37-40 X I s s e t t o 0 f o r T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s
o r s e t t o 2 f o r T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s .
VRC 2 45-46 X V e r t i c a l R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y , C o mp l e me n t .
The codes are:
0 = No vertical resolution advisory
c o mp l e me n t s e n t .
1 = Don't descend.
2 = D o n ' t c l i mb .
3 = Not assigned.
VSB 4 61-64 X Encoded Sense Bits for Vertical Resolution
C o mp l e me n t s p r o v i d e a p a r i t y c o d i n g f i e l d
to protect four vertical sense bits (CVC and
V R C ) i n a l l T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s . I f
bits 43-46 do not agree with bits 61-64, the
T C A S r e c e i v e r a s s u me s a n e r r o r a n d
d i s r e g a r d s me s s a g e . B i t s a r e a s f o l l o w s :
43 44 45 46 61 62 63 64
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 11
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
MV 56 33-88 X Field, part of the long air-air surveillance
r e p l y D F = 1 6 , c o n t a i n s i n f o r ma t i o n u s e d i n
air-to-air exchanges (Coordination Reply
Me s s a g e ) .
ARA 14 41-54 X S a me a s i n MB f i e l d .
MTE 1 60 X S a me a s i n MB f i e l d .
RAC 4 55-58 X S a me a s i n MB f i e l d .
RAT 1 59 X S a me a s i n MB f i e l d .
MV VDS 8 33-40 X D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MV me s s a g e f i e l d
and is expressed in two 4-bit groups, VDS1
(33-36) and VDS2 (37-40).
VDS1 4 33-36 X I s s e t t o 3 f o r C o o r d i n a t i o n R e p l y Me s s a g e .
VDS2 4 37-40 X I s s e t t o 0 f o r C o o r d i n a t i o n R e p l y Me s s a g e .
NC 4 5-8 X P r o v i d e s t h e s e g me n t n u mb e r t r a n s mi t t e d i n
a n u p l i n k E L M a n d i s p a r t o f a C o mm - C
interrogation, UF=24.
ND 4 5-8 X P r o v i d e s t h e s e g me n t n u mb e r t r a n s mi t t e d i n
a d o w n l i n k E L M a n d i s p a r t o f a C o m m- D
reply, DF=24.
PC 3 6-8 X C o n t a i n s o p e r a t i n g c o m ma n d s t o t h e
transponder and is part of surveillance and
C o m m- A i n t e r r o g a t i o n s U F = 4 , 5 , 2 0 , 2 1 .
The codes are:
0 = No changes in transponder state.
1 = Non-selective All Call lockout.
2 = Not assigned.
3 = Not assigned.
4 = Cancel B.
5 = Cancel C.
6 = Cancel D.
7 = Not assigned.
PI 24 33-56 X Contains the parity overlaid on the
interrogator identity code. PI is part of the
reply, DF=11, to the Mode S Only All Call.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 12
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
PR 4 6-9 X F i e l d c o n t a i n s c o m ma n d s t o t h e t r a n s p o n d e r
s p e c i f y i n g t h e r e p l y p r o b a b i l i t y t o t h e Mo d e
S Only All Call interrogation, UF=11
c o n t a i n i n g t h e P R . A c o m ma n d t o d i s r e g a r d
any lockout state can also be given. The
assigned codes are:
0 = Reply with probability = 1.
1 = Reply with probability = 1/2.
2 = Reply with probability = 1/4.
3 = Reply with probability = 1/8.
4 = Reply with probability = 1/16.
5,6,7 = Do not Reply.
8 = Disregard lockout, reply with probability
= 1.
9 = Disregard lockout, reply with probability
= 1/2.
10 = Disregard lockout, reply with,
probability = 1/4.
11 = Disregard lockout, reply with
probability = 1/8.
12 = Disregard lockout, reply with
probability = 1/16.
13, 14, 15 = Do not reply.
N O T E : O n r e c e i p t o f a Mo d e S O n l y A l l C a l l
containing a PR code other than 0 or
8, transponder executes a random
p r o c e s s a n d ma k e s a r e p l y d e c i s i o n
for the interrogation in accordance
w i t h t h e c o m ma n d e d p r o b a b i l i t y .
Random occurrence of replies
enables interrogator to acquire
closely spaced aircraft when replies
would otherwise synchronously
garble each other.
RC 2 3-4 X D e s i g n a t e s t r a n s mi t t e d s e g me n t a s i n i t i a l ,
i n t e r me d i a t e o r f i n a l i f c o d e d 0 , 1 o r 2
respectively. RC=3 is used to request
C o m m- D D E L Ms b y the transponder. R C i s
p a r t o f C o mm - C i n t e r r o g a t i o n , U F = 2 4 .
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 13
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
RI 4 14-17 X I n f o r ma t i o n i n D F = 0 , 1 6 . T h e c o d e s a r e :
0 = No on-board TCAS.
1 = Not assigned.
2 = On-board TCAS with resolution
capability inhibited.
3 = On-board TCAS with vertical-only
resolution capability.
4 = On-board TCAS with vertical and
horizontal resolution capability.
5-7 = Not assigned.
8 = N o ma x i mu m a i r s p e e d d a t a a v a i l a b l e .
9 = Airspeed is ≤75 kts.
10 = Airspeed is >75 kts and ≤150 kts.
11 = Airspeed is >150 kts and ≤300 kts.
12 = Airspeed is >300 kts and ≤600 kts.
13 = Airspeed is >600 kts and ≤1200 kts.
14 = Airspeed is >1200 kts.
15 = Not assigned.
RL 1 9 X C o m ma n d , s e n t i n U F = 0 , 1 6 ; s o l i c i t s D F = 0
reply if Zero and DF=16 reply if One (only
if transponder is associated with Airborne
Collision Avoidance System [ACAS]
e q u i p me n t ) . O t h e r w i s e , i n U F = 0 , Z e r o
solicits DF=0 reply and One solicits no
reply. In UF=16, Zero solicits DF=16 reply
and One solicits no reply.
RR 5 9-13 X Contains length and content of interrogator
requested reply. RR is part of surveillance
a n d C o mm - A i n t e r r o g a t i o n s U F = 4 , 5 , 2 0 , 2 1 .
RR REPLY
CODE LENGTH MB C O N T E N T
0-15 Short N/A
16 Long Air initiated Comm-B
17 Long Data link capability
18 Long Aircraft Identification
19 Long Res olution Advis ories
20-31 Long Not Ass igned
NOTE: If first bit of RR code is One,
d e c i ma l e q u i v a l e n t o f l a s t f o u r b i t s
of RR code designates code for
BDS1 in reply (ground initiated).
B D S 2 i s a s s u me d t o b e Z e r o i f n o t
specified by DI=7 and RRS.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 14
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
SD 16 17-32 X Contains control codes, as specified by the
DI field affecting transponder protocol and
i s p a r t o f s u r v e i l l a n c e a n d C o mm - A
interrogations UF=4, 5, 20, 21.
IIS 4 17-20 X Interrogator Identifier subfield contains the
self-identification code of the interrogator
a n d i s n u me r i c a l l y i d e n t i c a l t o t h e I I c o d e
t r a n s mi t t e d b y t h e i n t e r r o g a t o r i n Mo d e S
Only All Calls. IIS codes are 0 through 15;
IIS=0 is not a valid interrogator identifier
f o r mu l t i s i t e p u r p o s e s . I I S i s s e n t o n l y
when DI=0, 1 or 7.
LOS 1 26 X Lockout subfield, if set to One, initiates a
mu l t i s i t e A l l C a l l l o c k o u t t o Mo d e S O n l y A l l
Calls (UF=11) from the Interrogator
indicated in IIS of the interrogation. If LOS
is set to Zero, no change in lockout state is
c o m ma n d e d . L O S i s s e n t o n l y i f D I = 1 o r 7 .
LSS 1 23 X Lockout surveillance subfield, if set to One,
s h a l l s i g n i f y a mu l t i s i t e l o c k o u t c o m ma n d
from the interrogator indicated in SIS. LSS
set to zero shall be used to signify that no
c h a n g e i n l o c k o u t s t a t e i s c o m ma n d e d .
MBS 2 21-22 X Mu l t i s i t e C o mm - B s u b f i e l d , s e n t w h e n D I = 1 ,
is assigned the following codes:
0 = N o C o m m- B a c t i o n .
1 = C o m m- B r e s e r v a t i o n .
2 = C o m m- B c l o s e o u t .
MES 3 23-25 X Mu l t i s i t e E L M s u b f i e l d , s e n t w h e n D I = 1 ,
contains reservation and closeout
c o m ma n d s f o r E L M a s f o l l o w s :
0 = No ELM action.
1 = C o m m- C r e s e r v a t i o n .
2 = C o m m- C c l o s e o u t .
3 = C o m m- D r e s e r v a t i o n .
4 = C o m m- D c l o s e o u t .
5 = C o m m- C r e s e r v a t i o n a n d C o mm - D
closeout.
6 = C o m m- C c l o s e o u t a n d C o m m- D
reservation.
7 = C o m m- C a n d C o m m- D c l o s e o u t s .
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 15
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
SD RCS 3 24-26 X Rate control subfield shall control the
squitter rate of the transponder when it is
r e p o r t i n g t h e s u r f a c e f o r ma t . T h e c o d e s a r e :
0 = N o s q u i t t e r r a t e c o m ma n d
1 = Report high surface squitter rate for
60 seconds
2 = Report low surface squitter rate for
60 seconds
3 = Suppress all surface squitters for
60 seconds
4 = Suppress all surface squitters for
120 seconds
5-7 Not assigned
RRS 4 21-24 X Reply Request subfield, sent when DI=7,
contains coding corresponding to the
requested BDS2 code.
RRS 4 24-27 X Reply Request subfield, sent when DI=3,
contains coding corresponding to the
requested BDS2 code.
RSS 2 27-28 X Reservation Status s ubfield, sent when DI=1,
requests transponder to report reservation
status in the UM field. The codes are:
0 = No request.
1 = R e p o r t C o mm - B r e s e r v a t i o n s t a t u s .
2 = R e p o r t C o mm - C r e s e r v a t i o n s t a t u s .
3 = R e p o r t C o mm - D r e s e r v a t i o n s t a t u s .
SAS 2 27-28 X Surface Antenna Subfield, shall control the
diversity antenna that is used for the
acquisition and extended squitters when the
a i r c r a f t i s r e p o r t i n g t h e s u r f a c e f o r ma t . T h e
codes are:
0 = N o a n t e n n a c o mma n d , u s e t h e t o p
antenna
1 = Alternate top and bottom antennas for
120 seconds
2 = Use bottom antenna for 120 seconds
3 = Return to the default
SIS 6 17-22 X Surveillance Identifier Subfield, shall
contain an assigned SI code of the
interrogator.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 16
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
SD TCS 3 21-23 X Type Control Subfield, shall control the
position type reported by the transponder.
The codes are:
0 = N o p o s i t i o n t y p e c o m ma n d
1 = Use surface position type for the next
15 seconds
2 = Use surface position type for the next
60 seconds
3 = C a n c e l s u r f a c e t y p e c o m ma n d
4-7 = Not assigned.
TMS 4 29-32 X T a c t i c a l Mess age subfield, sent when DI=1 or
7 , c o n t a i n s c o d i n g f o r l i n k i n g t h e C o m m- A
me s s a g e s e g me n t s . T h e c o d e s a r e :
0 = No Action.
1 = Unlinked, Priority.
2 = Unlinked, Acknowledge.
3 = Unlinked, Priority, Acknowledge.
4 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , S i n g l e A D S .
5 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , S i n g l e A D S
Priority.
6 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , S i n g l e A D S
Acknowledge.
7 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , S i n g l e A D S ,
Priority, Acknowledge.
8 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , Mu l t i p l e A D S .
9 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , Mu l t i p l e A D S ,
Priority.
1 0 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , Mu l t i p l e A D S ,
Acknowledge.
1 1 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t , Mu l t i p l e A D S ,
Priority, Acknowledge.
1 2 = S e c o n d S e g me n t .
1 3 = T h i r d S e g me n t .
1 4 = F i n a l S e g me n t .
15 = Not Assigned.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 17
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
SUB NO. OF BITS FORMATS
FIELD FIELD BITS POSITION UP DOWN CONTENT
SL 3 9-11 X Reports the current operating sensitivity
level of the TCAS unit and is a part of air-
air surveillance replies, DF=0, 16. The
codes are:
0 = No TCAS sensitivity level reported.
1 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 1.
2 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 2.
3 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 3.
4 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 4.
5 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 5.
6 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 6.
7 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 7.
N O T E : T h e S L f i e l d h a s n o me a n i n g f o r
aircraft with RI=0 (no on-board
capability to generate resolution,
advisories).
UF 5 1-5 X T h e f i r s t f i e l d i n a l l u p l i n k f o r ma t s i s t h e
t r a n s mi s s i o n d e s c r i p t o r i n a l l i n t e r r o g a t i o n s .
UM 6 14-19 X Contains transponder status readouts in
replies DF=4, 5, 20, 21.
IDS 2 18-19 X Identifier Designator subfield reports the
t y p e o f r e s e r v a t i o n ma d e b y t h e i n t e r r o g a t o r
identified in IIS and corresponds with the
RSS subfield of SD. Assigned coding is:
0 = N o i n f o r ma t i o n a v a i l a b l e .
1 = C o m m- B r e s e r v a t i o n a c t i v e .
2 = C o m m- C r e s e r v a t i o n a c t i v e .
3 = C o m m- D r e s e r v a t i o n a c t i v e .
IIS 4 14-17 X Interrogator Identifier subfield reports the
i d e n t i t y o f t h e i n t e r r o g a t o r t h a t h a s ma d e a
mu l t i s i t e r e s e r v a t i o n .
VS 1 6 X Indicates aircraft is airborne when Zero or
aircraft is on the ground when One. VS is a
part of DF=0, 16.
O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t )
Table 3

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 18
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000
B5 0 0 1 1
B6 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0 P SP 0
0 0 0 1 A Q 1
0 0 1 0 B R 2
0 0 1 1 C S 3
0 1 0 0 D T 4
0 1 0 1 E U 5
0 1 1 0 F V 6
0 1 1 1 G W 7
1 0 0 0 H X 8
1 0 0 1 I Y 9
1 0 1 0 J Z
1 0 1 1 K
1 1 0 0 L
1 1 0 1 M
1 1 1 0 N
1 1 1 1 O
SP=SPACE code
6-Bit Character Set for AIS Subfield
Table 4

SRS OR TAS SUBFIELD VALUE

OCTAL HEXADECIMAL NUMBER OF SEGMENTS
100000 8000 1
140000 C000 2
160000 E000 3
170000 F000 4
174000 F800 5
176000 FC00 6
177000 FE00 7
177400 FF00 8
177600 FF80 9
177700 FFC0 10
177740 FFE0 11
177760 FFF0 12
177770 FFF8 13
177774 FFFC 14
177776 FFFE 15
177777 FFFF 16
Valid Values for SRS and TAS Subfields
Table 5

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 19
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

BINARY OCTAL DECIMAL HEXADECIMAL

000 0 0 0
001 1 1 1
010 2 2 2
011 3 3 3
100 4 4 4
101 5 5 5
110 6 6 6
111 7 7 7
1000 10 8 8
1001 11 9 9
1010 12 10 A
1011 13 11 B
1100 14 12 C
1101 15 13 D
1110 16 14 E
1111 17 15 F
10000 20 16 10
N u m b e r S y s t e ms C o n v e r s i o n
Table 6

UF# FIELDS
0 VS(b) CC(b) SL(d) RI(d) AC(h&o) AA(h&o)
4 FS(d) DR(d) UM(h) IDS(d) IIS(d) AC(h&o) AA(h&o)
5 FS(d) DR(d) UM(h) IDS(d) IIS(d) ID(h&o) AA(h&o)
11 CA(d) PI(h) AA(h&o)
16 VS(b) SL(d) RI(d) MV ( h ) AC(h&o) AA(h&o)
20 FS(d) DR(d) UM(h) IDS(d) IIS(d) MB ( h ) AC(h&o) AA(h&o)
21 FS(d) DR(d) UM(h) IDS(d) IIS(d) MB ( h ) ID(h&o) AA(h&o)
24 KE(b) ND(d) IDS(d) IIS(d) AA(h&o)
h=hex b=binary d = d e c i ma l
M o d e S U F F i e l d s N u me r i c U n i t s
Table 7

APPENDIX I
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 20
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX J - STANDARD ACCESSORIES

1. AU XI L I AR Y EQ U I PM E NT
Refer to Appendix J, Figure 1.
ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION
 DC Power Supply  72 in. Coaxial Cable
Used to power the Test Set. Used to connect the Test Set to the UUT.
 Antenna  5 A Fuse
RF antenna used with Test Set when power Spare Fuse
accuracy is most critical.  Power Cord (US Only)
 Breakout Box Used to connect AC power from an external
Provides means of accessing individual user AC power source to AC PWR Connector.
interfaces via standard connectors  Power Cord (European)
 Antenna Shield Used to connect AC power from an external
Used with Antenna Clamp Assembly to AC power source to AC PWR Connector.
cover UUT Antenna not being tested.
 12 in. Coaxial Cable
Used to connect Test Set ANT Connector to
Directional Antenna ANT Connector.

A u x i l i a r y E q u i p me n t
Figure 1

APPENDIX J
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

2. ANT E NN A S HI EL D P R O C ED UR E
Refer to Appendix J, Figure 2.
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Position Antenna Clamp Assembly inside 3. Cover UUT Antenna with Antenna Shield.
the slot in the Antenna Shield Plate, L o o s e n T h u mb s c r e w s i f n e c e s s a r y .
aligning captive screws into the NOTE: I t ma y b e n e c e s s a r y t o r e mo v e
respective screw holes. UUT Antenna Guard if access to
2. Tighten captive screws. UUT Antenna is restricted.
4. Secure Antenna Shield by tightening
t h u mb s c r e w s .

Antenna Shield
Figure 2

APPENDIX J
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

3. ANT E NN A CO U P L ER PR O C E DU R E
Refer to Appendix J, Figure 3.
ST E P PR O C E DU R E ST E P PR O C E DU R E
1. Co n nec t A nt e nn a C ou p ler t o A ir c r a ft NO T E: C o up l er mu s t b e t i gh t ly
A nt en n a. pr es s e d
an d l oc k ed in p l ac e f or Tes t
• P lac e C o up l er ov er th e
S et t o f unc t io n c or r ec tly .
an t en n a, g u id i n g a nt e nn a i n to
th e s l ot on t h e bo tt o m of t h e C o up l er w i l l l oc k i nt o p l ac e
c ou p l er . w h en t he b l ac k r ub b er gas k e t
is no t c om p l et e ly de pr es s e d
• P us h C o up l er f ir mly a ga i ns t ag a ins t t he a ir c r af t, b ut t h e
th e a ir c r af t s k i n u nt i l t he bl ac k T es t Se t w i l l n ot me as ur e
r ub b er g as k e t o n th e r i m of t h e f unc t io ns ac c u r at e ly .
c ou p l er is c o m pl e te ly
de pr es s ed t i gh t ly a ga i ns t t h e
a ir c r a ft . 2. Co n nec t UU T t o T es t S et RF I /O
• Loc k c ou p le r i nt o p lac e by Co n nec to r v i a c oax i a l c ab l e.
pus h i ng w h it e l ev er o n t he s id e CA UTIO N: TO PR E V E NT D A MA G E
of t h e c ou p l er i nt o a d ow n a nd T O T E ST S ET , DO N O T
l oc k e d p os it i on . CO N N ECT U UT T O T E ST
S ET A NT CO NN E CT O R.

Antenna Coupler
Figure 3

APPENDIX J
Page 3
Nov 1/05
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX J
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 4
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

APPENDIX K - TARGET ACQUISITION TIME PROBABILITY TABLE

T h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e s h o w s t h e p r o b a b i l i t y o f t a r g e t a c q u i s i t i o n t i me i n c r e a s i n g b y mo r e t h a n a
s p e c i f i e d t i m e ( i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e n o r ma l t w o t o t h r e e s e c ) . T h e t a b l e i n d i c a t e s , f o r e x a mp l e , t h e r e
i s a 1 0 % p r o b a b i l i t y t h e t a r g e t a c q u i s i t i o n t i me i n c r e a s e s b y mo r e t h a n t e n s e c .
NOTE: The table only applies when testing one UUT Antenna. Other UUT Antennas are
shielded, disabled or out of the line of sight path with the IFR 6000 TCAS.
.

INCREASE IN TARGET PROBABILITY

A C Q U I S I T I O N T I ME PERCENTAGE
>3 sec 91%
>4 sec 76%
>5 sec 59%
>6 sec 44%
>7 sec 31%
>8 sec 22%
>9 sec 15%
>10 sec 10%
>11 sec 7%
>12 sec 4%
>13 sec 3%
>14 sec 2%
>15 sec 1%
>16 sec 0.7%
>17 sec 0.4%
>18 sec 0.3%
>19 sec 0.2%
>20 sec 0.1%
Target Acquisition Time Probability
Table 1

APPENDIX K
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

APPENDIX K
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

INDEX

Abbreviations App D Factory/Power Up Presets App C

AC Power Requirements 1-2-1, p 2 Functional Capabilities 1-1-1, p 1
ADS-B 1-2-4, p 56
ADS-B GEN 1-1-2, p 7 General Description and Capabilities 1-1-1, p 1
1-2-4, p 68 General Operation 1-2-1, p 1
ADS-B/GICB 1-1-2, p 8 General Setup 1-1-2, p 2
1-2-4, p 78 Grounding Power Cord 1-2-1, p 1
ADS-B MON 1-1-2, p 6
1-2-4, p 58 Installation 1-2-1, p 1
ADS-B Setup 1-2-4, p 56 I/O Connectors App A, p 1
ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector
Altitude Encoder Test 1-2-4, p 28 Metric/British Conversion Table App B
Pin-Out Table App E, p 3 Mode S Address Blocks
Antenna Shield Procedure App J, p 2 Product Specific List App G
Auto Test 1-2-4, p 8 Complete List App H
AUX IN Connector Pin-Out Table App E, p 4
AUX OUT Connectors Pin-Out Table App E, p 6 Operating Procedures 1-2-4, p 1
Operating Safety 1-2-1, p 1
Battery Operation 1-2-1, p 1
Charging 1-2-1, p 1 Over the Air Ground Test 1-2-4, p 29
Operation 1-2-1, p 1 Over the Air Simulated Altitude Test 1-2-4, p 30
Recharging 1-2-1, p 2
Breakout Box Performance Evaluation
Connectors App E General 1-2-3, p 1
Operation 1-2-4, p 1057 Self Test 1-2-3, p 1
Complying with Instructions 1-2-1, p 1
Configurations, Transponder Quick Start 1-1-2, p 1
Description 1-2-4, p 2
Table App F Regulatory Responsibilities 1-1-1, p 2
Connector Pin-Out Tables REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table
Breakout Box Test Set App A, p 2
ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector App E, p 3 Breakout Box App E, p 7
AUX IN Connector App E, p 4 Repacking Procedure 1-4-1, p 1
AUX OUT Connector App E, p 6 RS-232 Connector Pin-Out Table App E, p 5
REMOTE Connector App E, p 7
RS-232 Connector App E, p 5 Safety Precautions 1-2-1, p 1
USB DEVICE Connector App E, p 2 Self Test 1-2-3, p 1
USB HOST Connector App E, p 2 Shipping
Test Set Information 1-4-1, p 1
I/O Connectors App A, p 1 Repacking Procedure 1-4-1, p 1
REMOTE Connector App A, p 2 Signal Formats App I
Controls, Connectors and Indicators 1-2-2, p 1 Specifications 1-3-1, p 1
DME Mode Signal Generator 1-3-1, p 1
Description 1-1-1, p 1 UUT Measurements 1-3-1, p 3
Direct Connect Procedure 1-2-4, p 29 Miscellaneous 1-3-1, p 14
Directional Antenna Use 1-2-4, p 101 Supplemental Information 1-3-1, p 16
Description 1-2-4, p 30 TCAS Mode Signal Generator 1-3-1, p 10
Direct Connect 1-2-2, p 9 UUT Measurements 1-3-1, p 13
Setup 1-2-4, p 32 Transponder Mode Signal Generator 1-3-1, p 4
Setup Antenna 1-1-2, p 8 UUT Measurements 1-3-1, p 6
Testing 1-1-2, p 9 Standard Accessories App J
DME 1-2-4, p 31 Start-Up 1-2-4, p 2
DME Setup 1-2-4, p 32 Storage 1-5-1, p 1
DME Setup Antenna 1-1-2, p 9
DME Setup Direct Connect 1-1-2, p 9
DME Testing 1-1-2, p 10

External Cleaning 1-2-1, p 3

INDEX
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

Target Acquisition Time App K

Test List 1-2-4, p 11
TCAS Mode 1-2-4, p.35
Broadcast Monitor 1-2-4, p 49
Description 1-2-4, p 35
Monitor Screens 1-2-4, p 47
Operation Concept 1-2-4, p 35
Recommended Test Procedure 1-2-4, p 54
Screen 1-2-4, p 42
Setup 1-2-4, p 38
Setup Antenna 1-1-2, p 10
Setup Scenario Data Screen 1-2-4, p 45
Surveillance Monitor 1-2-4, p 47
Testing 1-1-2, p 11
1-2-4, p 38
TIS Mode
General description 1-2-4, p 99
Mode 1-2-4, p 99
Setup 1-2-4, p 99
Setup Antenna 1-1-2, p 12
Setup Direct Connect 1-1-2, p 13
Testing 1-1-2, p 13

USB DEVICE Connector App E, p 2

USB HOST Connector Pin-Out Table App E, p 2

XPDR
Altitude Encoder 1-2-4, p 28
Auto Test 1-2-4, p 8
Configurations 1-2-4, p 2
Description 1-2-4, p 1
Direct Connect Procedure 1-1-2, p 4
1-2-4, p 29
Antenna Coupler Connect
Procedure 1-1-2, p 5
1-2-4, p 29
Over The Air Tests 1-2-4, p 30
Setup 1-2-4, p 3
Setup Antenna 1-1-2, p 2
Test List 1-2-4, p 10
Testing 1-1-2, p 5

INDEX
Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2
Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE

PERSONNEL ONLY

BATTERY/FUSE INSTRUCTIONS
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

SA F ET Y F I RS T : T O A L L S ER V IC E P ER SO N NE L
REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL.
WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT.
CASE, COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL
Opening the Case Assembly exposes the technician to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock
or equipment damage.
SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL
This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards, that may exist when
operating or servicing this equipment.
CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN
EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E.G., FIRE).
WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT, IF IGNORED, CAN RESULT IN
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS

CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. (This symbol refers to specific CAUTIONS

represented on the unit and clarified in the text.)

AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or dc voltage.

DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with dc voltage.

AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or alternating voltage.

EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION

Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock.
USE OF PROBES
Check specifications for the maximum voltage, current and power ratings of any connector on the Test Set
before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. Be sure the terminal device performs within these
specifications before using it for measurement, to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment.
POWER CORDS
Power cords must not be frayed, broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment.
USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY
Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings.
WARNING: THE IFR 6000 USES A LITHIUM ION BATTERY PACK. THE FOLLOWING WARNINGS
CONCERNING LITHIUM ION BATTERIES MUST BE HEEDED:
 DO NOT RECHARGE OUTSIDE THE IFR 6000.
 DO NOT CRUSH, INCINERATE OR DISPOSE OF IN NORMAL WASTE.
 DO NOT SHORT CIRCUIT OR FORCE DISCHARGE AS THIS MIGHT CAUSE THE BATTERY
TO VENT, OVERHEAT OR EXPLODE.
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

CAUTION: INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND SOLID STATE DEVICES SUCH AS MOS FETS, ESPECIALLY
CMOS TYPES, ARE SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES RECEIVED
FROM IMPROPER HANDLING, THE USE OF UNGROUNDED TOOLS AND IMPROPER STORAGE
AND PACKAGING. ANY MAINTENANCE TO THIS UNIT MUST BE PERFORMED WITH THE
FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS:
 BEFORE USE IN A CIRCUIT, KEEP ALL LEADS SHORTED TOGETHER EITHER BY THE USE
OF VENDOR-SUPPLIED SHORTING SPRINGS OR BY INSERTING LEADS INTO A
CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL.
 WHEN REMOVING DEVICES FROM THEIR CONTAINERS, GROUND THE HAND BEING USED
WITH A CONDUCTIVE WRISTBAND.
 TIPS OF SOLDERING IRONS AND/OR ANY TOOLS USED MUST BE GROUNDED.
 DEVICES MUST NEVER BE INSERTED INTO NOR REMOVED FROM CIRCUITS WITH
POWER ON.
 PC BOARDS, WHEN TAKEN OUT OF THE SET, MUST BE LAID ON A GROUNDED
CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORED IN A CONDUCTIVE STORAGE BAG. REMOVE ANY BUILT-
I N P O W E R S O U R C E , S U C H A S A B A T T E R Y , B E F O RE L A Y I N G P C B O A R D S O N A
CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORING IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG.
 PC BOARDS, IF BEING SHIPPED TO THE FACTORY FOR REPAIR, MUST BE PACKAGED IN
A CONDUCTIVE BAG AND PLACED IN A WELL-CUSHIONED SHIPPING CONTAINER.

CAUTION

THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS

SENSITIVE TO DAMAGE
BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD)

CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO

COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION
AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL
MILES. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS
IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH
INSTRUCTIONS IN FAA CIRCULAR AC 170-6C, DATED FEBRUARY 19, 1981.
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY

FU S E R EP L A C EM E NT BAT T E R Y R E PL A C E M EN T
Refer to Figure 1. Refer to Figure 1.
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Verify the IFR 6000 is OFF and not 1. Verify the IFR 6000 is OFF and not
connected to AC power. connected to AC power.
2. Fully loosen two captive screws in the 2. Fully loosen two captive screws in the
two lower bumpers and remove the t w o l o w e r b u mp e r s a n d r e mo v e t h e
bumpers. b u mp e r s .
3. Fully loosen five captive screws and lift 3. Fully loosen five captive screws and lift
the Battery Cover from the Case the Battery Cover from the Case
Assembly. A s s e mb l y .
4. Replace fuse: 4. Disconnect the wire harness connecting
t h e b a t t e r y t o t h e T e s t S e t a n d r e mo v e
5 A, 32 Vdc , Type F the battery.
(Mini Blade Fuse) 5. Install new battery and reconnect the
(Aeroflex PN: 5106-0000-057) wire harness.
6. Install the Battery Cover on the Case
A s s e mb l y a n d t i g h t e n t h e f i v e c a p t i v e
CAUTION: FOR CONTINUOUS
screws (8 in/lbs.).
PROTECTION AGAINST
FIRE, REPLACE ONLY 7. I n s t a l l t h e t w o l o w e r b u mp e r s a n d t i g h t e n
WITH FUSES OF THE t h e t w o c a p t i v e s c r e w s i n e a c h b u mp e r
SPECIFIED VOLTAGE AND (8 in/lbs.).
CURRENT RATINGS. WARNING: DISPOSE OF OLD
BATTERY ACCORDING
5. Install the Battery Cover on the Case TO LOCAL STANDARD
Assembly and tighten the five captive SAFETY PROCEDURES.
screws (8 in/lbs.).
CAUTION: REPLACE ONLY WITH THE
6. Install the two lower bumpers and tighten BATTERY SPECIFIED BY
t h e t w o c a p t i v e s c r e w s i n e a c h b u mp e r AEROFLEX. DO NOT
(8 in/lbs.). A T T E MP T T O I N S T A L L A
NON-RECHARGEABLE
BATTERY.

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 1

Nov 1/10
 OPERATION MANUAL
IFR 6000

B a t t e r y a n d F u s e R e p l a c e me n t
Figure 1

Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. Page 2

Nov 1/10
 As we are always seeking to improve our products, the information in
this document gives only a general indication of the product capacity,
performance and suitability, none of which shall form part of any
contract. We reserve the right to make design changes without notice.

CHINA / Beijing Tel: [+86] (10) 6539 1166 Fax: [+86] (10) 6539 1778
CHINA / Shanghai Tel: [+86] (21) 5109 5128 Fax: [+86] (21) 6457 7668
FINLAND Tel: [+358] (9) 2709 5541 Fax: [+358] (9) 804 2441
FRANCE Tel: [+33] 1 60 79 96 00 Fax: [+33] 1 60 77 69 22
GERMANY Tel: [+49] 8131 2926-0 Fax: [+49] 8131 2926-130
HONG KONG Tel: [+852] 2832 7988 Fax: [+852] 2834 5364
INDIA Tel: [+91] (0) 80 4115 4501 Fax: [+91] (0) 80 4115 4502
JAPAN Tel: [+81] 3 3500 5591 Fax: [+81] 3 3500 5592
KOREA Tel: [+82] (2) 3424 2719 Fax: [+82] (2) 3424 8620
SCANDINAVIA Tel: [+45] 9614 0045 Fax: [+45] 9614 0047
*SINGAPORE Tel: [+65] 6873 0991 Fax: [+65] 6873 0992
UK / Cambridge Tel: [+44] (0) 1763 262277 Fax: [+44] (0) 1763 285353
*UK / Stevenage Tel: [+44] (0) 1438 742200 Fax: [+44] (0) 1438 727601
Freephone: 0800 282388
*USA Tel: [+1] (316) 522 4981 Fax: [+1] (316) 522 1360
Toll Free: 800 835 2352

* Indicates Regional Sales/Service Center

EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled

technology or technical data under the jurisdiction of the Export Administration
Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR 730-774. It cannot be transferred to any foreign
third party without the specific prior approval of the U.S. Department of
Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS). Violations of these
regulations are punishable by fine, imprisonment, or both.

(1002-5800-200 Issue-8)
DIR #: 10000011558 BA
Our passion for performance is defined by three
*6670* attributes represented by these three icons:
6093 solution-minded, performance-driven, customer-focused.